EPA Method 23-Determination of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans From Stationary Sources, 16732-16774 [2023-04958]
Download as PDF
16732
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
40 CFR Parts 60, 63, and 266
[EPA–HQ–OAR–2016–0677; FRL–5937–02–
OAR]
RIN 2060–AT09
EPA Method 23—Determination of
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans From
Stationary Sources
Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
This action finalizes editorial
and technical revisions to the
Environmental Protection Agency’s
(EPA’s) Method 23 (Determination of
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins,
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans, and
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons from
Stationary Sources). Final revisions
include incorporating true,
comprehensive, and stable isotope
dilution for quantifying target
compounds using corresponding
carbon-13 labeled compounds for each
target compound including most of the
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAH) and changing the method quality
control from the current prescriptive
format to a more flexible performancebased approach with specified
performance criteria. We are also
finalizing revisions that expand the list
of target compounds of Method 23 to
include PAH and polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCB). The final revisions
allow facilities and their test teams
flexibility when sampling and
measuring polychlorinated dibenzo-pdioxins and polychlorinated
dibenzofurans (PCDD/PCDF), PAH, and
PCB from stationary sources with a
comprehensive isotope dilution method
while ensuring that the stack testing
community can consistently implement
the method across emissions sources
and facilities.
DATES: This final rule is effective on
March 20, 2023. The incorporation by
reference (IBR) of certain publications
listed in the rule is approved by the
Director of the Federal Register as of
March 20, 2023.
ADDRESSES: The U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) has established
a docket for this action under Docket ID
No. EPA–HQ–OAR–2016–0677. All
documents in the docket are listed on
the https://www.regulations.gov
website. Although listed, some
information is not publicly available,
e.g., Confidential Business Information
or other information whose disclosure is
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
restricted by statute. Certain other
material, such as copyrighted material,
is not placed on the internet and will be
publicly available only in hard copy
form. Publicly available docket
materials are available either
electronically through https://
www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at
the EPA Docket Center, WJC West
Building, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution
Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20004.
Out of an abundance of caution for
members of the public and our staff, the
EPA Docket Center and Reading Room
are closed to the public, with limited
exceptions, to reduce the risk of
transmitting Coronavirus 2019 (COVID–
19). Our Docket Center staff will
continue to provide remote customer
service via email, phone, and webform.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For
further questions about this final action,
contact Dr. Raymond Merrill, Office of
Air Quality Planning and Standards
(OAQPS), Air Quality Assessment
Division (AQAD), Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC 27711; mail drop E143–02;
telephone number: (919) 541–5225; fax
number: (919) 541–0516; email address:
merrill.raymond@epa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Preamble acronyms and
abbreviations. We use multiple
acronyms in this preamble. While this
list may not be exhaustive, to ease the
reading of this preamble and for
reference purposes, the EPA defines the
following terms and acronyms here:
AQAD Air Quality Assessment Division
ASTM American Society for Testing and
Materials International
CAA Clean Air Act
CARB California Environmental Protection
Agency Air Resources Board
CCV continuing calibration verification
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
EDL estimated detection limit
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FR Federal Register
GC gas chromatograph
HRGC high-resolution gas chromatography
HRMS high-resolution mass spectrometry
IBR incorporation by reference
IDC initial demonstration of capability
MDL method detection limit
MS mass spectrometer
NTTAA National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act
OAQPS Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards
OLEM Office of Land and Emergency
Management
OMB Office of Management and Budget
OW Office of Water
PAH polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
PCB polychlorinated biphenyls
PCDD polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins
PCDPE polychlorinated diphenyl ethers
PCDPF polychlorinated dibenzofurans
PRA Paperwork Reduction Act
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
QCS Quality Control Sample
RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act
RRF relative response factor
SVOC semivolatile organic compounds
SW solid waste
TTN Technology Transfer Network
UMRA Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Organization of this document. The
information in this preamble is
organized as follows:
I. General Information
A. Does this final action apply to me?
B. Where can I get a copy of this document
and other related information?
C. Judicial Review
II. Background
III. Incorporation by Reference
IV. Summary of Revisions to Method 23
A. Section 1.0 Scope and Application
B. Section 2.0 Summary of Method
C. Section 3.0 Definitions
D. Section 4.0 Interferences
E. Section 5.0 Safety
F. Section 6.0 Equipment and Supplies
G. Section 7.0 Reagents, Media, and
Standards
H. Section 8.0 Sample Collection,
Preservation, and Storage
I. Section 9.0 Quality Control
J. Section 10.0 Calibration and
Standardization
K. Section 11.0 Analysis Procedure
L. Section 12.0 Data Analysis and
Calculations
M. Section 13.0 Method Performance
N. Section 14.0 Pollution Prevention
O. Section 15.0 Waste Management
P. Section 16.0 Bibliography
Q. Section 17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flow
Charts, and Validation Data
V. Summary of Final Revisions Related to 40
CFR Parts 60, 63, and 266
A. 40 CFR Part 60—Standards of
Performance for New Stationary Sources
B. 40 CFR Part 63—National Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
for Source Categories
C. 40 CFR Part 266—Standards for the
Management of Specific Hazardous
Wastes and Specific Types of Hazardous
Waste Management Facilities
VI. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory
Planning and Review and Executive
Order 13563: Improving Regulation and
Regulatory Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
(UMRA)
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation
and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
Risks and Safety Risks
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use
I. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act (NTTAA)
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions
To Address Environmental Justice in
Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)
L. Determination Under Clean Air Act
Section 307(d)
I. General Information
A. Does this final action apply to me?
The final amendments to Method 23
apply to stationary sources that are
subject to certain provisions of 40 CFR
parts 60, 62, 63, 79, and 266. The source
categories and entities potentially
affected are listed in Table 1 of this
preamble. This table is not intended to
be exhaustive, but rather provides a
guide for readers regarding entities
likely to be affected by this action. This
16733
table lists the types of entities that EPA
is now aware could potentially be
affected by this action. Other types of
entities not listed in the table could also
be affected.
TABLE 1—POTENTIALLY AFFECTED SOURCE CATEGORIES
NAICS a
Category
Industry .....................................................
a North
332410
332410
562213
322110
325211
327310
324122
331314
327120
331410
Fossil fuel steam generators.
Industrial, commercial, institutional steam generating units.
Municipal Waste Combustors.
Hazardous Waste Combustors.
Polyvinyl Chloride Resins Manufacturing.
Portland cement plants.
Asphalt Shingle and Coating Materials Manufacturing.
Secondary aluminum plants.
Clay Building Material and Refractories Manufacturing.
Nonferrous Metal (except Aluminum) Smelting and Refining.
American Industry Classification System.
If you have any questions regarding
the applicability of the final changes to
Method 23, contact the person listed in
the preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT section.
B. Where can I get a copy of this
document and other related
information?
The docket number for this action is
Docket ID No. EPA–HQ–OAR–2016–
0677. In addition to being available in
the docket, an electronic copy of the
final method revisions is available on
the Technology Transfer Network (TTN)
website at https://www.epa.gov/ttn/
emc/methods/. The TTN provides
information and technology exchange in
various areas of air pollution control.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Examples of regulated entities
C. Judicial Review
Under Clean Air Act (CAA) section
307(b)(1), judicial review of this final
rule is available only by filing a petition
for review in the U.S. Court of Appeals
for the District of Columbia Circuit by
May 19, 2023. Moreover, under section
307(b)(2) of the CAA, the requirements
established by this final rule may not be
challenged separately in any civil or
criminal proceedings brought by the
EPA to enforce these requirements.
Section 307(d)(7)(B) of the CAA further
provides that ‘‘[o]nly an objection to a
rule or procedure which was raised with
reasonable specificity during the period
for public comment (including any
public hearing) may be raised during
judicial review.’’ This section also
provides a mechanism for the EPA to
convene a proceeding for
reconsideration, ‘‘[i]f the person raising
an objection can demonstrate to the EPA
that it was impracticable to raise such
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
objection within [the period for public
comment] or if the grounds for such
objection arose after the period for
public comment, (but within the time
specified for judicial review) and if such
objection is of central relevance to the
outcome of the rule.’’ Any person
seeking to make such a demonstration
should submit a Petition for
Reconsideration to the Office of the
Administrator, U.S. EPA, Room 3000,
WJC South Building, 1200 Pennsylvania
Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460, with
a copy to both the person listed in the
preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT section, and the Associate
General Counsel for the Air and
Radiation Law Office, Office of General
Counsel (Mail Code 2344A), U.S. EPA,
1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW,
Washington, DC 20460.
II. Background
The EPA’s Method 23 (Determination
of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins
and Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans
from Stationary Sources) is EPA’s
current reference test method used to
determine the amount of
polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins
(PCDD) and polychlorinated
dibenzofurans (PCDF) emitted from
stationary sources.
The EPA promulgated Method 23
(Appendix A of 40 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Part 60, Test
Methods) on February 13, 1991 (56 FR
5758). Since promulgation, the ability to
measure PCDD and PCDF has evolved as
analytical laboratories, EPA, and state
entities have developed new standard
operating procedures and methods to
reflect improvements in sampling and
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
analytical techniques. Examples of
newer PCDD/PCDF methods include:
• Office of Land and Emergency
Management (OLEM) Solid Waste (SW)
SW–846 EPA Method 8290A,
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans (PCDF)
by High-Resolution Gas
Chromatography/High-Resolution Mass
Spectrometry (HRGC/HRMS).
• Office of Water (OW) EPA Method
1613, Tetra- through Octa-Chlorinated
Dioxins and Furans by Isotope Dilution
HRGC/HRMS.
• California Environmental Protection
Agency Air Resources Board (CARB)
Method 428, Determination of
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxin
(PCDD), Polychlorinated Dibenzofuran
(PCDF), and Polychlorinated Biphenyls
Emissions from Stationary Sources.
Beginning in 2016, the EPA held a
series of informal discussions with
stakeholders to identify technical issues
related to the sampling and analysis of
PCDD and PCDF and potential revisions
to Method 23. The stakeholders
consisted of a cross section of interested
parties including representatives from
state regulatory entities, various EPA
offices, analytical laboratories, regulated
sources, emission testing firms,
analytical standards vendors,
instrument vendors, and others with
experience in sampling and analysis of
PCDD and PCDF and with the
equipment, materials, and performance
of Method 23 and other PCDD/PCDF
methods. In the discussions, EPA also
sought stakeholder input regarding their
experience combining procedures for
sampling and analysis of PCDD and
PCDF with procedures for sampling and
analysis of PAH and PCB emitted from
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16734
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
stationary sources. The docket contains
summaries of the stakeholder
discussions. EPA proposed editorial and
technical revisions to Method 23 on
January 14, 2020 (85 FR 2234). EPA
received comments on the proposed
revisions to the method and has
addressed these in a separate response
to comments document, the Summary of
Public Comments and Responses for the
Proposed EPA Method 23—
Determination of Polychlorinated
Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and Polychlorinated
Dibenzofurans from Stationary Sources.
This final action summarizes the
changes made in response to comments.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
III. Incorporation by Reference
The EPA is incorporating by reference
American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) D6911–15 and ASTM
D4840–99(2018)e1 in Method 23. ASTM
D6911–15 includes a guide for
packaging and shipping environmental
samples for laboratory analysis and
ASTM D4840–99(2018)e1 includes a
standard guide for sample chain-ofcustody procedures. These standards
were developed and adopted by ASTM
International and may be obtained from
https://www.astm.org or from the
American Society for Testing and
Materials 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O.
Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA
19428–2959.
IV. Summary of Revisions to Method 23
In this action, we are finalizing
technical revisions and editorial
changes to clarify and update the
requirements and procedures specified
in Method 23 and reformatting the
method to conform with the current
EPA method format (see https://
www.epa.gov/measurements-modeling/
method-development#format). We are
also expanding the applicability of
Method 23 to include procedures for
sampling and analyzing PAH and PCB.
In addition, we are finalizing revisions
to various sections of the CFR that either
require Method 23 or require the
analysis of PCDD/PCDF, PAH, or PCB.
Our intent for the final revisions is to
ensure that Method 23 is implemented
consistently. EPA has updated the
method procedures to include many
current best practices. We have added
flexibility to the method based on
meeting quality control requirements.
The primary focus of the final
revisions to Method 23 is to change the
method from a prescriptive method to a
method which allows users to have
flexibility in implementing the method
(e.g., choice of gas chromatograph (GC)
column, the procedures used for sample
cleanup) while still meeting
performance criteria that the EPA
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
believes are necessary for demonstrating
and documenting the quality of the
measurements for the target compounds.
The final revisions also address
concerns over recovery of target
compounds from particulate matter by
requiring a pre-extraction filter recovery
standard procedure and acceptance
criteria for the pre-extraction filter
recovery standard recovery as a tool to
evaluate filter extraction. These new
requirements resolve the concerns that
led to the criteria in 40 CFR 63.1208 that
required Administrator approval prior
to use of Method 23 for measurement of
PCDD/PCDF.
The EPA’s second focus for the final
revisions is to modify the method to
allow isotope dilution with isotopically
labeled compounds for each target
compound. Quantitation is based on
isotope dilution, moving from nine to 17
labeled compounds for 17 target toxic
2,3,7,8-substituted PCDD/PCDF. These
revisions to the method are possible
because additional isotopically labeled
standards for the target compounds have
become available from vendors since the
original promulgation of Method 23.
The final revisions eliminate biases with
recovery correction based on individual
corresponding labeled compounds.
The third major focus for the EPA’s
final revisions to Method 23 is to
include options for combining sampling
and analysis of PCDD/PCDF with
sampling and analysis of PAH and PCB
to allow the measurement of these toxic
semivolatile organic compounds
(SVOC). Therefore, PCB and PAH were
added to the list of target compounds
measured by Method 23.
The EPA’s final amendments to
Method 23 in response to public
comments are presented below for each
section of Method 23. The proposed
revisions to sections of Method 23 that
EPA is not changing based on public
comments are finalized as proposed. A
summary of public comments and our
responses are provided in a separate
response to comments document in the
docket for this action.
A. Section 1.0 Scope and Application
In this action, EPA is renaming
Section 1.0 from ‘‘Applicability and
Principle’’ to ‘‘Scope and Application,’’
and revising the text to expand the
target compounds for Method 23 to
include PCB and PAH. We are also
adding statements that emphasize the
need for working knowledge of the EPA
Methods 1 through 5 of Appendices A–
1, A–2, and A–3 to 40 CFR part 60,
isotope dilution, and the use of highresolution gas chromatography/high
resolution mass spectrometry (HRGC/
HRMS) when applying Method 23. We
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
are also adding language to specify that
Method 23 is performance-based and
allows users to modify parts of the
method to overcome interferences or to
substitute alternative materials and
equipment provided that all
performance criteria in the method are
met.
B. Section 2.0 Summary of Method
The EPA is renaming Section 2.0 from
‘‘Apparatus’’ to ‘‘Summary of Method,’’
and revising Section 2.0 to provide an
overview of the method’s sampling and
analytical procedures. We are also
moving the current language in Section
2.0, which describes the materials
needed to conduct Method 23, to a new
Section 6.0 (Equipment and Supplies).
C. Section 3.0 Definitions
The current version of Method 23
does not include definitions of key
terms and variables used in Method 23.
In this action, we are adding a new
Section 3.0 titled ‘‘Definitions.’’ We are
defining acronyms and technical terms
to improve the clarity of the method
principles and procedures. We are also
moving language from the current
Section 3.0 to a new Section 7.0
(Reagents, Media, and Standards).
D. Section 4.0 Interferences
The current version of Method 23
does not discuss the conditions that can
potentially interfere with measurements
obtained using the method. In this
action, we are adding a new Section 4.0
titled ‘‘Interferences,’’ that presents the
potential causes and recommendations
for avoiding or mitigating interferences
or sample contamination. We are stating
that enhanced selectivity, or confidence
in the data, is based on the
fractionation, GC separation, HRMS
sensitivity, and monitoring for
polychlorinated diphenyl ether (PCDPE)
interferences. We are also moving
language from the current Section 4.0 to
a new Section 8.0 (Sample Collection,
Preservation, and Storage).
E. Section 5 Safety
Currently, Method 23 does not
provide procedures for safety. In this
action, we are adding a new Section 5.0
titled ‘‘Safety,’’ that presents the health
hazards and procedures for minimizing
risks to field and laboratory personnel
when conducting Method 23. We are
also moving language from the current
Section 5.0 to a new Section 11.0
(Analysis Procedure).
F. Section 6.0 Equipment and Supplies
In this action, we are renumbering
and moving the current language in
Section 2.0 (Apparatus) to a new
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Section 6.0 titled ‘‘Equipment and
Supplies,’’ and making clarifying edits
and technical revisions to the
specifications in Section 6.0. Table 2 of
this preamble identifies the new
numbering for the subsections currently
in Section 2.0 and Table 3 of this
preamble identifies new specifications
16735
(and the associated subsection) we are
including in Section 6.0.
TABLE 2—CROSSWALK FOR REVISIONS TO CURRENT METHOD SECTIONS
Description
Current section
Filter holder ..................................................................................................................................................
Condenser ...................................................................................................................................................
Water circulating bath ..................................................................................................................................
Adsorbent module ........................................................................................................................................
Fitting caps ..................................................................................................................................................
Wash bottles ................................................................................................................................................
Filter storage container ................................................................................................................................
Field balance ...............................................................................................................................................
Aluminum foil ...............................................................................................................................................
Glass sample storage container ..................................................................................................................
Extraction thimble ........................................................................................................................................
Pasteur pipettes ...........................................................................................................................................
GC oven .......................................................................................................................................................
GC Temperature monitor .............................................................................................................................
GC Flow system ..........................................................................................................................................
Capillary GC column ....................................................................................................................................
Mass spectrometer (MS) .............................................................................................................................
MS data system ...........................................................................................................................................
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6
2.2.9
2.3.4
2.3.5
2.3.10.1
2.3.10.2
2.3.10.3
2.3.10.4
2.3.11
2.3.12
Revised section
6.1.3
6.1.7
6.1.8
6.1.9
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.4
6.2.5
6.2.6
6.2.8
6.3.3.3
6.4.1
6.5.1.1
6.5.1.2
6.5.1.3
6.5.2
6.5.3
6.5.4
TABLE 3—ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SECTION 6.0
Description
Revised section
Probe liner .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Filter heating system .....................................................................................................................................................................
Filter temperature sensor ..............................................................................................................................................................
Sample transfer line .......................................................................................................................................................................
Impingers .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Soxhlet extraction apparatus .........................................................................................................................................................
Moisture trap of extraction apparatus ............................................................................................................................................
Heating mantle ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Kuderna-Danish concentrator ........................................................................................................................................................
Liquid chromatography columns ....................................................................................................................................................
GC Injection port ............................................................................................................................................................................
PCDD/PCDF GC column ...............................................................................................................................................................
PAH GC column ............................................................................................................................................................................
PCB GC column ............................................................................................................................................................................
In Section 6, we are also finalizing
changes to:
• Prohibit the use of brominated
flame-retardant coated tape in
assembling the sampling train and use
of silicon tubing in direct contact with
flue gases to avoid sample
contamination.
• Revise the specification for a rotary
evaporator with a note to use a KudernaDanish concentrator for PCB and PAH to
avoid the loss of higher vapor pressure
target compounds.
• Remove specifications for the
graduated cylinder to improve the
accuracy of moisture measurements and
make Method 23 more consistent with
other isokinetic sampling methods.
• Remove the volume requirement for
wash bottles to allow greater flexibility
in field sample recovery.
We are also moving language from
Method 23’s current Section 6.0 to new
Section 10.0 (Calibration and
Standardization).
G. Section 7.0 Reagents, Media, and
Standards
In this action, the EPA is renumbering
and moving the current language in
6.1.2
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
6.1.10
6.3.3.1
6.3.3.2
6.3.3.4
6.3.4
6.4.2
6.5.1.4
6.5.2.1
6.5.2.2
6.5.2.3
Section 3.0 (Reagents) to a new Section
7.0 titled ‘‘Reagents, Media, and
Standards,’’ and making clarifying edits
and technical revisions to the
specifications. Table 4 of this preamble
identifies the new numbering for the
subsections currently in Section 3.0 and
Table 5 of this preamble identifies new
specifications (and the associated
subsection) we are including in Section
7.0.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 4—CROSSWALK FOR REVISIONS TO CURRENT METHOD SECTIONS
Description
Current section
Filter .............................................................................................................................................................
Adsorbent resin ............................................................................................................................................
Glass wool ...................................................................................................................................................
Water ...........................................................................................................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
20MRR2
Revised section
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
16736
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 4—CROSSWALK FOR REVISIONS TO CURRENT METHOD SECTIONS—Continued
Description
Current section
Silica gel ......................................................................................................................................................
Methylene chloride .......................................................................................................................................
Sodium sulfate .............................................................................................................................................
Basic alumina ..............................................................................................................................................
Silica gel ......................................................................................................................................................
Carbon/Celite® .............................................................................................................................................
Nitrogen .......................................................................................................................................................
3.1.5
3.2.2
3.3.2
3.3.13
3.3.14
3.3.17
3.3.18
Revised section
7.5
7.6
7.8.2
7.8.9.1.2
7.8.9.3
7.8.9.4
7.8.10
TABLE 5—ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SECTION 7.0
Description
Revised section
High-boiling alkanes used as keeper solvents ..............................................................................................................................
Liquid column packing materials ...................................................................................................................................................
Acidic alumina ................................................................................................................................................................................
Florisil® ..........................................................................................................................................................................................
Helium ............................................................................................................................................................................................
Spiking standards ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Pre-sampling adsorbent standard .................................................................................................................................................
Pre-extraction filter recovery standard ..........................................................................................................................................
Pre-extraction standard .................................................................................................................................................................
Pre-analysis standard ....................................................................................................................................................................
We are replacing the filter precleaning
procedures of the current method with
specifications for conducting a filter
quality control check. We are also
deleting unnecessary specifications
(presented in Table 6 of this preamble)
to reflect modern methods. We are
renaming the isotopic spiking standard
mixtures to better relate the standards to
their use in the final method. We are
7.8.8
7.8.9
7.8.9.1.1
7.8.9.2
7.9.1
7.9.2
7.9.3
7.9.4
7.9.5
7.9.6
ensuring that the isotopically labeled
spiking standards are named
consistently throughout the final
method.
TABLE 6—DELETIONS OF MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS IN THE CURRENT METHOD 23
Material
Current section
Chromic acid cleaning solution ......................................................................................................................................................
Benzene .........................................................................................................................................................................................
Ethyl acetate ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Cyclohexane ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Hydrogen .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Internal standard solution ..............................................................................................................................................................
Surrogate standard solution ..........................................................................................................................................................
Recovery standard solution ...........................................................................................................................................................
We are also moving the current
Section 7.0 to a new Section 9.0
(Quality Control).
H. Section 8.0 Sample Collection,
Preservation, and Storage
In this action, the EPA is renumbering
and moving the current language in
Section 4.0 (Procedure) to a new Section
8.0 titled ‘‘Sample Collection,
Preservation, and Storage,’’ and making
clarifying edits and technical revisions
to the current procedures for sampling
and field sample recovery. The new
Section 8.0 also includes added
requirements for sample storage
conditions and holding times.
3.1.6
3.3.7
3.3.8
3.3.12
3.3.19
3.3.20
3.3.21
3.3.22
Under the sampling procedures of
Method 23, we are finalizing revisions
to the current requirements in Section
4.1.1 for pretest preparations. Table 7 of
this preamble identifies the new
numbering to revise and replace the
requirements in Section 4.1.
TABLE 7—CROSSWALK FOR REVISIONS TO CURRENT METHOD SECTIONS
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Description
Current section
Glassware cleaning .....................................................................................................................................
Assembling the adsorbent module ..............................................................................................................
Maintaining the sampling train components ................................................................................................
Silica Gel ......................................................................................................................................................
Checking and packing filters .......................................................................................................................
Field preparation of the sampling train ........................................................................................................
Impinger assembly .......................................................................................................................................
Sampling probe and nozzle preparation .....................................................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
4.1.1.1
4.1.1.2
4.1.1.3
4.1.1.4
4.1.1.5
4.1.3.1
4.1.3.2
4.1.3.4
20MRR2
Revised section
8.1.1.1
8.1.1.2
8.1.1.3
8.1.1.4
8.1.1.5
8.1.3.1
8.1.3.2
8.1.3.4
16737
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Table 8 of this preamble shows the
specifications we are adding to the new
Section 8.0. This action finalizes a
minimum sample volume and sampling
time requirements at each traverse point
for continuous industrial processes that
align Method 23 with other isokinetic
stationary source methods, such as
Method 5. The sampling time at each
traverse point for batch industrial
processes ensure measurements are
made for the entire process cycle. The
final filter check requirements add
details that were absent from the
original Method 23 and align the
method with the requirements of other
isokinetic stationary source methods,
such as Methods 5, 26A, and 29, also in
Appendix A of this Part. The final
adsorbent module orientation
requirements clarify the configuration of
the adsorbent module to ensure that
condensed moisture flows through the
module into the water collection
impinger. We are adding sampling filter
temperature monitoring requirements to
align Method 23 with other isokinetic
stationary source methods. Also, we are
adding adsorbent module temperature
monitoring to confirm that the sorbent
material was not exposed to elevated
temperatures that could bias sample
collection and results.
TABLE 8—ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SECTION 8.1
Description
Revised section
Minimum sample volume ...............................................................................................................................................................
Sampling time for continuous processes ......................................................................................................................................
Sampling time for batch processes ...............................................................................................................................................
Filter assembly ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Orientation of the condenser and adsorbent module ....................................................................................................................
Monitoring the filter temperature ...................................................................................................................................................
Monitoring the adsorbent module temperature .............................................................................................................................
Under sample recovery procedures,
we are finalizing technical revisions as
shown in Table 9 of this preamble. In
this action, we are also adding
8.1.2.1
8.1.2.2
8.1.2.3
8.1.3.3
8.1.3.4
8.1.5.1
8.1.5.2
specifications as shown in Table 10 of
this preamble.
TABLE 9—CROSSWALK FOR REVISIONS TO CURRENT METHOD SECTIONS
Description
Current section
Adsorbent module sample preparation .......................................................................................................
Preparation of Container No. 2 ...................................................................................................................
Rinsing of the filter holder and condenser ..................................................................................................
Weighing impinger water .............................................................................................................................
Preparation of Container No. 3 ...................................................................................................................
Silica gel ......................................................................................................................................................
Revised section
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.3
4.2.5
4.2.4
4. 2.7
8.2.5
8.2.6
8.2.7
8.2.8
8.2.9
8.2.10
TABLE 10—ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SECTION 8.2
Description
Revised section
Conducting a post-test leak check ................................................................................................................................................
Storage conditions for Container No. 1 .........................................................................................................................................
Field sample handling, storage, and transport ..............................................................................................................................
Sample chain of custody ...............................................................................................................................................................
In the new Section 8.2.6, acetone and
toluene rinses are collected in one bottle
rather than separately. New Section
8.2.8 measures moisture by weight
rather than by volume.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
I. Section 9.0
Quality Control
In this action, the EPA is moving and
renumbering the current Section 7.0
(Quality Control) to a new Section 9.0
titled ‘‘Quality Control,’’ and making
clarifying and technical revisions to the
new Section 9.0. We are adding an
introductory note that addresses
maintaining, and documenting quality
control compliance required in Method
23. We are adding a new subsection that
clarifies the recordkeeping and
reporting necessary to demonstrate
compliance with quality control
requirements of this method. We are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
also adding specifications for
conducting pre-sampling, preextraction, and pre-analysis standard
recoveries of isotopically-labeled
standards and adding specifications for:
• Initial demonstration of capability
(IDC).
• Quality Control Sample (QCS).
• Method detection limits (MDL).
• Laboratory method blank (LMB).
• Estimated detection limits (EDL).
• Field train proof blank.
It should be noted that the EDLs as
proposed remain in the method and are
sample specific. It should also be noted
that the second source QCS also serves
as an initial calibration verification. We
are also moving language from the
current Section 9.0 to new Section 12.0
(Data Analysis and Calculations).
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
8.2.1
8.2.4
8.2.11
8.2.12
J. Section 10.0 Calibration and
Standardization
In this action, the EPA is renumbering
and moving the text in Section 6.0
(Calibration) of the current method to a
new Section 10.0 titled ‘‘Calibration and
Standardization,’’ and making clarifying
and technical revisions to the
specifications for calibrating the
sampling and the HRGC/HRMS systems.
We are adding specifications for tuning
the HRMS system, moving the
specification for HRMS resolution
(currently in Section 5) to this new
section, and adding text on the
procedures for assessing the relative
standard deviation for the mean
instrument response factors to bring
Method 23 up to date with current
laboratory practice. We are also
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16738
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
updating the requirements for ion
abundance ratio limits, and resolution
checks under the continuing calibration
verification to serve as performance
indicators for analysis quality. We are
adding a specification to prepare the
continuing calibration verification
(CCV) standard at the same time as the
batch of field samples using the same
labeled standards. We are also moving
language in the current Section 10.0 to
a new Section 16.0 (Bibliography).
K. Section 11.0
Analysis Procedure
In this action, the EPA is renumbering
and moving the text in Section 5.0
(Analysis) of the current method to a
new Section 11.0 titled ‘‘Analysis
Procedure,’’ and making clarifying and
technical revisions to the current
specifications for sample extraction and
sample cleanup and fractionation. We
are also adding a new subsection
describing how sample extract aliquots
are prepared for cleanup and analysis.
We are also adding the specifications
and recommendations for analysis
procedures shown in Table 11 of this
preamble.
TABLE 11—ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SECTION 11.0
Description
Revised section
Preparing and operating the extraction apparatus ............................................................................................
Allow the extraction apparatus to cool ...............................................................................................................
Initial extract concentration ................................................................................................................................
Allow the sample extract to cool ........................................................................................................................
Recommended minimum volume for PCDD/PCDF analysis .............................................................................
Further concentration of sample (if needed) for cleanup and analysis .............................................................
Sample cleanup and fractionation for PAH and PCDPE ...................................................................................
Sample cleanup and fractionation for PCDD/PCDF and PCB ..........................................................................
Addressing unresolved compounds ...................................................................................................................
Relative retention time for PCB .........................................................................................................................
Chlorodiphenyl ether interference ......................................................................................................................
MS lock-mass ions .............................................................................................................................................
Identification criteria for PAH .............................................................................................................................
Calculations of target mass and mass per dry standard cubic meter ...............................................................
Quantifying native PCDD/PCDF ........................................................................................................................
Reporting options ...............................................................................................................................................
L. Section 12.0
Calculations
Data Analysis and
In this action, the EPA is renumbering
and moving the current language in
Section 9.0 (Calculations) to a new
Section 12.0 titled ‘‘Data Analysis and
Calculations,’’ and revising the equation
variable list. We are revising the
11.1.7 through 11.1.9.
11.2.1.
11.2.2.
11.2.3.
11.2.3.
11.2.4.
11.3.1.
11.3.2.
11.4.1.2.1.
11.4.3.4.5.
11.4.3.4.8.
11.4.3.4.9.
11.4.3.4.10.
11.4.3.5.1 and 11.4.3.5.2.
11.4.3.5.3.
11.4.3.5.4 through 11.4.3.5.6.
equations shown in Table 12 of this
preamble.
TABLE 12—EQUATION REVISIONS FOR SECTION 12.0
Current equation
23–1
23–2
23–4
23–7
23–8
Description
.........................................................
.........................................................
.........................................................
.........................................................
.........................................................
This section specifies that the CCV
RRFs are used to quantify the target
compounds rather than the initial
Revised section
Individual relative response factor (RRF) for each compound ...............................
Amount of individual target compound i in the extract using the RRF of the CCV
Recovery of Labeled Compound Standards ...........................................................
Estimated detection limit ..........................................................................................
Total concentration ..................................................................................................
calibration RRFs. We are also removing
and replacing the current equations in
Method 23 with the equations shown in
12.2
12.7
12.9
12.10
12.11
Table 13 of this preamble to
accommodate the final changes to the
method procedures.
TABLE 13—ADDITIONAL EQUATIONS FOR SECTION 12.0
New equation
Description
23–1 .........................................................
23–2 .........................................................
23–4 .........................................................
Individual compound RRF for each calibration level ...............................................
Individual compound RRF for pre-extraction standard ...........................................
Percent relative standard deviation of the RRFs for a compound over the calibration levels.
Standard deviation of the RRFs for a compound over the calibration levels .........
Percent difference of the RRF of the continuing calibration verification compared
to the average RRF from the initial calibration for each target compound.
Concentration of the Individual Target Compound or Group i in the Emission
Gas.
Half range for the prediction interval of results .......................................................
Upper limit for the prediction interval of results ......................................................
Lower limit for the prediction interval of results ......................................................
23–5 .........................................................
23–6 .........................................................
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
23–9 .........................................................
23–13 .......................................................
23–14 .......................................................
23–15 .......................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
Revised section
20MRR2
12.2
12.2
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.8
12.12
12.12
12.12
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
M. Section 13.0
Method Performance
In this action, the EPA is adding a
new Section 13.0 titled ‘‘Method
Performance,’’ that includes the
specifications shown in Table 14 of this
preamble. The new Section 13 provides
the basis for assessing accuracy with
16739
LMBs, increases labeled standards, and
establishes performance criteria to
monitor method performance.
TABLE 14—METHOD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SECTION 13.0
Description
Revised section
Background assessment of field train proof blank, LMB, and Materials (filters, adsorbent resin, glass wool,
etc.).
GC column systems used to measure PCDD/PCDF, PAH, and PCB target compounds ................................
Detection limits (Method detection limits and Estimated detection limits) ........................................................
Tuning HRGC/HRMS system ............................................................................................................................
MS lock-mass ions .............................................................................................................................................
Initial calibration and continuing calibration verification .....................................................................................
QCS analysis .....................................................................................................................................................
Identification of target compounds .....................................................................................................................
Pre-sampling and pre-extraction standard recovery requirements ...................................................................
Pre-analysis standard sensitivity requirements .................................................................................................
IDC-Lowest calibration concentration, Demonstration of precision, Demonstration of accuracy .....................
Modifications of the method ...............................................................................................................................
N. Section 14.0
Pollution Prevention
•
In this action, the EPA is adding a
new Section 14.0 titled ‘‘Pollution
Prevention,’’ that specifies the
procedures for minimizing or
preventing pollution associated with
preparing and using Method 23
standards.
O. Section 15.0
Waste Management
In this action, the EPA is adding a
new Section 15.0 titled ‘‘Waste
Management,’’ that specifies the
laboratory responsibilities for managing
the waste streams associated with
collecting and analyzing Method 23
samples.
P. Section 16.0
Bibliography
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
In this action, the EPA is renumbering
and moving the current language in
Section 10.0 (Bibliography) to a new
Section 16.0 titled ‘‘Bibliography.’’ We
are deleting previous reference number
3 which is no longer relevant and
adding new citations for the following
references:
• Fishman, V.N., Martin, G.D. and
Lamparski, L.L. Comparison of a variety
of gas chromatographic columns with
different polarities for the separation of
chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and
dibenzofurans by high-resolution mass
spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography
A 1139 (2007) 285–300.
• International Agency for Research on
Cancer. Environmental Carcinogens
Methods of Analysis and Exposure
Measurement, Volume 11—
Polychlorinated Dioxins and
Dibenzofurans. IARC Scientific
Publications No. 108, 1991.
• Stieglitz, L., Zwick, G., Roth, W.
Investigation of different treatment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
techniques for PCDD/PCDF in fly ash.
Chemosphere 15: 1135–1140; 1986.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Method 8290A—Polychlorinated
Dibenzo-p-dioxin (PCDDs) and
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans (PCDFs)
by High-Resolution Gas
Chromatography/High-Resolution Mass
Spectrometry (HRGC/HRMS), Revision 1.
February 2007. In: Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid Waste. Washington, DC.
SW–846.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Office of Air Programs Publication No.
APTD–0576: Maintenance, Calibration,
and Operation of Isokinetic Source
Sampling Equipment. Research Triangle
Park, NC. March 1972.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Method 1625C—Semivolatile Organic
Compounds by Isotope Dilution GCMS.
U.S Environmental Protection Agency.
Method 1613B—Tetra- through OctaChlorinated Dioxins and Furans by
Isotope Dilution HRGC/HRMS.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Method 1668C—Chlorinated Biphenyl
Congeners in Water, Soil, Sediment,
Biosolids, and Tissue by HRGC/HRMS.
Tondeur, Y., Nestrick, T., Silva, He´ctor A.,
Vining, B., Hart, J. Analytical procedures
for the determination of polychlorinatedp-dioxins, polychlorinated
dibenzofurans, and hexachlorobenzene
in pentachlorophenol. Chemosphere
Volume 80, Issue 2, June 2010, pages
157–164.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Definition and Procedure for the
Determination of the Method Detection
Limit, Revision 2. EPA 821–R–16–006.
December 2016.
Tondeur Y, Niederhut WJ, Missler SR. A
hybrid HRGC/MS/MS Method for the
Characterization of Tetrachlorodibenzop-Dioxins in Environmental Samples;
Bio. Med. and Environ. Mass Spectr. 14,
pages 449–456, 1987.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
13.1.
13.2 through 13.5.
13.6.
13.7.
13.8.
13.9 and 13.10.
13.11.
13.12 and 13.13.
13.14 and 13.15.
13.16.
13.17.
13.18 and 13.19.
• Gianluca R., Mosca S., Guerriero E.,
Rotatori M. Development of a new
automated clean-up system for the
simultaneous analysis of polychlorinated
dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs),
dibenzofurans (PCDFs) and ‘dioxin-like’
polychlorinated biphenyls (dl-PCB) in
flue gas emissions by GPC–SPE. J.
Environ. Monit. 14, pages 1082–1090,
2012.
• U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
The National Dioxin Air Monitoring
Network (NDAMN) Report of the Results
of Atmospheric Measurements of
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins
(PCDDs), Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans
(PCDFs), and Dioxin-like
Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCBs) in
Rural and Remote Areas of the United
States from June 1998 through November
2004. EPA/600/R–13/183F. August 2013.
• Guo, Y., Kannan, K. Analytical Methods for
the Measurement of Legacy and
Emerging Persistent Organic Pollutants
in Complex Sample Matrices.
Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry.
Vol. 67. January 2015.
• U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
USEPA Contract Laboratory Program
(CLP) National Functional Guidelines for
Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins (CDDs)
and Chlorinated Dibenzofurans (CDFs)
Data Review. EPA–540–R–11–016.
September 2011.
Q. Section 17.0 Tables, Diagrams,
Flow Charts, and Validation Data
In this action, the EPA is adding a
new Section 17 titled ‘‘Tables,
Diagrams, Flow Charts, and Validation
Data,’’ that contains all tables, diagrams,
flow charts, and validation data
referenced in Method 23. We are
revising Figures 23–1 and 23–2 and
renaming and/or renumbering the
current Method 23 tables as shown in
Table 15 of this preamble.
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16740
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 15—REVISIONS TO METHOD 23 TABLES
Current method
Final method
Table 1—Composition of the Sample Fortification and Recovery Standards Solutions.
Table 2—Composition of the Initial Calibration Solutions ........................
Table 23–7. Concentration of the Sample Fortification for PCDD and
PCDF.
Table 23–11. Concentration of the Initial Calibration Standard Solutions
for PCDD and PCDF.
Table 23–4. Elemental Compositions and Exact Masses of the Ions
Monitored by High-Resolution Mass Spectrometry for PCDD and
PCDF.
Table 23–15. Recommended Ion Type and Acceptable Ion Abundance
Ratios.
Table 23–14. Minimum Requirements for Initial and Continuing Calibration Response Factors for Isotopically Labeled and Native Compounds.
Table 3—Elemental Compositions and Exact Masses of the Ions Monitored by High Resolution Mass Spectrometry for PCDD’s and
PCDF’s.
Table 4—Acceptable Ranges for Ion-Abundance Ratios of PCDD’s and
PCDF’s.
Table 5—Minimum Requirements for Initial and Daily Calibration Response Factors.
We are also adding Figure 23–3
(Soxhlet/Dean-Stark Extractor) and
Figure 23–4 (Sample Preparation Flow
Chart) and adding the tables listed in
Table 16 of this preamble.
TABLE 16—ADDITIONAL TABLES TO METHOD 23
Revised table
23–1
23–2
23–3
23–5
Description
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
23–6 ................................................
23–8 ................................................
23–9 ................................................
23–10 ..............................................
23–12 ..............................................
23–13 ..............................................
23–16 ..............................................
23–17 ..............................................
23–18 ..............................................
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxin and Polychlorinated Dibenzofuran Target Analytes.
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon Target Analytes.
Polychlorinated Biphenyl Target Analytes.
Elemental Compositions and Exact Masses of the Ions Monitored by High-Resolution Mass Spectrometry
for PAH.
Elemental Compositions and Exact Masses of the Ions Monitored by High-Resolution Mass Spectrometry
for PCB.
Concentration of the Sample Fortification for PAH.
Concentration of the Sample Fortification for PCB.
Sample Storage Conditions and Laboratory Hold Times.
Concentration of the Initial Calibration Standard Solutions for PAH.
Concentration of the Initial Calibration Standard Solutions for PCB.
Typical DB5–MS Column Conditions.
Assignment of Pre-extraction Standards for Quantitation of Target PCB.
Initial Demonstration of Capability Quality Control (QC) Requirements.
V. Summary of Final Revisions Related
to 40 CFR Parts 60, 63, and 266
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
A. 40 CFR Part 60—Standards of
Performance for New Stationary Sources
In 40 CFR 60.17(h), we are
incorporating by reference ASTM
D4840–99(2018)e1, Standard Guide for
Sample Chain-of-Custody Procedures,
and amending the reference to ASTM
D6911–15, Guide for Packaging and
Shipping Environmental Samples for
Laboratory Analysis, to include for use
in Method 23.
In 40 CFR part 60, subpart CCCC, we
are revising 40 CFR 60.2125(g)(2) and
(j)(2) to realign the requirement for
quantifying isomers to the reorganized
Section 11.4.2.4 in the revisions of
Method 23.
In 40 CFR part 60, subpart DDDD, we
are revising 40 CFR 60.2690(g)(2) and
(j)(2) to realign the requirement for
identifying isomers to the reorganized
Section 11.4.2.4 in the revisions of
Method 23.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
B. 40 CFR Part 63—National Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
for Source Categories
In 40 CFR 63.849(a)(13) and (a)(14),
we are replacing CARB Method 428
with EPA Method 23 for the
measurement of PCB emissions from
roof monitors not employing wet roof
scrubbers.
In 40 CFR 63.1208(b)(1), we are
removing the requirement for
administrator’s approval to use Method
23 for measuring PCDD/PCDF emissions
from hazardous waste combustors.
In 40 CFR 63.1625(b)(10), we are
replacing CARB Method 429 with EPA
Method 23 for measuring the emissions
of PAH from ferromanganese electric arc
furnaces.
In Table 3 to Subpart AAAAAAA, we
are replacing the requirement for
analysis of PAH by SW–846 Method
8270 with a requirement to use EPA
Method 23. Specifically, we are deleting
‘‘with analysis by SW–846 Method
8270D’’ in row 6 of Table 3 to Subpart
AAAAAAA. Because revisions to
Method 23 eliminate the use of
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
methylene chloride in field sampling
activities, we are also removing footnote
‘‘b’’ in Table 3 to Subpart AAAAAAA.
C. 40 CFR Part 266—Standards for the
Management of Specific Hazardous
Wastes and Specific Types of
Hazardous Waste Management
Facilities
In 40 CFR 266.104, we are adding
EPA Method 23 as an alternative to SW–
846 Method 0023A. We proposed to
make this change to 40 CFR 266.104. In
addition to this specific change, we are
making a conforming change in 40 CFR
part 266 Appendix IX. EPA considers
this conforming change a logical
outgrowth of the proposed revisions to
Method 23.
VI. Statutory and Executive Order
Reviews
Additional information about these
statutes and Executive Orders can be
found at https://www.epa.gov/lawsregulations/laws-and-executive-orders.
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory
Planning and Review and Executive
Order 13563: Improving Regulation and
Regulatory Review
This action is not a significant
regulatory action and was, therefore, not
submitted to the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) for review.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
This action does not impose an
information collection burden under the
PRA. The revisions being promulgated
in this action to Method 23 do not add
information collection requirements, but
make corrections, clarifications, and
updates to existing testing methodology.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
I certify that this action does not have
a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities
under the RFA. This action does not
impose any requirements on small
entities. The final revisions to Method
23 do not impose any requirements on
regulated entities. Rather, the final
changes improve the quality of the
results when required by other rules to
use Method 23. Revisions to Method 23
allow contemporary advances in
analysis techniques to be used. Further,
the final changes in Method 23 analysis
procedures reduce the impact of this
method by bringing it into alignment
with other agency methods.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
(UMRA)
This action does not contain any
unfunded mandate of $100 million or
more as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C.
1531–1538. The action imposes no
enforceable duty on any State, local or
tribal governments or the private sector.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
This action does not have federalism
implications. It will not have substantial
direct effects on the states, on the
relationship between the national
government and the states, or on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government.
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation
and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments
This action does not have tribal
implications, as specified in Executive
Order 13175. It will not have substantial
direct effects on the Indian Tribal
Governments, on the relationship
between the national government and
the Indian Tribal Governments, or on
the distribution of power and
responsibilities among Indian Tribal
Governments and the various levels of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
government. Thus, Executive Order
13175 does not apply to this action.
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
Risks and Safety Risks
The EPA interprets Executive Order
13045 as applying only to those
regulatory actions that concern
environmental health or safety risks that
the EPA has reason to believe may
disproportionately affect children, per
the definition of ‘‘covered regulatory
action’’ in Section 2–202 of the
Executive Order. This action is not
subject to Executive Order 13045
because it does not establish or revise a
standard that provides protection to
children against environmental health
and safety risks.
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution or Use
This action is not subject to Executive
Order 13211, because it is not a
significant regulatory action under
Executive Order 12866.
I. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act (NTTAA)
This action involves technical
standards. The EPA will use ASTM
D6911–15 (Guide for Packaging and
Shipping Environmental Samples for
Laboratory Analysis) and ASTM D4840–
99(2018)e1 (Standard Guide for Sample
Chain-of-Custody Procedures). These
ASTM standards cover best practices
that guide sample shipping and tracking
from collection through analysis.
These standards were developed and
adopted by ASTM International. The
standard may be obtained from https://
www.astm.org or from the ASTM at 100
Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West
Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959.
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal
Actions To Address Environmental
Justice in Minority Populations and
Low-Income Populations
Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629,
February 16, 1994) directs federal
agencies, to the greatest extent
practicable and permitted by law, to
make environmental justice part of their
mission by identifying and addressing,
as appropriate, disproportionately high
and adverse human health or
environmental effects of their programs,
policies, and activities on minority
populations (people of color) and lowincome populations.
The EPA believes that this type of
action does not concern human health
or environmental conditions and,
therefore, cannot be evaluated with
respect to potentially disproportionate
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16741
and adverse effects on people of color,
low-income populations and/or
Indigenous peoples. This action updates
Method 23, which will improve the
quality of the results when required by
other rules to use Method 23.
K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)
This action is subject to the CRA and
the EPA will submit a rule report to
each House of the Congress and to the
Comptroller General of the United
States. This action is not a ‘‘major rule’’
as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
L. Determination Under Clean Air Act
Section 307(d)
This final rule is not subject to the
provisions of CAA section 307(d). This
final rule does not promulgate any of
the actions listed in CAA section
307(d)(1).
List of Subjects
40 CFR Part 60
Environmental protection, Air
pollution control, Hazardous air
pollutants, Incorporation by reference,
Method 23, Polychlorinated biphenyls,
Polychlorinated dibenzofurans,
Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins,
Polycyclic aromatic compounds, Test
methods.
40 CFR Part 63
Environmental protection, Air
pollution control, Method 23, New
source performance, Polychlorinated
biphenyls, Polychlorinated
dibenzofurans, Polychlorinated
dibenzo-p-dioxins, Polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons, Test methods.
40 CFR Part 266
Environmental protection, Air
pollution control, Hazardous air
pollutants, Hazardous waste, Method
23, Polychlorinated biphenyls,
Polychlorinated dibenzofurans,
Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins,
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, Test
methods, Waste management.
Michael S. Regan,
Administrator.
For the reasons stated in the
preamble, the Environmental Protection
Agency amends Title 40, Chapter I of
the Code of Federal Regulations as
follows:
PART 60—STANDARDS OF
PERFORMANCE FOR NEW
STATIONARY SOURCES
1. The authority citation for part 60
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16742
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Subpart DDDD—Emissions Guidelines
and Compliance Times for Commercial
and Industrial Solid Waste Incineration
Units
Subpart A—General Provisions
2. In § 60.17:
a. Redesignate paragraphs (h)(168)
through (h)(213) as (h)(169) through
(h)(214);
■ b. Add new paragraph (h)(168); and
■ c. Revise newly redesignated
paragraph (h)(194).
The addition and revision read as
follows:
■
■
§ 60.17
4. In § 60.2690, revise paragraphs
(g)(2) and (j)(2) to read as follows:
■
§ 60.2690 How do I conduct the initial and
annual performance test?
*
Incorporations by reference.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) * * *
(168) ASTM D4840–99(2018)e1
Standard Guide for Sample Chain-ofCustody Procedures, approved August
2018; IBR approved for Appendix A–7:
Method 23.
*
*
*
*
*
(194) ASTM D6911–15 Standard
Guide for Packaging and Shipping
Environmental Samples for Laboratory
Analysis, approved January 15, 2015;
IBR approved for Appendix A–7:
Method 23; Appendix A–8: Method
30B.
*
*
*
*
*
Subpart CCCC—Standards of
Performance for Commercial and
Industrial Solid Waste Incineration
Units
3. In § 60.2125, revise paragraphs
(g)(2) and (j)(2) to read as follows:
■
§ 60.2125 How do I conduct the initial and
annual performance test?
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(2) Quantify isomers meeting
identification criteria in Section 11.4.3.4
of Method 23, regardless of whether the
isomers meet identification criteria in
Section 11.4.3.4.1 of Method 23. You
must quantify the isomers per Section
11.4.3.5 of Method 23. (Note: You may
reanalyze the sample aliquot or split to
reduce the number of isomers to meet
the identification criteria in Section
11.4.3.4 of Method 23.)
*
*
*
*
*
(j) * * *
(2) Quantify isomers meeting
identification criteria in Section 11.4.3.4
of Method 23, regardless of whether the
isomers meet identification Section
11.4.3.4.1 of Method 23. You must
quantify the isomers per Section
11.4.3.5 of Method 23. (Note: You may
reanalyze the sample aliquot or split to
reduce the number of isomers to meet
the identification criteria in Section
11.4.3.4 of Method 23.)
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(2) Quantify isomers meeting
identification criteria in Section 11.4.3.4
of Method 23, regardless of whether the
isomers meet identification Section
11.4.3.4.1 of Method 23. You must
quantify the isomers per Section
11.4.3.5 of Method 23. (Note: You may
reanalyze the sample aliquot or split to
reduce the number of isomers to meet
the identification criteria in Section
11.4.3.4 of Method 23.)
*
*
*
*
*
(j) * * *
(2) Quantify isomers meeting
identification criteria in Section 11.4.3.4
of Method 23, regardless of whether the
isomers meet identification Section
11.4.3.4.1 of Method 23. You must
quantify the isomers per Section
11.4.3.5 of Method 23. (Note: You may
reanalyze the sample aliquot or split to
reduce the number of isomers to meet
the identification criteria in Section
11.4.3.4 of Method 23.); and
*
*
*
*
*
■ 5. Revise Method 23 of Appendix A–
7 to Part 60 to read as follows:
Appendix A–7 to Part 60—Test
Methods 19 Through 25E
*
*
*
*
*
Method 23—Determination of
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins,
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans,
Polychlorinated Biphenyls, and Polycyclic
Aromatic Hydrocarbons From Stationary
Sources
1.0 Scope and Application
1.1 Applicability. This method applies to
the measurement of polychlorinated dibenzop-dioxins and polychlorinated dibenzofurans
(PCDD/PCDF), polychlorinated biphenyls
(PCB), and/or polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons (PAH) in emissions from
stationary sources. Using this method, you
can measure these analyte groups
individually or in any combination using a
single sample acquisition unless otherwise
specified in a rule, regulation, or permit.
Tables 23–1 through 23–3 of this method list
the applicable target analytes for Method 23.
If all 209 PCB are analyzed, the 17 toxic PCB
congeners should be resolved and reported
while the other PCB can be reported as totals
by homolog, for example, total
trichlorobiphenyl (TrCB).
1.2 Scope. This method describes the
sampling and analytical procedures used to
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
measure selected PCDD and PCDF in
stationary sources when required in an
applicable subpart. This method also
describes how the same sampling and
analysis technology can be used to measure
selected PCB and PAH from stationary source
in combination or as each individual
compound class when required in an
applicable subpart. However, Method 23
incorporates by reference some of the
specifications (e.g., equipment and supplies)
and procedures (e.g., sampling and
analytical) from other methods in this part
that are essential to conducting Method 23.
To obtain reliable samples, source sampling
teams should be trained and experienced
with the following additional EPA test
methods: Method 1, Method 2, Method 3,
Method 4, and Method 5 of Appendices A–
1, A–2, and A–3 to 40 CFR part 60.
Laboratory analysis teams should be trained
and experienced with Method 1668C (found
at: https://www.epa.gov/sites/production/
files/2015-09/documents/method_1668c_
2010.pdf) and Method 1613B of 40 CFR part
136 Appendix A and have a working
knowledge of isotope dilution and the use of
high-resolution gas chromatography/highresolution mass spectrometry (HRGC/HRMS).
1.3 The HRGC/HRMS portions of this
method are for use by laboratory analysts
experienced with HRGC/HRMS analysis of
PCDD, PCDF, PCB, and PAH or under the
close supervision of such qualified persons.
Each source testing team, including the
sampling and laboratory organization(s) that
use this method, must demonstrate the
ability to generate acceptable results that
meet the performance criteria in Section 13
of this method.
1.4 This method is ‘‘performance-based’’
and includes acceptability criteria for
assessing sampling and analytical
procedures. Users may modify the method to
overcome interferences or to substitute
superior materials and equipment, provided
that they meet all performance criteria in this
method. Section 13 of this method presents
requirements for method performance.
2.0 Summary of Method
This method identifies and determines the
concentration of specific PCDD, PCDF, PCB,
and PAH compounds. Gaseous and
particulate bound target pollutants are
withdrawn from the gas stream isokinetically
and collected in the sample probe, on a glass
fiber or quartz filter, and on a packed column
of adsorbent material. This method is not
intended to differentiate between target
compounds in particulate or vapor fractions.
The target compounds are extracted from the
combined sample collection media. Portions
of the extract are chromatographically
fractionated to remove interferences,
separated into individual compounds or
simple mixtures by HRGC, and measured
with HRMS. This method uses isotopically
labeled standards to improve method
accuracy and precision through isotope
dilution quantitation.
3.0 Definitions
3.1 Alternate Recovery Standards. A
group of isotopically labeled compounds that
is not otherwise designated in this method
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
for quality control (QC) purposes. Alternate
recovery standards can be used to assess the
recovery of a compound class relative to any
step in the sampling and analysis procedure
that is not already assessed as a mandatory
part of this method, such as the cleanup step.
3.2 Benzo[a]pyrene Toxic Equivalency
Quotient (B[a]P–TEQ). One of several
schemes that express the toxicity for PAH
compounds in terms of the most toxic form
of PAH, benzo[a]pyrene, as specified in
applicable regulations, permits, or other
requirements.
3.3 Continuing Calibration Verification
(CCV) Standard. A standard prepared at the
mid-point concentration of the calibration
used to verify the initial calibration. Prepare
the CCV standard at the same time as the
batch of field samples using the same labeled
standards.
3.4 Congener. An individual compound
with a common structure (dioxin, furan, or
biphenyl), only differing by the number of
chlorine or other substituent attached to the
structure.
3.5 Estimated Detection Limit (EDL). The
minimum qualitatively recognizable signal
above background for a target compound.
The EDL is a detection limit specific to each
sample analysis based on the noise signal
measured near the retention time of a target
compound or target isomer group. Being
sample specific, the EDL is affected by
sample size, dilution, recoveries of preextraction standard, chemical noise from
sample extract, electronic noise from
instrument, extract aliquot, relative response
of instrument, etc.
3.6 Estimated Maximum Possible
Concentration (EMPC). An EMPC is a worstcase estimate of the target compound
concentration. Report the results as EMPC
when the ion abundance ratio for a target
analyte is outside the performance criteria.
Calculate the EMPC using both quantitation
ions.
3.7 Field Train Proof Blank. A field train
proof blank train is a QC sample to evaluate
equipment preparation and potential
contamination during sample recovery and
consists of a fully assembled train at the
sampling site, without actual sampling. The
field train proof blank train uses glassware
from the same preparation batch as the field
samples.
3.8 Homolog. A compound belonging to a
series of compounds with the same general
molecular formula, differing from each other
by the number of repeating units of chlorine.
3.9 Isomer. An individual compound
with a common structure (dioxin, furan, or
biphenyl), only differing by the position of
chlorine atoms attached to the structure.
3.10 Isotope Dilution. A means of
determining a naturally occurring (native)
compound by reference to the same
compound in which one or more atoms has
been isotopically enriched.
3.11 Laboratory Method Blank (LMB). A
quality control sample to assess background
contamination or interference from media,
reagents, equipment, etc. An LMB is
prepared in the laboratory, composed of
clean sampling media (filter and XAD–2),
using same labeled standards, media,
reagents, and materials (sodium sulfate, glass
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
wool, etc.) and processed (extraction,
fractionations, cleanup) and analyzed using
the same procedures as a field sample.
3.12 Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB)
congeners. Any or all 209 chlorinated
biphenyl congeners. Table 23–3 of this
method lists the primary target compounds
and Appendix A to this method provides the
full list of 209 PCB congeners and isomers.
3.12.1 Monochlorobiphenyl (MoCB). Any
or all three monochlorinated biphenyl
isomers.
3.12.2 Dichlorobiphenyl (DiCB). Any or
all 12 dichlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.3 Trichlorobiphenyl (TrCB). Any or
all 24 trichlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.4 Tetrachlorobiphenyl (TeCB). Any
or all 42 tetrachlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.5 Pentachlorobiphenyl (PeCB). Any
or all 46 pentachlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.6 Hexachlorobiphenyl (HxCB). Any
or all 42 hexachlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.7 Heptachlorobiphenyl (HpCB). Any
or all 24 heptachlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.8 Octachlorobiphenyl (OcCB). Any
or all 12 octachlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.9 Nonachlorobiphenyl (NoCB). Any
or all three nonachlorinated biphenyl
isomers.
3.12.10 Decachlorobiphenyl (DeCB).
Biphenyl fully chlorinated with 10 chlorine
atom substituents replacing hydrogen in the
parent compound.
3.13 Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin
(PCDD) congeners. Any or all 75 chlorinated
dibenzo-p-dioxin congeners. There are seven
2,3,7,8 substituted PCDD congeners and four
PCDD homolog groups listed in Table 23–1
of this method. This method does not
measure mono- through tri-PCDD and
includes non-2,3,7,8 substituted congeners in
the total homolog categories.
3.13.1 Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
(TeCDD). Any or all 22 tetrachlorinated
dibenzo-p-dioxin isomers.
3.13.2 Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
(PeCDD). Any or all 14 pentachlorinated
dibenzo-p-dioxin isomers.
3.13.3 Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
(HxCDD). Any or all 10 hexachlorinated
dibenzo-p-dioxin isomers.
3.13.4 Heptachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
(HpCDD). Any or all two heptachlorinated
dibenzo-p-dioxin isomers.
3.13.5 Octachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
(OCDD). Dibenzodioxin fully chlorinated
with eight chlorine atom substituents
replacing hydrogen in the parent compound.
3.14 Polychlorinated dibenzofuran
(PCDF) congeners. Any or all chlorinated
dibenzofuran congeners. There are ten 2,3,7,8
substituted PCDF congeners and four PCDF
homolog groups listed in Table 23–1 of this
method. This method does not measure
mono- through tri-PCDF and includes non2,3,7,8 substituted congeners in the total
homolog categories.
3.14.1 Tetrachlorodibenzofuran (TeCDF).
Any or all 38 tetrachlorinated dibenzofuran
isomers.
3.14.2 Pentachlorodibenzofuran (PeCDF).
Any or all 28 pentachlorinated dibenzofuran
isomers.
3.14.3 Hexachlorodibenzofuran (HxCDF).
Any or all 16 hexachlorinated dibenzofuran
isomers.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16743
3.14.4 Heptachlordibenzofuran (HpCDF).
Any or all four heptachlorinated
dibenzofuran isomers.
3.14.5 Octachlorodibenzofuran (OCDF).
Dibenzofuran fully chlorinated with eight
chlorine atom substituents replacing
hydrogen in the parent compound.
3.15 Polychlorinated diphenyl ethers
(PCDPE). Any or all chlorinated substituted
diphenyl ethers.
3.15.1 Hexachlorodiphenyl ether
(HxCDPE). Any or all 42 hexachlorinated
diphenyl ether isomers.
3.15.2 Heptachlorodiphenyl ether
(HpCDPE). Any or all 24 heptachlorinated
diphenyl ether isomers.
3.15.3 Octachlorodiphenyl ether
(OCDPE). Any or all 12 octachlorinated
diphenyl ether isomers.
3.15.4 Nonachlorodiphenyl ether
(NCDPE). Any or all three nonachlorinated
diphenyl ether isomers.
3.15.5 Decachlorodiphenyl ether
(DCDPE).
3.16 Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
(PAH). Any or all aromatic compounds with
two or more fused six-member rings. Table
23–2 of this method lists the target PAH
compounds for this method. You may add
and analyze additional PAH compounds by
adding the appropriate 13C isotopically
labeled compound to the pre-extraction
standard mixture and by following the other
requirements for target PAH compounds in
this method.
3.17 Pre-analysis Standard. A group of
isotopically labeled compounds added at a
known amount immediately prior to analysis
and used to monitor instrument response,
injection errors, instrument drift and to
determine the recovery of the pre-extraction
standard compounds. Add pre-analysis
standard to every sample (including blank,
QC samples, and calibration solutions) at a
known amount.
3.18 Pre-extraction Filter Recovery
Standard. A group of isotopically labeled
compounds added at a known amount to the
filter used to indicate the extraction
efficiency of the filter media. Add preextraction filter recovery standard to the filter
samples just prior extraction. The preextraction filter recovery standard is not used
for quantitating or recovery correction.
3.19 Pre-extraction Standard. A group of
isotopically labeled compounds added in a
known amount to the XAD–2 adsorbent resin
of each sample immediately before extraction
and used for quantitation of target and other
labeled compounds to correct for extraction,
cleanup, and concentration recovery. These
isotopically labeled compounds constitute a
matrix spike of the resin. Add pre-extraction
standard to every sample at the same level
(including blank, QC samples, and
calibration solutions).
3.20 Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard. A
group of isotopically labeled compounds
added in a known amount to the XAD–2
adsorbent prior to sampling used to monitor
sampling aspects of the method.
3.21 Pre-transport Standard. Spiking
compound from the list of alternative
recovery standards that can be added by the
laboratory to the sample shipping containers
used to transport field equipment rinse and
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16744
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
recovery samples prior to sampling. The
measured concentration of the pre-transport
recovery standard provides a quality check
on potential probe rinse sample spillage or
mishandling after sample collection and
during shipping.
3.22 Quality Control Sample (QCS). A
mid-level standard prepared from a second
source standard or prepared from a source of
standards different from the source of
calibration standards. The purpose of the
QCS is to verify the integrity of the primary
calibration standards. A QCS is analyzed
during the initial demonstration of capability
(IDC) and following each initial calibration
(at a minimum quarterly) thereafter.
3.23 Relative Response Factor (RRF). The
response of the mass spectrometer (MS) to a
known amount of an analyte relative to a
known amount of an isotopically labeled
standard.
3.24 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
Toxic Equivalency Quotient (2,3,7,8-TeCDD
TEQ). A procedure that expresses the toxicity
of PCDD, PCDF, and PCB in terms of the most
toxic dioxin, as specified in applicable
regulations, permits, or other requirements.
4.0 Interferences
Despite interferences, confidence of the
data is based on the enhanced selectivity of
fractionation, gas chromatograph (GC)
separation and detector resolving power, the
QC check ions, and monitoring PCDPE.
4.1 PCB and PCDPE have similar
molecular weight and chromatographic
properties to PCDD and PCDF. PCB may
produce fragment ions at interfering mass-tocharge ratios (m/z) when losing chlorine (Cl2)
or 2 Cl2 during ionization processes. With
HRMS, GC separation, and fractionation, PCB
should not pose a problem for PCDD/PCDF
identification and quantitation. PCDPE, when
losing Cl2, also produce interfering m/z
values in the PCDF homolog group with two
fewer chlorine atoms (i.e., an octachlorinated
PCDPE can interfere with a hexachlorinated
PCDF). The latter interferences are
potentially detected by monitoring an m/z
corresponding to the potentially interfering
PCDPE; however, the fragmentation patterns
of all PCDPE may not be known,
complicating any attempt to quantify the
extent of ether interference.
Note: Consider monitoring 328 m/z if high
levels of PCB are expected.
4.2 Very high amounts of other organic
compounds in the matrix may interfere with
the analysis. This method provides examples
of column-chromatographic cleanup as
procedures to reduce, but not necessarily
eliminate, matrix effects due to high
concentrations of organic compounds
(International Agency for Research on Cancer
1991).
4.3 Target compound contaminants or
related organics in solvents, reagents,
glassware, isotopically labeled spiking
standards, and other sample processing
hardware are potential method interferences.
Routinely evaluate all these materials to
demonstrate that they are either free from
interferences under the conditions of the
analysis, or that the interference does not
compromise the quality of the analysis
results. Evaluate chemical interference
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
through the preparation and analysis of an
LMB. Use high purity reagents, solvents, and
standards to minimize interferences in
sample analysis.
4.4 PAH are subject to degradation when
exposed to ultraviolet light. Take precautions
to shield samples from sunlight or
fluorescent light sources during sample
collection, recovery, extraction, cleanup, and
concentration.
5.0 Safety
Note: Develop a strict laboratory safety
program for the handling of PCDD, PCDF,
PCB, and/or PAH.
5.1 Compounds in the PCDD and PCDF
classes such as 2,3,7,8-TeCDD are aneugenic,
carcinogenic, and teratogenic in laboratory
animal studies. Other PCDD and PCDF
containing chlorine atoms in positions
2,3,7,8 have toxicities comparable to that of
2,3,7,8-TeCDD.
5.2 PCB and benzo[a]pyrene are classified
as known or suspected human or mammalian
carcinogens. Be aware of the potential for
inhalation and ingestion exposure to
laboratory analysts.
5.3 This method recommends that the
laboratory purchase dilute standard solutions
of the analytes required for this method.
However, if preparing primary solutions, use
a hood or glove box. Laboratory personnel
handling primary solutions should wear
personal protective equipment including a
toxic gas respirator mask fitted with charcoal
filters approved by the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)/
Mine Safety Health Administration (MSHA)
to prevent the inhalation of airborne
particulates if not working in an approved
hood or glove box.
5.4 The toxicity or carcinogenicity of
other reagents or chemicals used in this
method is not precisely defined. However,
treat each chemical as a potential health
hazard and minimize exposure to these
chemicals. The laboratory is responsible for
maintaining a current awareness file of
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) regulations regarding
the safe handling of the chemicals specified
in this method. Ensure that a reference file
or list of internet sites that contain safety data
sheets (SDS) is available to all personnel
involved in the sampling and chemical
analysis of samples known or suspected to
contain PCDD, PCDF, PCB, and PAH.
6.0 Equipment and Supplies
Note: Brand names, suppliers, and part
numbers are for illustration purposes only
and no endorsement is implied. Apparatus
and materials other than those specified in
this method may achieve equivalent
performance. Meeting the performance
requirements of this method is the
responsibility of the source testing team and
laboratory team.
6.1 Sampling Apparatus. Figure 23–1 of
this method shows a schematic of the
Method 23 sampling train. Do not use sealing
greases or brominated flame retardant-coated
tape in assembling the train. Do not use
silicon tubing in direct contact with flue
gases. The train is identical to that described
in Section 6.1.1 of Method 5 of Appendix A–
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3 to 40 CFR part 60 with the following
additions:
6.1.1 Nozzle. The nozzle must be made of
quartz, borosilicate glass, or titanium.
Stainless steel nozzles should not be used.
6.1.2 Probe Liner. Use either
polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), borosilicate,
or quartz glass probe liners with a heating
system capable of maintaining a probe gas
temperature of 120 ± 14 °C (248 ± 25 °F)
during sampling, or such other temperature
as specified by an applicable subpart of the
standards or as approved by the
Administrator. Use a PTFE ferrule or singleuse PTFE coated O-ring to achieve the seal
at the nozzle end of the probe for stack
temperatures up to about 300 °C (572 °F). Use
a quartz glass liner and integrated quartz
nozzle for stack temperatures between 300
and 1,200 °C (572 and 2,192 °F).
6.1.3 Filter Holder. Use a filter holder of
borosilicate glass with a PTFE frit or PTFEcoated wire filter support. The holder design
should provide a positive seal against leakage
from the outside or around the filter. The
holder should be durable, easy to load, leakfree in normal applications, and positioned
immediately following the probe and cyclone
bypass (or cyclone, if used) with the active
side of the filter perpendicular to the source
of the flow.
6.1.4 Filter Heating System. Use any
heating system capable of monitoring and
maintaining the temperature around the filter
to ensure that the sample gas temperature
exiting the filter is 120 ± 14 °C (248 ± 25 °F)
during sampling or such other temperature as
specified by an applicable subpart of the
standards or approved by the Administrator
for a particular application.
6.1.5 Filter Temperature Sensor. Install a
temperature sensor capable of measuring
temperature to within ±3 °C (5.4 °F) so that
the sensing tip protrudes at least 1.3
centimeters (cm) (1–2 in.) into the sample gas
exiting the filter. Encase the sensing tip of the
sensor in glass or PTFE, if needed.
6.1.6 Sample Transfer Line. The sample
transfer line transports gaseous emissions
from the heated filter holder to the condenser
and must be heat traced and constructed of
glass or PTFE with connecting fittings that
form leak-free, vacuum-tight connections
without using sealing greases or tapes. Keep
the sample transfer lines as short as possible
and maintain the lines at a temperature of
120 °C ± 14 °C (248 °F ± 25 °F) using active
heating when necessary. Orient the sample
transfer lines with the downstream end lower
than the upstream end so that any
condensate will flow away from the filter and
into the condenser.
6.1.7 Condenser. Glass, water-jacketed,
coil-type with compatible fittings. Orient the
condenser to cause moisture to flow down to
the adsorbent module to facilitate condensate
drainage. Figure 23–2 of this method shows
a schematic diagram of the condenser.
6.1.8 Water Circulating Bath. Use a bath
pump circulating system capable of
providing chilled water flow to the
condenser and adsorbent module water
jackets. Typically, a submersible pump is
placed in the impinger ice water bath to
circulate the ice water contained in the bath.
Verify the function of this system by
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
measuring the gas temperature at the
entrance to the adsorbent module. Maintain
this temperature at <20 °C (68 °F).
6.1.9 Adsorbent Module. Use a waterjacketed glass container to hold up to 40
grams (g) of the solid adsorbent. Figure 23–
2 of this method shows a schematic diagram
of the adsorbent module. Other physical
configurations of the adsorbent resin module/
condenser assembly are acceptable if the
configuration contains the requisite amount
of solid adsorbent and maintains the
minimum length-to-width adsorbent bed
ratio of two-to-one. Orient the adsorbent
module vertically to facilitate condensate
drainage. The connecting fittings must form
leak-free, vacuum-tight seals. Include a
coarse glass frit in the adsorbent module to
retain the adsorbent.
6.1.10 Impingers. Use five impingers
connected in series with leak-free ground
glass fittings or any similar leak-free
noncontaminating fittings. The first impinger
must be a short-stem (water-dropout) design
or equivalent. The second, fourth, and fifth
impingers must be of the Greenburg-Smith
design, modified by replacing the tip with a
1.3 cm (1⁄2 in.) inside diameter (ID) glass tube
extending to approximately 1.3 cm (1⁄2 in.)
from the bottom of the flask. The third
impinger must be of the Greenburg-Smith
design with the standard tip. The second and
third impingers must contain known
quantities of water, and the fifth impinger
must contain a known weight of silica gel or
equivalent desiccant. Alternatively, you may
omit the first impinger if you do not expect
excess moisture in the sample gas.
6.2 Sample Recovery Equipment.
6.2.1 Fitting Caps. Use leak-free ground
glass fittings or any similar leak-free noncontaminating fitting to cap the sections of
the sampling train exposed to the sample gas.
Alternatively, use PTFE tape or contaminantfree aluminum foil for this purpose (see
Section 6.2.6 of this method).
6.2.2 Wash Bottles. Use PTFE bottles.
6.2.3 Probe-Liner, Probe-Nozzle, and
Filter-Holder Brushes. Use inert bristle
brushes with precleaned stainless steel or
PTFE handles. Extensions of the probe brush
must be made of stainless steel or PTFE and
be at least as long as the probe. Use brushes
that are properly sized and shaped to remove
accumulated material from the nozzle and
probe liner if used.
6.2.4 Filter Storage Container. Use a
sealed filter holder, wide-mouth amber glass
jar with PTFE-lined cap, or glass petri dish
sealed with PTFE tape. Purchase precleaned
amber glass jars and petri dishes, or clean
according to the glassware cleaning
procedures listed in Section 8.1.1.1 of this
method.
6.2.5 Field Balance. Use a weighing
device capable of measurements to an
accuracy of 0.5 g.
6.2.6 Aluminum Foil. Use heavy duty
aluminum foil cleaned by rinsing three times
with hexane or toluene and stored in a precleaned glass petri dish or glass jar. Do not
use aluminum foil to wrap or contact filter
samples due to the possibility of reaction
between the sample and the aluminum.
6.2.7 Silica Adsorbent Storage Container.
Use an air-tight container to store silica gel.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
6.2.8 Glass Sample Storage Container.
Recover samples in amber glass bottles, 500or 1000-milliliters (mL) with leak-free PTFElined caps. Either purchase precleaned
bottles or clean containers according to
glassware cleaning procedures listed in
Section 8.1.1.1 of this method.
6.3 Sample Extraction Equipment.
6.3.1 Sample Container. Use 125- and
250-mL amber glass bottles with PTFE-lined
caps.
6.3.2 Test Tubes. Use glass test tubes or
small (e.g., 5 to 10 mL) amber vials.
6.3.3 Soxhlet/Dean-Stark Extraction
Apparatus.
6.3.3.1 Soxhlet Apparatus. Use 200-mL
capacity thimble holder capable of holding
43 × 123-millimeter (mm) extraction
thimbles, with receiving flask (typically
round-bottom).
6.3.3.2 Moisture Trap. Use Dean-Stark or
Barret with fluoropolymer stopcock trap to fit
between the Soxhlet extractor body and the
condenser as shown in Figure 23–3 of this
method.
Note: Dean-Stark or Barret traps are used
to remove water with extraction solvents that
are less dense and insoluble in water.
6.3.3.3 Extraction Thimble. Use quartz,
glass, or glass fiber thimble, typically 43 ×
123 mm to fit Soxhlet apparatus. The use of
cellulose thimbles for sample extraction in
this method is prohibited.
6.3.3.4 Heating Mantle. Use a
hemispherical shaped heating mantle to fit
round-bottom flask.
6.3.4 Kuderna-Danish (KD) Concentrator.
Use an apparatus consisting of a three-ball
Snyder column, a flask with leak-free joint to
accept the three-ball Snyder column at the
top, a leak-free joint to receive a graduated
concentration tube at the bottom and a
heating mantle.
Note: Rotary evaporation has only been
demonstrated when analyzing PCDD/PCDF.
The KD with Snyder column is
recommended when analyzing for PAH and/
or PCB to avoid evaporation loss resulting in
failed performance criteria for pre-extraction
spike recovery.
6.3.5 Nitrogen Evaporative Concentrator.
Use a nitrogen evaporative concentrator
equipped with a water bath with the
temperature controlled in the range of 30 to
60 °C (86 to 140 °F) (N-Evap Organomation
Associates, Inc., South Berlin, MA, or
equivalent).
6.3.6 Separatory Funnels. Use glass or
PTFE 2-liter separatory funnels.
6.4 Glass Liquid Chromatography
Columns.
6.4.1 Pasteur Pipettes. Use disposable
pipettes, or glass serological pipettes
typically 150 mm long × 6 mm ID.
6.4.2 Liquid Chromatography Columns.
200 to 300 mm long × 20 mm ID with 250mL reservoir.
6.5 Analytical Equipment.
6.5.1 Gas Chromatograph. Use a gas
chromatograph consisting of the following
components:
6.5.1.1 GC Oven. Use an oven capable of
maintaining the separation column at the
proper operating temperature ± 1.0 °C (1.8 °F)
and performing programmed increases in
temperature at rates of at least 40 °C/min
with isothermal hold.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16745
6.5.1.2 GC Temperature Monitor. Use a
temperature monitor to measure column
oven temperature to ± 1.0 °C (1.8 °F).
6.5.1.3 GC Flow System. Use an
electronic pressure control or equivalent gas
metering system to control carrier gas flow or
pressure.
6.5.1.4 GC Injection Port. Use a split/
splitless injection port in the splitless mode
or on-column injection port for the capillary
column.
6.5.2 Capillary GC Column. Use different
columns for the analysis of the different
target compound classes in this method, if
needed. Perform the resolution checks in
Sections 10.2.3.5 and 10.2.3.6 of this method
to document the required resolution.
Compound separation must meet the
resolution specifications in Section 10.2.3.5
of this method and the identification
specifications found in Section 11.4.3.4 of
this method.
6.5.2.1 PCDD/PCDF Column. Gas
chromatographic columns used to measure
PCDD/PCDF should be capable of achieving
separation of the 17 PCDD/PCDF target
compounds from the nearest eluting target
compound(s). The valley height resolution
between 2,3,7,8-substituted TeCDD and
TeCDF and the nearest eluting isomers must
not exceed 25% of the taller of the two peaks.
The valley height resolution between all
other target PCDD/PCDF compounds and the
nearest eluting targets (or interference) must
not exceed 40% of the taller of the two peaks.
Note: Fishman, et al. (see Section 16.3 of
this method) demonstrated that all TEF
isomers can be fully differentiated from
closely eluting isomers using either of two
sets of non-polar and polar stationary phase
combinations. One set consisted of 5%
phenyl methylpolysiloxane (DB–5, HP–5MS,
Rtx-5MS, Equity-5) and 50%
cyanopropylmethyl, 50%
phenylmethylsiloxane (DB–225, SP 2331) GC
columns and the other set consisted of 5%
phenyl, 94% methyl, 1% vinyl silicone
bonded-phase (DB–5MS, ZB–5MS, VF–5MS,
CP-Sil 8 CB LowBleed/MS) with 50%
cyanopropylmethyl, 50%
phenylmethylsiloxane (SP–2331).
6.5.2.2 PAH Column. Use column
systems for measuring PAH that can achieve
separation of anthracene and phenanthrene
at m/z 178 such that the valley between the
peaks does not exceed 50% of the taller of
the two peaks, and benzo[b]fluoranthene and
benzo[k]fluoranthene such that the valley
between the peaks is less than 60% of the
height of the taller peak. These requirements
are achievable using a 30-m narrow bore
(0.25 mm ID) 5% phenyl polysilphenylenesiloxane (BPX5 or equivalent) bonded-phase,
fused-silica capillary column.
6.5.2.3 PCB Column. Use column systems
for measuring PCB that can achieve unique
resolution and identification of the toxics for
determination of a TEQPCB using toxic
equivalency factors (TEF). Resolution is
shown by a valley between the peaks not
exceeding 40% of the taller of the two peaks.
Isomers may be unresolved if they have the
same TEF and RRF and if these unresolved
isomers are uniquely resolved from all other
congeners. These requirements are
achievable using several 30-meter (m) narrow
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16746
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
bore (0.25 mm ID) columns including 8%
phenyl polycarborane-siloxane (HT8), DB–
XLB, and poly (50% n-octyl/50% methyl
siloxane) (SPB-Octyl). Quantification of
unresolved isomers should use the nearest
eluting target PCB pre-extraction standard in
Appendix A of this method, unless otherwise
specified in applicable rule, regulation, or
permit.
Note: If all 209 PCB are analyzed the 17
toxic PCB congeners should be resolved and
reported while the other PCB can be reported
as totals by homolog, for example, total TrCB.
6.5.3 Mass Spectrometer. Instrument
employing 28 to 70 electron volt ionization.
The instrument and data system must be
capable of repetitive monitoring of at least 12
exact m/z values with a mass resolution
defined in Section 10.2.1 within the
measurement mass range. The recommended
lock-mass ions to be used for mass drift
correction are presented in Tables 23–4, 23–
5, and 23–6 of this method for PCDD/PCDF,
PAH, and PCB, respectively, as applicable to
target analytes. Mass drifts of 5 parts per
million (ppm) or more can have serious
effects on instrument performance.
6.5.4 Mass Spectrometer Data System.
Use a data system compatible with the mass
spectrometer and capable of sequencing and
monitoring multiple groups of selected ions.
6.5.5 Analytical Balance. Use an
analytical balance to measure within 0.1
milligram (mg).
7.0 Reagents, Media, and Standards
7.1 Filter. Glass fiber filters, without
organic binder, exhibiting at least 99.95%
efficiency (<0.05% penetration) on 0.3micron dioctyl phthalate smoke particles.
7.1.1 Conduct a QC check on the filter lot
prior to the field test to demonstrate that
filters are free from contamination or
interference by extracting and analyzing a
minimum of three filters from each lot as
follows. Spike with pre-extraction and preextraction filter recovery standards for target
compounds to be measured and extract each
filter separately with toluene as described in
Section 11 of this method. After extraction,
remove the filters and the solvent from the
filters under clean conditions (e.g., a clean
nitrogen stream). Analyze the extracts
according to the procedures in Section 11 of
this method, including adding pre-analysis
standard. This filter check analysis must
meet the performance requirements in
Section 13.1 of this method. Ongoing
analysis of LMB can be used to fulfill this
check. If criteria are not met for target
compounds, repeat with additional filters
from the lot or evaluate another lot.
7.2 Adsorbent Resin. Amberlite® XAD–2
resin. All adsorbent resin must meet the
cleanliness criteria described for LMB in
Section 13.1 of this method following the
same extraction, concentration, cleanup, and
analysis steps as field samples. This method
recommends using the procedures provided
in Appendix B to this method to clean the
resin before use, if needed. However, this
method allows alternative cleanup
procedures that use automated extraction
equipment if the adsorbent meets the
required performance criteria described for
LMB in Section 13.1 of this method.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
7.2.1 Conduct a QC check on the cleaned
adsorbent lot or batch following the
extraction and analyses procedures in
Section 11 of this method, including adding
applicable labeled standards. The cleaned
adsorbent must meet the criteria described
for LMB in Section 13.1 of this method. An
LMB conducted with an adsorbent lot or
batch can serve this purpose.
7.2.2 Storage. Store adsorbent in a
solvent-rinsed nonporous clean container
and secure lid.
7.3 Glass Wool. Clean the glass wool to
meet the specifications in Section 13.1 of this
method. Glass wool is dried of the solvent
and stored in a clean glass container with a
PTFE-lined screw cap.
7.4 Water. Use deionized or distilled
water meeting requirements in Section 13.1
of this method and store in its original
container or in a clean glass container with
a PTFE-lined screw cap.
7.5 Silica Gel. Indicating type for
sampling, 6–16 mesh. If previously used, dry
at 175 °C (347 °F) for two hours. Use new
silica gel as received. As an alternative, use
other types of desiccants (equivalent or
better), subject to the approval of the
Administrator.
7.6 Methylene Chloride. Pesticide grade
or better.
7.7 Sample Recovery Reagents.
7.7.1 Acetone. Pesticide grade or better.
7.7.2 Toluene. Pesticide grade or better.
7.8 Sample Extraction and Cleanup.
7.8.1 Potassium Hydroxide. American
Chemical Society (ACS) grade, 2% (weight/
volume) in water.
7.8.2 Sodium Sulfate. Granulated or
powdered, reagent grade. Evaluate for
cleanliness prior to use with an LMB. The
LMB must meet the requirements in Section
13.1 of this method for target compounds.
Store in a clean glass container with a PTFElined screw cap.
7.8.3 Sulfuric Acid. Reagent grade.
7.8.4 Sodium Hydroxide. 1.0 N. Weigh 40
g of sodium hydroxide into a 1-liter
volumetric flask. Dilute to 1 liter with water.
7.8.5 Hexane. Pesticide grade or better.
7.8.6 Methanol. Pesticide grade or better.
7.8.7 Toluene. Pesticide grade or better.
7.8.8 High-Boiling Alkanes Used as
Keeper Solvents (e.g., tetradecane, nonane,
decane). Pesticide grade. Note: Lower
homologous series alkanes (nonane or
decane) are necessary for higher volatility
targets such as MoCB and naphthalene to
maintain retention during concentration
procedures. However, do not take samples to
dryness when using these lower alkane
homologs.
7.8.9 Liquid Column Chromatography
Packing Materials. Use the following column
chromatography packing materials, as
needed, to prepare sample extracts by
fractionation and removal of interferences.
Commercially prepacked cleaning columns
may be available for this purpose. The liquid
column chromatography packing materials
must be adequate to clean the samples to be
fit for purpose and meet the performance
criteria of this method. All procedures for
preparing column chromatography packing
materials are recommendations shown to
meet the performance specifications required
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
for the recovery of labeled compounds
described in Section 13 of this method.
7.8.9.1 Alumina. Use either acidic or
basic alumina in the cleanup of sample
extracts. Use the same type of alumina for all
samples in an analytical sequence, including
those used to demonstrate LMB performance.
7.8.9.1.1 Acidic Alumina (SigmaAldrich® 199966 or equivalent). Brockmann
activity grade 1, 100–200 mesh. Prior to use,
activate the alumina by heating for 12 hours
at 130 °C (266 °F). Store in a desiccator. You
may use pre-activated alumina purchased
from a supplier as received.
7.8.9.1.2 Basic Alumina (Sigma-Aldrich®
19943 or equivalent). Brockmann activity
grade 1. Activate by heating to 600 °C
(1,112 °F) for a minimum of 24 hours. Do not
heat to over 700 °C (1,292 °F) because this
can lead to reduced capacity for retaining the
target compounds. Store at 130 °C (266 °F) in
a covered flask. Recommended storage time
for acidic alumina is up to five days from
baking. Use prepacked alumina columns
immediately after opening the vacuum-sealed
pouch or container.
7.8.9.2 Florisil®. Activated, 60–100 mesh
recommended. Heat previously activated
Florisil® in a glass container loosely covered
with aluminum foil in an oven at 130 to 150
°C (266 to 302 °F) for a minimum of 24 hours.
Allow to cool and store activated Florisil®
silica in a desiccator.
7.8.9.3 Silica Gel. Use either activated,
acid- or base-coated silica gel in the cleanup
of sample extracts. Use the same type of
silica gel for all samples in an analytical
sequence, including those used to
demonstrate LMB performance.
7.8.9.3.1 Activated Silica Gel. Supelco®
1–3651, Bio-Sil® A, 100–200 mesh (or
equivalent). Prior to use, silica gel should be
activated by solvent rinsing and heat
activation. It is recommended to rinse with
methylene chloride and activate the silica gel
by heating for at least 1 hour at 180 °C
(356 °F). After allowing to cool, rinse the
silica gel sequentially with methanol and
toluene. Heat the rinsed silica gel at 50 °C
(122 °F) for 10 minutes, then increase the
temperature gradually to 180 °C (356 °F) over
25 minutes and maintain the gel at this
temperature for 90 minutes. Allow to cool in
a desiccator to room temperature and store in
a glass container with a PTFE-lined screw
cap. Alternative conditioning procedure may
be used if the performance criteria in Section
13.1 are met for target compounds.
7.8.9.3.2 Acidic Silica Gel (30% weight/
weight). Combine 100 g of activated silica gel
with 44 g of concentrated sulfuric acid in a
clean screw-capped glass container and
agitate thoroughly. Disperse the solids with
a stirring rod until obtaining a uniform
mixture of acid-coated silica gel. Store the
mixture in a glass container with a PTFElined screw cap.
7.8.9.3.3 Basic Silica Gel. Combine 30 g
of 1 N sodium hydroxide with 100 g of
activated silica gel in a clean screw-capped
glass container and agitate thoroughly.
Disperse solids with a stirring rod until
obtaining a uniform mixture of base-coated
silica gel. Store the mixture in glass container
with a PTFE-lined screw cap.
7.8.9.4 Carbon/Celite® 545 (or equivalent
solid support). Use of a carbon-based column
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
cleanup material (e.g., one of the many
including for example Carbopack® B or C) to
further remove non-planar impurities from
the samples prior to analysis may be
necessary. You must evaluate alternative
carbon-based sorbents for this purpose prior
to their use. An 18% weight/weight mixture
of Carbopack® C and Celite® 545 has been
used for this purpose and should be activated
at 130 °C (266 °F) for a minimum of 6 hours.
Allow to cool and store this mixture in a
desiccator.
7.8.10 Nitrogen. 99.999% (ultra-high)
purity.
7.9 Sample Analysis.
7.9.1 Helium. 99.999% (ultra-high)
purity.
7.9.2 Spiking Standards. Prepare spiking
standards quantitatively at a convenient
concentration (e.g., 10 nanograms (ng)/mL) or
use commercial standards if available, to
enable accurate spiking of a labeled standard
at various stages of the sample and extract
preparation. You may adjust the sample
fortification concentrations from those
recommended in Tables 23–7, 23–8, and 23–
9 of this method to accommodate the
concentration of target compounds
anticipated in samples if the performance
criteria in Section 13 of this method are met.
Note: When adjusting the fortification
concentrations in the final sample extract,
consider variables such as the aliquot of
extract used and injection volume of samples
and calibration.
7.9.3 Pre-Sampling Adsorbent Standard.
Prepare stock standard solutions in nonane to
enable spiking so that the isotopically labeled
compounds in the final sample extract are at
the concentration shown under the heading
‘‘Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard’’ in
Tables 23–7, 23–8, and 23–9 of this method,
for applicable target compound classes.
7.9.4 Pre-extraction Filter Recovery
Standard. Prepare stock standard solutions in
nonane to enable spiking so that the
isotopically labeled compounds in the final
sample extract are at the concentration
shown under the heading ‘‘Pre-extraction
Filter Recovery Standard’’ in Tables 23–7,
23–8, and 23–9 of this method, for applicable
target compound classes.
7.9.5 Pre-extraction Standard. Prepare
stock standard solutions in nonane to enable
spiking so that the isotopically labeled
compounds in the final sample extract are at
the concentration shown under the heading
‘‘Pre-extraction Standard’’ in Tables 23–7,
23–8, and 23–9 of this method, for applicable
target compound classes.
7.9.6 Pre-analysis Standard. Prepare stock
standard solutions in nonane to enable
spiking so that the isotopically labeled
compounds in the final sample extract are at
the concentration shown under the heading
‘‘Pre-analysis Standard’’ in Tables 23–7, 23–
8, and 23–9 of this method, for applicable
target compound classes.
8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and
Storage
8.1 Sampling. This method involves
collection and recovery of trace
concentrations of target semivolatile organic
compounds. Therefore, field sampling and
recovery staff should be trained and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
experienced in the best practices for handling
and using organic solvents in field
environments to recover and protect samples
from contamination.
8.1.1 Pretest Preparation.
8.1.1.1 Cleaning Glassware. Clean
glassware thoroughly before using. This
section provides a recommended procedure,
but any protocol that consistently results in
contamination-free glassware meeting the
LMB criteria in Section 13.1 of this method
is acceptable.
8.1.1.1.1 Soak all glassware in hot soapy
water (Alconox® or equivalent).
8.1.1.1.2 Rinse with hot tap water.
8.1.1.1.3 Rinse with deionized/distilled
water.
8.1.1.1.4 Rinse with methanol.
8.1.1.1.5 Rinse with toluene.
8.1.1.1.6 Baking glassware up to 400 °C
(752 °F) for a minimum of 2 hours may be
necessary to remove contaminants or
interferents from particularly dirty samples.
Allow glassware to cool after baking.
Note: Repeated baking of glassware may
cause active sites on the glass surface that
may irreversibly adsorb target compounds.
8.1.1.1.7 Cover glassware openings with
clean glass fitting caps or cleaned aluminum
foil (see Section 6.2.6 of this method).
8.1.1.1.8 Rinse glassware immediately
before use with acetone and toluene.
Note: To prepare heavily soiled glassware,
remove surface residuals from the glassware
by soaking in hot soapy water, rinsing with
hot water, then soaking with a non-chromic
acid oxidizing cleaning reagent in a strong
acid (e.g., NOCHROMIX® prepared according
to manufacturer’s directions). After the acid
soak, rinse with hot water and repeat the
cleaning procedures in Section 8.1.1.1 of this
method.
8.1.1.2 Adsorbent Module. Load the
modules in a clean area to avoid
contamination. Fill a module with 20 to 40
g of XAD–2. Spike modules before the
sampling event, but do not spike the modules
in the field. Add the pre-sampling adsorbent
standard to the top quarter of the adsorbent
bed rather than onto the top or bottom of the
adsorbent bed. Add sufficient spike
(picograms (pg)/module) to result in the final
sample theoretical concentrations specified
in Tables 23–7, 23–8, and 23–9 of this
method for PCDD/PCDF, PAH, and PCB,
respectively, and to be above the lowest
calibration concentration to ensure the
standard recovery is quantitative. For
samples with known or anticipated target
compound concentration significantly higher
or lower than the specified concentration in
these tables, adjust the pre-sampling
adsorbent standard concentration to the
expected native compound concentration,
but no less than 10 times the method
detection limit (MDL). Follow the XAD–2
with cleaned glass wool and tightly cap both
ends of the module. For analysis that
includes PAH, use spiked modules within 14
days of preparation. See Table 23–10 of this
method for storage conditions.
8.1.1.3 Sampling Train. Figure 23–1 of
this method shows the complete sampling
train. Follow the best practices by
maintaining all sampling train components
according to the procedure described in
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16747
APTD–0576 Maintenance, Calibration, and
Operation of Isokinetic Source-sampling
Equipment (U.S. EPA 1972).
8.1.1.4 Silica Gel. Weigh several 200 to
300 g portions of silica gel in an air-tight
container to the nearest 0.5 g. Record the
total weight of the silica gel plus container,
on the outside of each container. As an
alternative, directly weigh the silica gel in its
impinger or sampling holder just prior to
sampling.
8.1.1.5 Filter. Check each filter against
light for irregularities and flaws or pinhole
leaks. Pack the filters flat in a clean glass
container. Do not mark filters with ink or any
other contaminating substance.
8.1.2 Preliminary Determinations. Use the
procedures specified in Section 8.2 of
Method 5 of Appendix A–3 to 40 CFR part
60.
8.1.2.1 Sample Volume. Unless otherwise
specified in an applicable rule, regulation, or
permit, sample for a minimum of 2 minutes
at each traverse point. This method
recommends sampling a minimum of 2.5 dry
standard cubic meters (dscm).
8.1.2.2 For continuously operating
processes, use the same sampling time at
each traverse point. To avoid timekeeping
errors, use an integer, or an integer plus onehalf minute, for each traverse point.
8.1.2.3 For batch processes, determine the
minimum operating cycle duration, dividing
the sampling time evenly between the
required numbers of traverse points. After
sampling all traverse points once, sample
each point again for the same duration of
time per sampling point in reverse order
until the operating cycle is completed.
Sample all traverse points at least once
during each test run.
8.1.3 Preparation of Sampling Train.
8.1.3.1 During field preparation and
assembly of the sampling train, keep all train
openings where contamination can enter
sealed until just prior to assembly or until
sampling is about to begin. To protect the
adsorbent module from radiant heat and
sunlight, you must wrap the module with
aluminum foil or other suitable material
capable of shielding the module from light.
The XAD–2 adsorbent resin temperature
must never exceed 50 °C (122 °F) because
thermal decomposition will occur. Clean and
prepare a complete set of sampling train
components that will contact the sample for
each sampling run, including one complete
set to be used as a field train proof blank as
a tool to evaluate equipment preparation and
potential contamination during sample
recovery as described in Section 9.6 of this
method.
8.1.3.2 Place approximately 100 mL of
water in the second and third impingers but
leave the first and fourth impingers empty.
Transfer approximately 200 g or more of
silica gel from its container to the fifth
impinger. Weigh each impinger and the
adsorbent module, including the fitting caps,
to the nearest 0.5 g using the field balance
and record the weight for moisture
determination. Remove the aluminum foil
from the adsorbent module before weighing.
Keep the module out of direct sunlight and
rewrap the module with foil immediately
after recording the module weight.
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
16748
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
8.1.3.3 Using tweezers or clean
disposable surgical gloves, place a filter in
the filter holder. Be sure that the filter is
properly centered, and the gasket properly
placed, to prevent the sample gas stream
from circumventing the filter. Check the filter
for tears after completing the assembly.
8.1.3.4 Prepare the inside of the sampling
probe and nozzle by brushing each
component while rinsing three times each
with acetone and toluene. Install the selected
nozzle, using the connecting systems
described in Section 6.1.2 of this method.
Mark the probe with heat resistant tape or by
some other method to denote the proper
distance into the stack or duct for each
sampling point. Assemble the train as shown
in Figure 23–1 of this method. Orient the
adsorbent module vertically so condensed
moisture drains into the first impinger. See
APTD–0576 Maintenance, Calibration, and
Operation of Isokinetic Source-sampling
Equipment (U.S. EPA 1972) for details.
8.1.3.5 Turn on the recirculation pump to
the adsorbent module and condenser coil and
begin monitoring the temperature of the gas
entering the adsorbent module. Ensure
proper temperature of the gas entering the
adsorbent module before proceeding.
8.1.4 Leak-Check Procedure. Same as
Section 8.4 of Method 5 of Appendix A–3 to
40 CFR part 60.
8.1.5 Sampling Train Operation. Same as
Sections 8.5.1 through 8.5.9 of Method 5 of
Appendix A–3 to 40 CFR part 60.
8.1.5.1 Monitor the filter temperature
with a sensor and record the filter
temperature during sampling to ensure a
sample gas temperature exiting the filter of
120 °C ± 14 °C (248 °F ± 25 °F), or such other
temperature as specified by an applicable
subpart of the standards or approved by the
Administrator for an application of this
method.
8.1.5.2 During testing, you must record
the temperature of the gas entering the XAD–
2 adsorbent module. The temperature of the
gas must not exceed 20 °C (68 °F) for efficient
capture of the target compounds.
8.2 Sample Recovery. Begin the cleanup
procedure as soon as the probe is removed
from the stack at the end of the sampling
period. Seal the nozzle end of the sampling
probe with PTFE tape or clean (e.g., toluene
rinsed) aluminum foil.
8.2.1 When the probe can be safely
handled, wipe off all external particulate
matter near the tip of the probe. Conduct a
post-test leak check. Remove the probe from
the train and close off both ends with PTFE
tape or clean aluminum foil. Seal off the inlet
to the train with PTFE tape, a ground glass
cap, or clean aluminum foil.
8.2.2 Transfer the probe and impinger
assembly to the cleanup area. This method
recommends cleaning and enclosing this area
to minimize the chances of losing or
contaminating the sample. To avoid sample
contamination and unnecessary exposure to
toxic chemicals, smoking or eating in the
sample recovery area shall not be allowed.
8.2.3 Inspect the train prior to and during
disassembly. Note and record any abnormal
conditions (e.g., broken filters, colored
impinger liquid). Recover and prepare
samples for shipping as follows in Sections
8.2.4 through 8.2.12 of this method.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
8.2.4 Container No. 1. Either seal the
filter holder or carefully remove the filter
from the filter holder and place it in its
identified container. If it is necessary to
remove the filter, use a pair of cleaned
tweezers to handle the filter. If necessary,
fold the filter such that the particulate cake
is inside the fold. Carefully transfer to the
container any particulate matter and filter
fibers that adhere to the filter holder gasket
by using a dry inert bristle brush and a sharpedged blade. Seal the container and store
cool (≤20 °C, 68 °F) for transport to the
laboratory.
8.2.5 Adsorbent Module Sample. Remove
the module from the train, tightly cover both
ends with fitting caps and PTFE tape, remove
the foil, drain the recirculating water from
the module, weigh and record the module
weight, and label the adsorbent module.
Moisture measurement in the field using the
Method 23 train requires weighing the
adsorbent module before sampling and after
sampling as part of the sample recovery.
8.2.6 Container No. 2. Quantitatively
recover material deposited in the nozzle, the
front half of the filter holder, and the
cyclone, if used, by brushing while rinsing
three times with acetone followed by three
rinses with toluene. Collect all the rinses in
Container No. 2.
8.2.7 Rinse the back half of the filter
holder three times with acetone followed by
three rinses with toluene. Rinse the sample
transfer line between the filter and the
condenser three times with acetone followed
by three rinses with toluene. If using a
separate condenser and adsorbent module,
rinse the condenser three times with acetone
followed by three rinses with toluene. Collect
all the rinses in Container No. 2 and mark the
level of the liquid on the container.
8.2.8 Moisture Weight. Weigh the
adsorbent module, impingers, and silica gel
impinger to within ±0.5 g using the field
balance and record the weights. This
information is required to calculate the
moisture content of the effluent gas. For
PCDD/PCDF-only measurements, discard the
liquid after measuring and recording the
weight.
8.2.9 Container No. 3. You must save and
analyze impinger water samples if PAH and/
or PCB are the target compounds.
Quantitatively recover impinger water
samples for analysis if PAH and/or PCB are
the target compounds by rinsing three times
with acetone followed by three rinses with
toluene. Collect impinger water and rinses in
Container No. 3 and mark the level of the
liquid on the container.
8.2.10 Silica Gel. Note the color of the
indicating silica gel to determine if it has
been completely spent and report its
condition on the field data sheet.
8.2.11 Field Sample Handling,
Preservation, Storage, and Transport. Store
all field samples temporarily in cool (≤20 °C,
68 °F) and dark conditions prior to transport
to the laboratory. Ship samples cool (≤20 °C,
68 °F), shielded from ultraviolet light. In
addition, follow the procedures in American
Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
D6911–15 (Guide for Packaging and Shipping
Environmental Samples for Laboratory
Analysis) for all samples, where appropriate.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
To avoid contamination of the samples, pay
special attention to cleanliness during
transport, field handling, sampling, recovery,
and laboratory analysis, as well as during
preparation of the adsorbent cartridges.
8.2.12 Sample Custody. Proper
procedures and documentation for sample
chain of custody are critical to ensuring data
integrity. Follow the chain of custody
procedures in ASTM D4840–99(2018)e1
(Standard Guide for Sample Chain-ofCustody Procedures) for all samples
(including field samples and blanks).
8.3 Sample Storage Conditions and
Laboratory Hold Times.
8.3.1 Table 23–10 of this method
summarizes the sample storage conditions
and laboratory hold times.
8.3.2 Store sampling train rinses and
filter samples in the dark at the storage
conditions in Table 23–10 from the time the
laboratory receives the samples until
analysis.
8.3.3 You may store adsorbent samples
for PCDD/PCDF or PCB analysis prior to
extraction in the dark at 6 °C (43 °F) or less
for up to one year from the time the
laboratory receives the samples.
Note: The hold times listed in this method
for adsorbent samples for PCDD/PCDF and
PCB are recommendations as these
compounds are very stable under the
conditions listed in this section.
8.3.4 Protect adsorbent samples destined
for PAH analysis from ultraviolet light. You
may store adsorbent samples for PAH
analysis in the dark at 6 °C (43 °F) or less for
up to 30 days from the time the laboratory
receives the samples.
8.3.5 Analyze PAH extracts within 40
days of extraction.
8.3.6 You may store sample aliquots
including archived extracts of PCDD/PCDF,
PAH and/or PCB samples in the dark at ¥10
°C (14 °F) or less for up to one year. Sample
extracts must not be stored with pierced
septa.
Note: The hold times listed in this method
for sample aliquots for PCDD/PCDF and PCB
are recommendations as these compounds
are very stable under the conditions listed in
this section.
9.0 Quality Control
Note: In recognition of advances that are
occurring in sampling and analytical
technology, and to allow the test team to
overcome analyte sensitivity and matrix
interferences, this method allows certain
options to increase sample collection volume
and to improve separations and the quality
of the analysis results for target analytes. It
is the laboratory’s responsibility to establish
the conditions for optimum sample
extraction, cleanup, and concentration to
meet the performance criteria in this method.
However, you may not change the
fundamental sampling and analysis
techniques, isokinetic sampling with an
adsorbent collection media followed by
sample extraction, and HRMS detection and
isotopic dilution quantification procedures.
Section 13 of this method specifies the
performance criteria to ensure that options
employed for a sample set and analytes of
interest are equal to or better than the
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
specificity of the techniques in this method.
The minimum requirements of this method
consist of the initial demonstration of
capability (IDC) and ongoing QC
requirements. The analysis team shall
perform an IDC to demonstrate acceptable
accuracy and precision with this method as
described in Section 9.3. The ongoing QC
includes performing CCVs and LMBs to
evaluate an individual laboratory’s
performance against the criteria in this
method. The method includes analysis of
samples spiked with labeled compounds to
evaluate and document data quality.
Laboratory performance is compared to
established performance criteria to determine
if the results of analyses meet the
performance characteristics and requirements
of the method.
9.1 Record and report data and
information that will allow an independent
reviewer to validate the determination of
each target compound concentration. Record
and report the data as described in Sections
9.1.1 through 9.1.7 of this method and
performance criteria results required in
Section 13 of this method.
9.1.1 Sample numbers and other sample
identifiers. Each sample must have a unique
identifier.
9.1.2 Field sample volume.
9.1.3 Field sampling date.
9.1.4 Extraction dates.
9.1.5 Analysis dates and times.
9.1.6 Analysis sequence/run chronology.
9.1.7 Quantitation Reports.
9.1.7.1 This method does not consider
EMPC-flagged data to be zero concentrations.
Calculate and report the EMPC
concentrations.
9.1.7.2 In determining compliance with
any PCDD and PCDF standard developed
using zero for values that are below the EDL
of the method, including federal emission
standards using Method 23 promulgated
under 40 CFR parts 60 and 63 prior to March
20, 2023, use zero for the determination of
total and weighted concentrations when the
target compound is not detected. For all other
circumstances, unless otherwise specified in
applicable regulations, permits, or other
requirements, when a target compound is
measured at or below EDL, use EDL as the
concentration for calculating compliance.
9.1.7.3 For each sample you must report
EDLs, MDLs, LMBs and Field Train Proof
Blank results and target compound analysis
results.
9.2 Isotopically Labeled Standard
Recovery.
9.2.1 Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard
and Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard
Recoveries. Pre-sampling adsorbent standard
and pre-extraction filter recovery standard
recoveries must demonstrate on a per sample
basis that recovery of the labeled standard
achieved the requirements in Section 13 of
this method. Recoveries below the acceptable
range for the pre-sampling adsorbent
standard may be an indication of
breakthrough in the sampling train.
9.2.1.1 If the pre-sampling adsorbent
standard average percent recovery is below
70%, the sampling run is not valid, and the
stack test must be repeated. As an alternative,
you do not have to repeat the stack test for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
invalid analyses if the pre-sampling
adsorbent standard average percent recovery
is 25% or more and you divide the final
results by the fraction of the pre-sampling
adsorbent standard average percent recovery.
9.2.1.2 If the percent recovery of all the
pre-extraction filter recovery standard
compounds is below 70%, you may
reanalyze the sample. If the recovery is still
below the limit, the filter sampling extraction
is not valid, and you must repeat the stack
or vent sampling and subsequent analysis.
9.2.2 Pre-extraction Standard Recoveries.
Pre-extraction standard recoveries must
demonstrate on a per sample basis that
recovery of the labeled standard achieved the
requirements in Section 13.15 of this method.
If the recovery criteria are not met, you may
reanalyze the sample. If the recovery criteria
are still not met, the sampling run is not
valid, and the stack test must be repeated.
Recoveries outside the acceptable range for
pre-extraction standard are an indication that
sample preparation procedures did not
adequately address sample and or sample
matrix processing to recover native target
compounds.
9.2.3 Pre-analysis Standard Response.
Pre-analysis standard recoveries must
demonstrate on a per sample basis that
adequate labeled standard signal meets the
requirements in Section 13.16 of this method.
Add pre-analysis standard to every sample
(including blanks, QC samples, and
calibration solutions) in a known
concentration. If the prepared samples do not
meet the pre-analysis standard response
criteria, you may reanalyze and/or prepare
and analyze archive samples to attempt
meeting requirements for the compounds that
do not meet the pre-analysis standard
response criteria. Poor sensitivity compared
to initial calibration response may indicate
injection errors or instrument drift.
9.3 Initial Demonstration of Capability
(IDC). The IDC must be successfully
performed prior to analyzing field samples by
meeting the QC requirements in Table 23–18.
The IDC must be repeated if changes are
made to analytical parameters not previously
validated during the IDC. This may include,
for example, changing the sample volume,
selecting alternate quantitation ions,
extending the calibration range, adding
additional pre-analysis standard, or adding
additional pre-extraction standard. The same
calibration range used during the IDC must
be used for the analysis of field samples.
9.3.1 Perform initial calibration following
the procedures in Section 10. The lowest
calibration standard used to establish the
initial calibration must not be less than three
times the MDL. The initial calibration must
meet performance criteria in Section 13.9.
9.3.2 Lowest Calibration Concentration
Confirmation. Establish a target
concentration for the lowest calibration
standard based on the intended use of the
method. The lowest calibration concentration
may be established by a laboratory or
programmatic lowest quantitative reporting
requirement. The laboratory calibration curve
must be set at or below this level. Perform
seven replicate analyses of a calibration
sample prepared at proposed lowest
calibration concentration. The replicate
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16749
analyses of the lowest calibration
concentrations standards must meet the
criteria in Sections 13.9 and 13.17.1.
Note: Consider that establishing the lowest
calibration concentration too low may cause
repeated failure of ongoing QC requirements.
9.3.3 Calculate Lowest Calibration
Statistics. Calculate the mean and standard
deviation for each analyte in these replicates
(those used in Section 9.3.2). Determine the
Half Range for the Prediction Interval of
Results (HRPIR) using Equation 23–13.
Calculate the Upper and Lower Limits for the
Prediction Interval of Results (PIR) with
Equations 23–14 and 23–15.
9.3.4 Lowest Calibration Point
Acceptance Criteria. The laboratory’s ability
to measure analyte concentrations down to
the lowest calibration point is confirmed if
the criteria presented in Section 13.17.1 are
met. If these criteria are not met, the lowest
calibration point as been set too low and
must be confirmed at a higher concentration.
9.3.5 Demonstration of Low System
Background. Analyze an LMB after the
highest standard in the calibration range. If
an automated extraction system is used, an
LMB must be extracted on each port.
Performance criteria are presented in Section
13.1. Note: When using automated systems,
the same systems must be used for samples
and QC samples, such as blanks and resin
checks.
9.3.6 Initial Calibration Verification. A
QCS must be analyzed during the IDC, and
then following each initial calibration
thereafter (at a minimum quarterly). A QCS
is a mid-level standard prepared from a
second source standard or prepared from a
source of standards different from the source
of calibration standards. The purpose of the
QCS is to verify the integrity of the primary
calibration standards. The acceptance
criterion is presented in Section 13.11.
9.3.7 MDL. Perform an MDL
determination using a minimum of seven
spiked combined filter/sorbent media
samples, spiked within 2 to 10 times of the
expected MDL, and seven LMBs (combined
filter/sorbent media) through all the steps of
the method following the requirements in 40
CFR part 136 Appendix B. Confirm target
compounds meet the qualitative
identification criteria in Sections 13.12 and
13.13. The criteria for the MDL determination
are presented in Section 13.6.1 of this
method.
9.3.8 MDL Confirmation. Confirm newly
determined MDLs by preparing a low-level
spiked combined filter/sorbent media sample
by spiking the sorbent with native target
compounds at 1 to 5 times the MDL and preextraction standard at the concentration used
to analyze field samples and analyze. The
criterion for the MDL confirmation is
presented in Section 13.6.1 of this method.
9.3.9 Demonstration of Precision.
Prepare, extract, and analyze seven replicate
spiked samples in a valid Extraction Batch.
Fortify the spiked samples near the midpoint
of the initial calibration curve. The criterion
is presented in Section 13.17.2 and Table 23–
18. Demonstration is repeated for failed
compounds only.
9.3.10 Demonstration of Accuracy. Using
the same set of replicate data generated for
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16750
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Section 9.3.9 of this method, calculate the
average % recovery. The criterion is
presented in Section 13.17.3 and Table 23–
18. Demonstration is repeated for failed
compounds only.
9.4 LMBs. Evaluate background
contamination from glassware, equipment,
solvents, standards, and media used for
sample batches using an LMB prepared and
analyzed identically to the field samples,
including the same labeled standards, media,
sodium sulfate, glass wool, glassware,
solvents, etc. An LMB must be extracted with
every batch of samples. Analyze an LMB at
least once during each analytical sequence or
every 12 hours, whichever period is shorter.
If multiple LMB are required for an analytical
sequence, report the initial LMB associated
with each 12 hour analysis period.
9.5 EDL. Calculate the EDL using
Equation 23–11 of this method.
Note: If the applicable compliance limit is
total dioxin or total furan, report the sum of
the EDLs for all the target compounds. If the
applicable rule limit is a TEQ value, report
the sum of the EDLs for all target compounds
multiplied by their corresponding compound
specific TEF.
9.6 Field Train Proof Blank Assessment.
Conduct at least one field train proof blank
for each test series at a single facility. A field
train proof blank is used to evaluate
equipment preparation and potential
contamination during sample recovery and
consists of a fully assembled train at the
sampling site. Prepare and assemble the field
train proof blank train in a manner identical
to that described in Sections 8.1.3 and 8.1.4
of this method using glassware from the same
preparation batch as the field samples. The
field train proof blank train must remain
assembled for the same average amount of
time samples are collected. Recover the field
train proof blank train as described in
Section 8.2 of this method. Follow all
subsequent steps for field train proof blank
train sample preparation and analysis used
for field samples including data reporting.
Section 13.1 of this method describes the
criteria for the field train proof blank.
10.0 Calibration and Standardization
10.1 Sampling System. Same as Sections
6.1 and 10.1 through 10.7 of Method 5 of
Appendix A–3 to 40 CFR part 60.
10.2 HRGC/HRMS System.
10.2.1 Mass Resolution. Tune the HRMS
instrument to a resolving power of at least
10,000 at 10% percent of the peak height or
25,000 at 50% percent of the peak height.
The resolving power for PAH and PCB
analysis may be 8,000 at 10% of the peak
height or 15,000 at 50% of the peak height.
Assess the resolution at three exact m/z’s
representing the low-, mid-, and high-m/z
range of the masses used to measure the
target compound class. You may use peak
matching and the chosen perfluoro-kerosene
(PFK) or perfluorotributylamine (FC43)
reference peak to verify that the exact mass
is within 5 ppm of the required value.
10.2.2 Initial Calibration. Calibrate the
HRGC/HRMS system using a minimum of
five concentrations over a range that brackets
expected field sample concentrations and the
concentration of isotopically labeled
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
standards in spiked samples. Tables 23–11,
23–12, and/or 23–13 of this method show the
calibration concentrations recommended by
this method, as applicable to the target
compound classes. Determine the initial
relative response factors for the target
compounds and isotopically labeled
standards using the initial calibration.
Criteria for the initial calibration is in Section
13.9 of this method.
10.2.2.1 Lock-Mass Ions. Tables 23–4, 23–
5, and 23–6 of this method present the
recommended mass spectrometer lock-mass
ions for PCDD/PCDF, PAH, and PCB,
respectively. The reference compounds PFK
or FC43 have ions that may be selected as
your lock-mass and QC check ions. Monitor
the QC check ions specified in these tables
to verify instrument stability during the
analysis (see Section 13.8 for performance
criteria). Additional cleanup of the sample
extract (or archive extract) and reanalysis is
necessary for failure to maintain the lockmass during analysis.
10.2.2.2 The relative standard deviation
(RSD) for the mean calibration relative
response factor from each of the unlabeled
analytes and isotopically labeled compounds
used in an analysis must be less than or equal
to the values in Table 23–14 of this method.
10.2.2.3 The signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio
for the GC/MS signal present in every
selected ion current profile must be greater
than or equal to 10 in all concentrations of
calibration standards for unlabeled targets
and isotopically labeled standards. The ion
abundance ratios must be within the control
limits in Table 23–15 of this method.
Note: An interference with PFK m/z
223.9872 may preclude meeting 10:1 S/N for
the DiCB congeners at the optional Cal 1
level (Table 23–11). If this interference
occurs, 10:1 S/N must be met at the Cal 2
level.
10.2.3 Continuing Calibration
Verification.
10.2.3.1 Prepare the CCV standard at the
same time as the batch of field samples using
the same labeled standards. Prepare CCV
standards at mid-level of the calibration (C3
level from Tables 23–11, 23–12, or 23–13 of
this method). Inject a CCV standard, for the
target compound class, at least once every 12
hours during an analysis sequence. Calculate
the RRF for each compound and compare
each RRF to the corresponding mean RRF
obtained during the initial calibration. The
RRF for each native compound measured in
a CCV must not deviate from the initial
calibration RRF by more than the limits
shown in Table 23–14.
10.2.3.2 The ion abundance ratios must
be within the allowable control limits shown
in Table 23–15 of this method.
10.2.3.3 The S/N ratio for the GC/MS
signal present in every selected ion current
profile must be greater than or equal to 10.
10.2.3.4 Repeat the initial calibration
when there is a failure to meet the
requirements for acceptable CCV standard
analysis.
10.2.3.5 Column Separation Check. Use
the results from a CCV to verify and
document the resolution required in Section
13.2, 13.3, or 13.4 of this method for the
target compound classes analyzed with this
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
method. If target compounds are not
sufficiently resolved to meet the requirement,
an analysis on a confirmation column is
recommended (see Section 13.5 of this
method).
10.2.3.6 If you use a confirmation
column, perform the resolution check in
Section 10.2.3.5 of this method to document
the required resolution on the confirmation
column. See Section 13.5 of this method on
confirmation columns, if needed.
11.0 Analysis Procedure
11.1 Sample Extraction and
Concentration. The sample extraction
procedures in this method are the same for
PCDD, PCDF, PCB and PAH targets. Figure
23–4 provides a flow chart showing sample
container combination and extraction steps.
Do not allow samples and extracts destined
for PAH or PCB analysis to concentrate to
dryness because the lower molecular weight
PAH and the mono- through trichlorobiphenyls may be totally or partially
lost. Note: Rotary evaporation is applicable
when analyzing for PCDD/PCDF only. Snyder
column apparatus is recommended when
analyzing for PAH and PCB.
11.1.1 Optional Soxhlet Precleaning.
Place an extraction thimble (see Section
6.3.3.3 of this method) and a plug of glass
wool into the Soxhlet apparatus equipped
with a Dean-Stark trap, charge the apparatus
with toluene, and reflux for a minimum of 3
hours. Remove the toluene and discard it.
Remove the extraction thimble from the
extraction system and place it in a glass
beaker to catch the solvent rinses from
sample transfer to the extraction thimble.
Retain the clean glass wool plug.
Alternatively, confirm that the LMB for
associated reagents, materials, and media
meets the performance requirements in
Section 13.1 of this method.
11.1.2 Container No. 1 (Filter)
Preparation. Spike the filter with the
appropriate pre-extraction filter recovery
standard to result in the final sample extract
concentrations shown in Tables 23–7, 23–8,
and 23–9 of this method taking care that all
spike liquid is distributed on the filter. Allow
the filter to dry enough to prevent overspill,
then transfer the filter and the contents of
Container No. 1 directly to the glass
extraction thimble in the glass solvent rinse
catch beaker so that the filter will be
completely immersed in the solvent during
extraction.
11.1.3 Adsorbent Module. Spike the
adsorbent with the appropriate pre-extraction
standard to result in the final sample extract
concentrations shown in Tables 23–7, 23–8,
and 23–9 of this method, as applicable,
spiked into the adsorbent, not on top of the
adsorbent. Transfer the adsorbent material to
the glass extraction thimble in the glass
solvent rinse catch beaker. Rinse the module
into the thimble in the beaker with the
contents of Container No. 1. Alternatively,
suspend the adsorbent module directly over
the extraction thimble in a beaker, then,
using a wash bottle containing methanol,
flush the XAD–2 into the thimble onto the
filter. Thoroughly rinse the interior of the
glass module that contained the XAD–2 with
toluene.
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
11.1.4 Container No. 2 (Acetone and
Toluene Rinses). Concentrate the sample to a
volume of no less than 5 mL. Concentrate
samples containing toluene using a heating
mantle and three-ball Snyder column or a
rotary evaporator. Rinse sample Container
No. 2 three times with small portions of
toluene and add these to the concentrated
solution and concentrate further to no less
than 5 mL. This residue contains particulate
matter removed in the rinse of the train probe
and nozzle. Rinse the concentrated material
from Container No. 2 into the glass extraction
thimble containing the filter and the XAD–
2 resin.
11.1.5 Transfer the solvent contained in
the glass solvent rinse catch beaker to the
extraction apparatus solvent reservoir. Rinse
the beaker into the Soxhlet extraction
apparatus solvent reservoir three times with
small portions of toluene.
11.1.6 Container No. 3 (Impinger Water
and Rinses). For PAH and PCB analysis,
transfer the contents of Container No. 3 to a
separatory funnel. Adjust to pH 2 with 6 N
sulfuric acid, if necessary. Rinse the sample
container with three successive 10-mL
aliquots of the toluene and add these rinses
to the separatory funnel. Extract the sample
by vigorously shaking the separatory funnel
for 5 minutes. After complete separation of
the phases, remove the solvent and filter it
through a bed of precleaned, dry sodium
sulfate into the Soxhlet extraction apparatus
solvent reservoir. Repeat the extraction step
two additional times. Adjust the pH to 11
with 6 N sodium hydroxide, re-extract the
impinger water and rinses, and filter it
through a bed of precleaned, dry sodium
sulfate into the Soxhlet extraction apparatus
solvent reservoir. Rinse the sodium sulfate
into the extraction apparatus solvent
reservoir with fresh solvent and discard the
sodium sulfate.
11.1.7 Add the appropriate pre-extraction
standard for the target compound classes (to
result in the final sample extract
concentrations shown in Tables 23–7, 23–8,
and 23–9 of this method) to the extraction
thimble containing the combined filter and
adsorbent sample fractions. Cover the
contents of the extraction thimble with the
cleaned glass wool plug to prevent the XAD–
2 resin from splashing into the solvent
reservoir of the extractor. Place the extraction
thimble into the Soxhlet extraction
apparatus.
11.1.8 Pour additional toluene to fill the
solvent reservoir to approximately two-thirds
capacity. Add PTFE boiling chips and
assemble the apparatus.
11.1.9 Adjust the heat source to cause the
extractor to cycle approximately three times
per hour. Extract the sample for sufficient
time to meet the pre-extraction standard
recovery performance criteria in Section
13.15 of this method. The solvent should
cycle completely through the system a
minimum of 48 times.
11.2 Sample Aliquots for Cleanup and
Analysis.
11.2.1 After extraction, allow the Soxhlet
apparatus to cool.
11.2.2 Initial Extract Concentration. You
may perform an initial concentration of the
sample extract using the techniques (e.g.,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
Kuderna Danish, rotary evaporation, nitrogen
blowdown) found to recover the preextraction standard sufficient to meet the
performance criteria in Section 13.15 of this
method. Concentrate initial extracts in
toluene using a heating mantle and three-ball
Snyder column or a rotary evaporator.
Concentrate the field train proof blank and
LMB samples in the same manner as
samples.
Note: To meet isotopically labeled standard
recoveries for low molecular weight PCB and
PAH, do not evaporate samples to dryness
and do not use a rotary evaporator to
concentrate extracts.
11.2.3 Allow the sample extract to cool.
You should use a minimum of one half of the
sample extract for PCDD/PCDF analysis. You
may archive the remaining sample extract or
further split the sample extract for PCB
and/or PAH analysis and archive.
Note: If using amount other than half the
sample extract, adjust the spiking amount of
the labeled standards accordingly.
11.2.4 If necessary, further concentrate
the sample extract for cleanup and analysis
using concentration techniques (e.g.,
Kuderna Danish, rotary evaporation, nitrogen
blowdown) found to recover the preextraction standard sufficient to meet the
performance criteria in Section 13 of this
method.
11.3 Sample Cleanup and Fractionation.
You may process a separate aliquot/split of
the sample extract for each of the compound
classes analyzed by this method. Sample
cleanup for each compound class may
include techniques in addition to column
chromatography such as acid/base backextraction, Gel Permeation Chromatography,
or high-performance liquid chromatography
(HPLC) to isolate target compounds from
interferences. This section includes a
description of column chromatography
shown to meet the performance criteria in
Sections 9.2 and 13 of this method. The
following sample cleanup and fractionation
procedures are recommended but not
required. You may modify cleanup column
dimensions to meet manual or automated
cleanup procedures as technology changes
and improves. You must evaluate the
cleanup and fractionation procedures used to
confirm acceptable recovery of isotopically
labeled standards. The alternative procedures
must provide sufficient cleanup to meet
method identification criteria (Section
11.4.3.4 of this method) and recovery criteria
(Section 9.2 of this method). Section 13 of
this method summarizes the method
performance requirements.
Note: Recommendations in this section
provide a cleanup approach that may allow
multiple compound class measurement from
a single aliquot of the original sample extract.
Typically, Florisil® and alumina are used to
separate PAH and PCDPE from PCDD and
PCDF target compounds. Use acid, neutral,
and basic silica gel and cleanup procedures
to remove nonpolar and polar interferences
from samples destined for PCB and PCDD/
PCDF analysis. Use Carbopack®/Celite® (or
other equivalent carbon-based column
material) to remove other nonpolar
interferences.
11.3.1 PAH and PCDPE Fractionation and
Cleanup. You may use a Florisil® column to
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16751
remove PAH and PCDPE from the sample
extract. You may also fractionate sample
extracts using Florisil® as the first cleanup
step to separate PAH for analysis.
Note: High concentrations of PAH may
interfere, leading to failure of performance
criteria for PCDD/PCDF or PCB analysis.
11.3.1.1 Pack a 6-mm ID chromatographic
column or equivalent diameter glass pipet
with a glass wool plug followed by
approximately 1.5 g (approximately 2 mL) of
activated Florisil®. Add approximately 1 cm
(approximately 1 mL) of anhydrous sodium
sulfate followed by a glass wool plug to the
head of the column. Pre-elute the column
with 10 mL of methylene chloride followed
by 10 mL of hexane and discard the eluate.
11.3.1.2 When the solvent is within 1 mm
of the packing, transfer the concentrated
extract (up to 5 mL) to the top of the Florisil®
column, rinse the sample container twice
with 1 to 2 mL of hexane, adding each rinse
to the column, and elute the column with 35
mL of 5% dichloromethane in hexane. This
fraction (Fraction 1) should contain target
PCB, and selected hydrocarbons and
chlorinated monoaromatic compounds.
11.3.1.3 Elute the column with 35 mL of
15% of dichloromethane in hexane and
collect the eluate. This fraction (Fraction 2)
should contain target PCDD/PCDF
compounds.
11.3.1.4 Elute the column with 50 mL of
50% dichloromethane in hexane. The
fraction (Fraction 3) should contain target
PAH.
11.3.1.5 If necessary to remove any
remaining polar organic compounds, elute
the column with 70 mL of 15% acetone in
hexane.
11.3.2 PCDD/PCDF and PCB
Fractionation and Cleanup. You may remove
PAH from the original aliquot of sample
extract used for PCDD/PCDF analysis as
described in Section 11.3.1 of this method.
Design the column cleanup chromatography
for PCDD/PCDF and PCB such that two
consecutive fractions are collected (one with
PCDD/PCDF and one with PCB) without
impacting the detection limits. Depending on
the source and sample matrix of the original
sample, one or more of the following column
cleanup approaches may be necessary to
further remove polyhalogenated diphenyl
ethers. You may use any number of
permutations found in the referenced
literature for this cleanup if the preextraction standard recoveries from field and
LMB samples meet the associated
performance criteria in Section 13 of this
method. Alternatively, you may use an
automated cleanup approach that meets the
labeled spike recovery requirements in
Section 13 of this method.
11.3.2.1 Silica Gel Column
Chromatography. Pack one end of a glass
column, approximately 20 mm ID × 230 mm
long, with glass wool. Add in sequence to the
glass column, 1 g of silica gel, 2 g of sodium
hydroxide impregnated silica gel, 1 g of silica
gel, 4 g of acid-modified silica gel, 1 g of
silica gel, and 1 cm layer of anhydrous
sodium sulfate. Pre-elute the column with 30
to 50 mL of hexane leaving a small quantity
of hexane above the sodium sulfate layer.
Discard the pre-elution hexane. Add the
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
16752
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
sample extract, dissolved in 5 mL of hexane
to the head of the column. Allow the sample
to flow into the column leaving a small
quantity of hexane above the sodium sulfate
layer. Rinse the extract container with two
additional 5-mL rinses of hexane and apply
each rinse to the column separately as the
previous addition elutes. Elute the column
with an additional 90 mL of hexane and
retain the entire eluate. Concentrate this
solution to a volume of about 1 mL using the
nitrogen evaporative concentrator (see
Section 6.3.5 of this method).
11.3.2.2 Silver Nitrate Silica Gel Column
Chromatography. Pack a column (6 mm ID,
150 mm in length) sequentially with 1 g of
silica gel and 1 g of 10% silver nitrate silica
gel followed by a layer of about 10 mm of
sodium sulfate (anhydrous). Wash the
column sufficiently with hexane, elute until
the liquid level reaches to the upper end of
the column, and then transfer the
concentrated sample (about 5 mL). Rinse the
container several times with a small amount
of hexane, elute with 200 mL of hexane at a
flow rate about 2.5 mL/min (approximately
one drop per second) to elute PCDD/PCDF.
11.3.2.3 Multi-layer Silica Gel Column
Chromatography. You may use a multi-layer
silica gel column in place of separate silica
columns. Pack a column of 20 mm ID and
300 mm in length sequentially by the dry
pack method with 0.9 g of silica gel, 3.0 g of
2% potassium hydroxide silica gel, 0.9 g of
silica gel, 4.5 g of 44% sulfuric acid silica gel,
6.0 g of 22% sulfuric acid silica gel, 0.9 g of
silica gel, 3.0 g of 10% silver nitrate silica
gel, 2.0 g of silica gel and 6.0 g of sodium
sulfate (anhydrous). Wash the column
sufficiently with hexane, elute until the
liquid level reaches to the upper end of the
column, and then load the sample solution.
Rinse the container several times with a
small amount of hexane, elute with 150–200
mL of hexane at a flow rate about 2.5 mL/
min (approximately one drop per second) to
elute PCDD/PCDF.
11.3.2.4 Basic Alumina Column
Chromatography. Pack a column (20 mm ID,
300 mm in length) with approximately 6 to
12 g of basic alumina. Pre-elute the column
with 50 to 100 mL of hexane. Transfer the
concentrated extract from the previous
column cleanup to the top of the basic
alumina column. Allow the sample to flow
into the column leaving a small quantity of
solvent above the top of the bed. Rinse the
extract container with two additional 1-mL
rinses of hexane and apply each rinse to the
column separately as the previous addition
elutes. Elute the column with 100 mL hexane
to remove the interferences. Elute the PCDD/
PCDF from the column with 20 to 40 mL of
50% methylene chloride in hexane. The ratio
of methylene chloride to hexane may vary
depending on the activity of the alumina
used in the column preparation. Do not let
the head of the column go without solvent.
The first 100 mL hexane eluate is not used
for subsequent PCDD/PCDF analysis. The
eluate is concentrated to approximately 0.5
mL using the nitrogen evaporative
concentrator.
11.3.2.5 Carbopack® C/Celite® 545
Column or Equivalent. Cut both ends from a
10 mL disposable Pasteur pipette (see Section
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
6.4.1 of this method) to produce a 10 cm
column. Fire-polish both ends and flare both
ends if desired. Insert a glass wool plug at
one end and pack the column with 0.55 g of
Carbopack®/Celite® (see Section 7.8.9.4 of
this method) to form an adsorbent bed
approximately 2 cm long. Insert a glass wool
plug on top of the bed to hold the adsorbent
in place. Pre-elute the column with 5 mL of
toluene followed by 2 mL of methylene
chloride:methanol:toluene (15:4:1 volume/
volume (v/v)), 1 mL of methylene
chloride:cyclohexane (1:1 v/v), and 5 mL of
hexane. If the flow rate of eluate exceeds 0.5
mL/minute, discard the column. Do not let
the head of the column go without solvent.
Add the sample extract to the column. Rinse
the sample container twice with 1 mL
portions of hexane and apply separately to
the column. Apply 2 mL of hexane to the
head of the column to complete the transfer.
Elute the interfering compounds with two 3
mL portions of hexane, 2 mL of methylene
chloride:cyclohexane (1:1 v/v), and 2 mL of
methylene chloride:methanol:toluene (15:4:1
v/v). Discard the eluate. Invert the column
and elute the PCDD/PCDF with 20 mL of
toluene. If carbon particles are present in the
eluate, filter through glass-fiber filter paper.
Concentrate the eluate to approximately 0.5
mL using the nitrogen evaporative
concentrator for further cleanup or analysis
by HRGC/HRMS.
11.4 PCDD, PCDF, PCB and PAH
Analysis.
11.4.1 Analyze the sample extract with an
HRGC/HRMS using the instrumental
parameters in Sections 11.4.2 and 11.4.3 of
this method.
11.4.1.1 Immediately prior to analysis,
add an aliquot (typically 20 microliters (ml))
of the pre-analysis standard to result in the
final sample extract concentrations in Tables
23–7, 23–8, and 23–9 of this method to each
sample as appropriate for the compounds
you are measuring by this method.
11.4.1.2 Inject an aliquot of the sample
extract into the GC, typically 1 ml. You may
perform separate analyses using different GC
columns for each of the target compound
classes. Perform calibration and sample
analysis for each target compound class using
the same instrument operating conditions
including injection volume.
11.4.1.2.1 If target compounds are not
resolved sufficiently from other target
compounds or interferences in the sample to
meet the requirements in Section 10.2.3.5 or
10.2.3.6 of this method, as applicable to the
compound class being analyzed, or as
otherwise specified in an applicable
regulation, permit, or other requirement,
analyze sample (or another aliquot of the
sample) using an alternative column that
provides elution order to uniquely quantify
the target compounds subject to interference
on the first GC column.
11.4.1.2.2 You may use column systems
other than those recommended in this
method provided the analyst is able to
demonstrate, using calibration and CCVs,
that the alternative column system is able to
meet the applicable specifications of Section
10.2.3.5 or 10.2.3.6 of this method.
11.4.2 Example Gas Chromatograph
Operating Conditions.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
11.4.2.1 Injector. Configured for capillary
column, splitless, 250 °C (482 °F).
11.4.2.2 Carrier Gas. Helium, 1 to 2 mL/
min.
11.4.2.3 Oven. Optimize the GC
temperature program to achieve the required
separation and target compound recovery for
the GC column in use. Table 23–16 of this
method presents the typical conditions for a
DB5–MS column.
11.4.3 High-Resolution Mass
Spectrometer.
11.4.3.1 Ionization Mode. Electron
ionization.
11.4.3.2 Source Temperature. Maintain
the source temperature in the range of 250 to
300 °C (482 to 572 °F).
11.4.3.3 Ion Monitoring Mode. Tables 23–
4, 23–5, and 23–6 of this method summarize
the various ions to be monitored for PCDD/
PCDF, PAH, and PCB, respectively.
11.4.3.4 Identification Criteria for Target
Compounds. Use the following identification
criteria for the characterization of target
compounds in this method. The available
native and isotopically labeled standards
allow the unique identification of all PCDD/
PCDF, PAH, and selected PCB congeners
analyzed in this method. Also see Sections
13.12 and 13.13 of this method for
identification criteria for PCDD/PCDF/PCB
and PAH target compounds, respectively.
11.4.3.4.1 For PCDD/PCDF and PCB,
Table 23–15 of this method provides
acceptance limits for the integrated ion
abundance ratio of primary and secondary
target compound ions. When the ion
abundance ratio for a target analyte is outside
the performance criteria, you may reanalyze
samples on an alternative GC column to
resolve chemical interferences, tune the mass
spectrometer to operate at a higher mass
resolution to discriminate against the
interference(s), and/or further cleanup an
archived sample to remove the
interference(s). Report analysis results as an
EMPC when a response meets identification
criteria except the ion abundance ratio
criteria or when a peak representing a PCDPE
has been detected at the retention time. This
method does not consider EMPC-flagged data
to be zero concentrations.
Note: Some EMPCs may be caused by poor
ion statistics when the concentration of the
target compound is at or near the DL.
11.4.3.4.2 The retention time for the
analytes must be within 3 seconds of the
corresponding labeled pre-extraction
standard.
11.4.3.4.3 The signals for the two exact
masses in Tables 23–4 and 23–6 of this
method for PCDD/PCDF and PCB,
respectively, must be present and must reach
their maximum response within two seconds
of each other.
11.4.3.4.4 Identify and quantify specific
target compounds or isomers that do not have
corresponding pre-extraction standard
compounds by comparing to the preextraction standard of the same compound
class with the nearest retention time to target
compound.
11.4.3.4.5 For the identification of
specific PCB congeners, the retention time of
the native congener must be within 0.006
relative retention time (RRT) units of the preextraction standard.
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
11.4.3.4.6 For qualitative identification,
the S/N ratio for the GC signal present in
every selected ion current profile for native
compound response must be greater than or
equal to 2.5.
11.4.3.4.7 The separation of target
compounds, including 2,3,7,8–TeCDD and
2,3,7,8–TeCDF, must satisfy the separation
criteria in Section 10.2.3.5 of this method
and all the identification criteria specified in
Sections 11.4.3.4.1 through 11.4.3.4.6 of this
method. See Section 13.5 of this method on
confirmation columns, if needed.
11.4.3.4.8 Chlorodiphenyl Ether
Interference. If chromatographic peaks are
detected at the retention time of any PCDF
in any of the m/z channels used to monitor
PCDPE, there is evidence of a positive
interference and you may opt to flag data
noting the interference and keep the value to
calculate PCDF concentration as EMPC or
reanalyze to remove or shift the interference.
This method recommends alumina (see
Section 11.3.2.4 of this method) and Florisil®
(see Section 11.3.1 of this method) liquid
column chromatography packing materials
for removal of PCDPE during sample
cleanup.
11.4.3.4.9 The recommended MS lockmass ions are specified in Tables 23–4, 23–
5, and 23–6 of this method for PCDD/PCDF,
PAH, and PCB, respectively. Monitor the QC
check ions to verify instrument stability
during the analysis. If the QC check ion
signal varies by more than 25% from the
average response across the run, flag results
for all isomers at corresponding retention
time as the lock-mass ions or QC check ions.
You have the option to reanalyze after
additional cleanup on the sample (or an
archived portion of the sample if the archive
is available), or after dilution of the sample.
Alternately, determine through additional
quality review whether the target analyte and
its corresponding isotopically labeled
standard are equally affected by the change
in lock-mass ions and/or QC check ions.
When you reanalyze a sample, ensure all
concentration calculations are reported from
the reanalyzed sample.
11.4.3.4.10 For the identification of PAH,
the RRT of each native to its labeled
compound must be within 0.006 RRT units
compared to the corresponding RRTs in the
continuing calibration. The signals for the
characteristic ion listed in Table 23–5 of this
method must be present.
11.4.3.5 Quantitation. Measure the
response of each native target compound and
the corresponding pre-extraction standard.
Using the CCV RRF, calculate the mass of
each target compound, using equations in
Section 12.7 of this method. Use the preextraction standard to correct the native
target compounds result for variations in
performance of the extraction, cleanup, and
concentration steps of the analysis. Recovery
of pre-extraction standard must meet the
minimum specifications in Section 9.2. of
this method to ensure that the method
performance and reliability have not been
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
compromised by unacceptable losses during
sample processing. Table 23–17 of this
method shows the assignments for preextraction standard compounds for use in
calculating the response factor and the
concentrations of PCB. Recoveries of all
labeled standard compounds must meet the
minimum recovery specifications in Section
13 of this method. Note: Unacceptably low
recoveries can be an indication of a sample
processing step that caused the low
recoveries, such as spiking errors.
11.4.3.5.1 Use Equation 23–7 to calculate
the amount of each target compound or group
in the sample.
11.4.3.5.2 Use Equation 23–8 to calculate
the concentration per dscm of each target
compound or group in the gas.
11.4.3.5.3 Quantify native PCDD and
PCDF in its homologous series using the
corresponding native and pre-extraction
standard response in its homologous series.
For example, use 13C12-2,3,7,8-TeCDD to
calculate the concentrations of all other tetra
chlorinated isomers.
11.4.3.5.4 As an option or as required or
specified in applicable regulations, permits,
or other requirements, you may quantify any
or all other PCB congeners as resolved or
coeluting combinations using the RRF of the
nearest eluting native target PCB in the same
homolog group and the pre-extraction
standard assigned in Appendix A to this
method.
11.4.3.5.5 As an option or as required or
specified in applicable regulations, permits,
or other requirements, report the total
concentration of congeners at a given level of
chlorination (homolog; i.e., total TrCB, total
PeCB, total HxCB, etc.) by summing the
concentrations of all congeners identified in
the retention time window for the homologs
as assigned in Appendix A to this method.
11.4.3.5.6 As an option or if required in
an applicable regulation, permit or other
requirement, total PCB may be reported by
summing all congeners identified at all
window-defining congeners (WDCs) as
assigned in Appendix A to this method.
12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations
Note: Same as Section 12 of Method 5 of
Appendix A–3 to 40 CFR part 60, with the
following additions.
12.1 Nomenclature.
A1n = Integrated ion current of the primary
m/z values for the target native compound.
A1pe = Integrated ion current of the primary
m/z values for the pre-extraction standard
compound (assigned in Tables 23–4, 23–5,
and 23–6 of this method).
A1pa = Integrated ion current of the primary
m/z values for the pre-analysis standard
compound.
A2n = Integrated ion current of the secondary
m/z values for the target native compound.
For PAH A2n = 0.
A2pe = Integrated ion current of the
secondary m/z’s for the pre-extraction
standard compound. For PAH A2l = 0.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16753
A2pa = Integrated ion current of the
secondary m/z values for the pre-analysis
standard compound.
Ci = Mass of compound i in the sample, pg.
Cidscm = Concentration of target native
compound i in the emission gas, pg/dscm.
CT = Total mass of target compounds in the
sample, pg/sample.
dscm = Dry standard cubic meters of gas
volume sample measured by the dry gas
meter, corrected to standard conditions.
Hai = Summed heights of the noise for each
quantitation ion for native target
compounds.
Hci = Summed heights of the noise at the
primary and secondary m/z’s of the preextraction standard i.
LPIR = Lower limit for the prediction interval
of results.
n = Number of values.
PD = Percent Difference in the RRF of the
continuing calibration verification
compared to the average RRF of the initial
calibration, %.
Qn = Quantity of the target native compound,
pg.
Qpe = Quantity of the pre-extraction standard,
pg.
Qpa = Quantity of the pre-analysis standard,
pg.
R = Recovery of pre-sampling adsorbent
standard and pre-extraction filter recovery
standard, %.
Rpe = Recovery of pre-extraction standard, %.
RRFi = Relative response factor of a native
target compound or pre-sampling
adsorbent standard and pre-extraction filter
recovery standard at calibration level i.
RRFpe = Relative response factor of a preextraction standard compound.
RRFccv = Relative response factor of a native
target compound or pre-sampling
adsorbent standard and pre-extraction filter
recovery standard in the continuing
calibration verification.
RSD = Relative standard deviation, in this
case, of RRFs over the calibration levels,
%.
SD = Standard deviation.
SDRRF = Standard deviation of initial
calibration RRFs.
UPIR = Upper limit for the prediction interval
of results.
WDC = Window-defining congener
representing an isotopically labeled
compound that defines the beginning or
end of a retention time window bracketing
a target homolog.
12.2 Individual Compound RRF for Each
Calibration Level i. Equation 23–1 for the
response factor of each target native
compound relative to its labeled preextraction standard analog includes the
integrated ion current of both the primary
and secondary m/z values for each
compound in the calibration standard,
excluding PAH, which use only primary m/
z values. Use Equation 23–2 to calculate the
RRF for pre-extraction standard.
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16754
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Note: the units for Qpe and Qn in Eq. 23–
1 and the units for Qpa and Qpe in Equation
23–2 must be the same.
12.3 Average RRF for Each Compound
Over the Minimum of Five Calibration Levels.
12.4 Percent RSD of the RRFs for a
Compound Over the Calibration Levels. The
requirement for the initial calibration RSD is
in Section 13.9 and Table 23–14 of this
method.
12.5 Standard Deviation of the RRFs for
a Compound Over the Calibration Levels.
Compound. Use Equation 23–1 to calculate
the RRF for the continuing calibration
verification for comparison to the average
RRF from the initial calibration. The
requirement for the continuing calibration
verification % difference is in Section 13.10
and Table 23–14 of this method.
12.7 Amount of Individual Target
Compound i in the Sample by Isotope
Dilution (pg). This equation corrects for the
target native compound recovery based on its
labeled pre-extraction standard analog. This
equation is also used to calculate the amount
of pre-sampling adsorbent standard and preextraction filter recovery standard recovered.
Note: For the quantitation of the presampling adsorbent standard and the preextraction filter recovery standard, use a
corresponding pre-extraction isomer (or
homolog) with the closest retention time.
12.8 Concentration of the Individual
Target Compound or Group i in the Emission
Gas (pg/dscm). The total concentration of a
target compound group in the sample can be
calculated by substituting CT from Eq. 23–12
for Ci in Equation 23–8.
12.9 Recovery of Labeled Compound
Standards. Use Equation 23–9 to determine
the recovery of pre-sampling adsorbent
standard and the pre-extraction filter
recovery standard. Use Equation 23–10 to
determine the recovery of the pre-extraction
standard. The recovery performance criteria
for these standards are in Sections 13.14,
13.15, and 13.16 of this method.
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
ER20MR23.009
ER20MR23.007
ER20MR23.008
VerDate Sep<11>2014
ER20MR23.006
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
ER20MR23.010
ER20MR23.011
ER20MR23.012
12.6 Percent Difference of the RRF of the
Continuing Calibration Verification
Compared to the Average RRF from the
Initial Calibration for Each Target
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Note: Recovery may be calculated based on
mass instead of concentration, as needed.
Note: Rpe must be corrected for the fraction
of the original sample extract used for
analysis. (e.g., if half of the extract is used for
analysis of the target class, Rpe must be
multiplied by a factor of 2).
12.10 Estimated Detection Limit (EDL).
Note: Unless otherwise specified in
applicable regulations, permits or other
requirements, count any target compounds
reported as non-detected as EDL when
calculating the concentration of target
compounds in the sample.
12.12 Upper and Lower Limits for the
Prediction Interval of Results (PIR)
Half Range (HR) for the Predication
Interval of Results
Note: 3.963 is a constant value for seven
replicates.
Upper and Lower Limits for the Prediction
Interval of Results
13.0
performance specifications in Tables 23–7,
23–8, and 23–9, as applicable to the
compound target list.
13.2 GC column or column systems used
to measure PCDD/PCDF must meet the
column separation requirements in Section
6.5.2.1 of this method and the applicable
requirements in Sections 10.2.3.5 and
11.4.3.4 of this method using the continuing
calibration verification. Failure to meet this
chromatographic resolution criterion requires
data from this analysis to be flagged
explaining the potential bias of the results.
13.3 GC column or column systems used
to measure PAH must meet the column
separation requirements in Section 6.5.2.2 of
this method and the applicable requirements
in Sections 10.2.3.5 and 11.4.3.4 of this
method using the continuing calibration
check. Failure to meet this chromatographic
resolution criterion requires data from this
analysis to be flagged explaining the
potential bias of the results.
13.4 GC column or column systems used
to measure PCB must meet the column
separation requirements in Section 6.5.2.3 of
this method and the applicable requirements
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
ER20MR23.017
ER20MR23.016
ER20MR23.015
in Sections 10.2.3.5 and 11.4.3.4 of this
method using the continuing calibration
check and be able to achieve unique
resolution and identification of the toxics for
determination of a TEQPCB. The rule
requiring the use of this method will
establish which WHO TEF to use. Failure to
meet this chromatographic resolution
criterion requires data from this analysis to
be flagged explaining the potential bias of the
results.
13.5 Confirmation Column. If target
compounds are not sufficiently resolved from
other target compounds or interferences in
the sample to meet the requirements for
target compounds in Sections 13.2, 13.3, and/
or 13.4 of this method, analyze sample (or
another aliquot of the sample) using an
alternative column that provides elution
order to uniquely quantify the target
compounds subject to interference on the
first GC column. When using a confirmation
column, document the required resolution.
13.6 Detection Limits.
13.6.1 MDL. The MDLs are determined
following the procedures in Section 9.3.7 of
this method. MDLs are confirmed by
ER20MR23.014
Method Performance
Data generated with this method must be
fit for purpose. Applicable results of method
performance criteria in this section must be
reported. Consequences of failed quality
criteria are provided with the criteria in this
section.
13.1 Background Assessment—Field
Train Proof Blank, LMB and Materials.
Determine the contribution to target
compound concentration from reagents,
media and glassware used to make target
compound measurements. Conduct at least
one field train proof blank for each test series
at a single facility. Analyze at least one LMB
sample during an analytical sequence or
every 12 hours, whichever is shorter. Native
target compound concentrations in the field
train proof blank, LMB and materials
assessment must be less than or equal to
three times the EDL of the method or 10
times lower than the quantitation limit
required by the end use of the data (e.g.,
compliance limit or other limits set by
consent decree or permit), whichever is
higher. The field train proof blank, LMB and
materials assessment must also meet the
ER20MR23.018
Total Target Compound Mass.
ER20MR23.013
12.11
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
16755
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
16756
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
preparing and analyzing a spiked sample
(spiked at 1 to 5 times the determined MDL,
see Section 9.3.8), then confirm that the
target compounds meet the qualitative
identification criteria in Section 11.4.3.4 of
this method. If the MDL confirmation criteria
are not met, the MDL determination is
repeated with a higher spike concentration
until criteria are met.
13.6.2 EDL. If the sample specific EDLs
are less than 50% of the emission standard,
the EDLs are acceptable.
13.7 Tune. The groups of monitored ions
are listed in Tables 23–4, 23–5, and 23–6 of
this method, as applicable for the target
compound class. Tune the instrument to
meet the required resolving power in Section
10.2.1 for the desired target compound class.
Assess the resolution at three exact m/z’s
representing the low-, mid-, and high-m/z
range of the masses used to measure the
target compound class. You may use peak
matching and the chosen PFK (or FC43)
reference peak to verify that the exact mass
is within 5 ppm of the required value.
13.8 Lock-Mass Ions. The MS lock-mass
and QC check ions in Tables 23–4, 23–5, and
23–6 of this method are recommended for
PCDD/PCDF, PCB, or PAH, respectively. The
reference compounds PFK or FC43 have ions
that may be selected as your lock-mass and
QC check ions. Monitor the QC check ions
specified in these tables to verify instrument
stability during the analysis; these must not
vary >25% from the average response.
Additional cleanup on sample extract (or
archive extract) and reanalysis is necessary
for failure to maintain lock-mass during
analysis.
13.9 Initial Calibration.
13.9.1 The RSD for mean RRF from each
of the target analytes and labeled standards
in the calibration samples must not exceed
the values in Table 23–14 of this method.
13.9.2 The S/N in every selected ion
current profile must be ≥10 for all unlabeled
targets and labeled standards in the
calibration samples.
13.9.3 The ion abundance ratios must be
within the control limits in Table 23–15 of
this method.
13.10 Continuing Calibration
Verification.
13.10.1 The RRF for each unlabeled and
labeled compound measured in a CCV must
not deviate from the initial calibration RRF
by more than the limits shown in Table 23–
14 of this method.
13.10.2 The ion abundance ratios must be
within the control limits in Table 23–15 of
this method.
13.10.3 The S/N ratio for the GC/MS
signal present in every selected ion current
profile must be greater than or equal to 10.
13.10.4 Repeat the initial calibration
when there is a failure to meet the
requirements for an acceptable CCV analysis.
13.10.5 Column Separation Check. Use
the results from a CCV to verify and
document the resolution required in Sections
13.2, 13.3, or 13.4 of this method for the
target compound classes analyzed with this
method. The separation criteria are
applicable to all the compounds in a target
class whether analyzed by a single or
multiple GC columns. If a confirmation
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
column is used, document required
resolution (see Section 13.5).
13.11 QCS. A QCS must be analyzed
during the IDC and after initial calibrations
(at a minimum quarterly). The acceptance
criterion for the QCS is 70–130% of the true
value. If the accuracy for any analyte fails the
recovery criterion, prepare a fresh standard
dilution and repeat. If the freshly prepared
QCS fails, determine the cause, recalibrate
the instrument if necessary and reanalyze the
QCS.
13.12 Compound Identification for
PCDD/PCDF and PCB.
13.12.1 Target compounds must have ion
abundance ratios within the control limits in
Table 23–15 of this method. PAH target
compounds have single ion identifiers with
no ion abundance ratio requirement. Report
analysis results as an EMPC when a response
meets identification criteria but fails the ion
abundance ratio criteria or when a peak
representing a PCDPE has been detected at
the target compound retention time.
13.12.2 The retention time for the
analytes must be within 3 seconds of the
corresponding pre-extraction standard.
13.12.3 The monitored ions, shown in
Table 23–4 of this method for a given PCDD/
PCDF, must reach their maximum response
within 2 seconds of each other.
13.12.4 The monitored ions, shown in
Table 23–6 of this method for a given PCB,
must reach their maximum response within
2 seconds of each other.
13.12.5 For the identification of specific
PCB, the RRT of the native congener must be
within 0.006 RRT units of the pre-extraction
standard RRT.
13.12.6 The S/N ratio for the monitored
ions for native compounds must be greater
than or equal to 2.5.
13.12.7 Identify and quantify isomers that
do not have corresponding pre-extraction
standard compounds by comparing to the
pre-extraction standard of the same
compound class with the nearest retention
time to the target compound.
13.12.8 If chromatographic peaks are
detected at the retention time of any PCDD/
PCDF in any of the m/z channels used to
monitor PCDPE, there is evidence of
interference and positive bias. Data must be
flagged to indicate an interference. You may
report the total with bias for the affected
target. To reduce the bias, you may use a
confirmatory column or perform additional
clean up on an archived sample followed by
reanalysis.
13.13 Compound Identification for PAH.
13.13.1 The signals for the characteristic
ion listed in Table 23–5 of this method must
be present.
13.13.2 The RRT between each native and
labeled compound must be within 0.006 RRT
units.
13.14 Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard
and Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard
Recovery. Recoveries of pre-sampling
adsorbent standard added to the sample and
pre-extraction filter recovery standard added
to the filter must be between 70 and 130%
(see Tables 23–7, 23–8, and 23–9 of this
method).
13.14.1 If the recovery of all the presampling adsorbent standard compounds is
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
below 70%, the sampling runs are not valid,
and you must repeat the stack or vent
sampling. As an alternative, you do not have
to repeat the test if the average pre-sampling
adsorbent standard recovery is 25% or more
and you divide the final results by the
average fraction of pre-sampling adsorbent
standard recovery.
13.14.2 If the recovery of all the preextraction filter recovery standard
compounds is below 70%, you may
reanalyze the sample. If the recovery criteria
are still not met, the sampling recovery is not
valid, and you must repeat the stack or vent
sampling.
13.15 Pre-extraction Standard Recovery.
Recoveries of all pre-extraction standard
compounds added to the sample must be
between 20 to 130% for PCDD/PCDF and
PAH (see Tables 23–7 and 23–8 of this
method) and between 20 to 145% for PCB
(see Table 23–9 of this method). If the
recovery criteria are not met, you may
reanalyze the sample and/or prepare and
analyze the archive sample. If the recovery
criteria are still not met, the sampling run is
not valid, and the stack test must be repeated.
13.16 Pre-analysis Standard Response.
Response of all pre-analysis standard
compounds must show a S/N for every
selected ion current profile of ≥ 10. If the
minimum response is not met, you must
reanalyze the sample. Poor sensitivity
compared to initial calibration response may
indicate injection errors or instrument drift.
13.17 IDC—Lowest calibration
concentration, Demonstration of precision,
Demonstration of accuracy.
13.17.1 Lowest calibration concentration.
The Upper PIR Limit must be less than, or
equal, to 150%; and the Lower PIR Limit
must be greater than, or equal to, 50%. If
these criteria are not met, the lowest
calibration point has been set too low and
must be confirmed at a higher concentration.
13.17.2 Demonstration of precision. The
percent relative standard deviation (%RSD)
of the concentrations from the replicate
analyses must be less than 20% for all target
analytes. Demonstration would be repeated
for failed compounds only.
13.17.3 Demonstration of accuracy. The
average % recovery for each target analyte
must be within 70 to 130%. Demonstration
would be repeated for failed compounds
only.
13.18 Requirements for Equivalency. The
Administrator considers any modification of
this method, beyond those expressly
permitted in this method as options, to be a
major modification subject to application and
approval of alternative test procedures
following EPA Guidance Document 22
currently found at: https://www.epa.gov/
emc/emc-guideline-documents.
13.19 Records. As part of the laboratory’s
quality system, the laboratory must maintain
records of modifications to this method.
14.0 Pollution Prevention
The target compounds used as standards in
this method are prepared in extremely small
amounts and pose little threat to the
environment when managed properly.
Prepare standards in volumes consistent with
laboratory use to minimize the disposal of
excess volumes of expired standards.
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
15.0 Waste Management
15.1 The laboratory is responsible for
complying with all federal, state, and local
regulations governing waste management,
particularly the hazardous waste
identification rules and land disposal
restrictions, and for protecting the air, water,
and land by minimizing and controlling all
releases from fume hoods and bench
operations. The laboratory must also comply
with any sewage discharge permits and
regulations. The EPA’s Environmental
Management Guide for Small Laboratories
(EPA 233–B–98–001) provides an overview
of requirements.
15.2 Samples containing hydrogen
chloride or sulfuric acid to pH <2 are
hazardous and must be handled and
disposed in accordance with federal, state,
and local regulations.
15.3 For further information on waste
management, consult The Waste
Management Manual for Laboratory
Personnel and Less is Better-Laboratory
Chemical Management for Waste Reduction,
available from the American Chemical
Society’s Department of Government
Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th
Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.
16.0 Bibliography
1. American Society of Mechanical
Engineers. Analytical Procedures to
Assay Stack Effluent Samples and
Residual Combustion Products for
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins
(PCDD) and Polychlorinated
Dibenzofurans (PCDF). Prepared for the
U.S. Department of Energy and U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
Washington, DC. December 1984. 23 p.
2. American Society of Mechanical
Engineers. Sampling for the
Determination of Chlorinated Organic
Compounds in Stack Emissions.
Prepared for U.S. Department of Energy
and U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency. Washington DC. December
1984. 25 p.
3. Fishman, V.N., Martin, G.D. and
Lamparski, L.L., Comparison of a variety
of gas chromatographic columns with
different polarities for the separation of
chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and
dibenzofurans by high-resolution mass
spectrometry, Journal of Chromatography
A 1139 (2007) 285–300.
4. International Agency for Research on
Cancer. Environmental Carcinogens
Methods of Analysis and Exposure
Measurement, Volume 11—
Polychlorinated Dioxins and
Dibenzofurans. IARC Scientific
Publications No. 108, 1991.
5. Stieglitz, L., Zwick, G., Roth, W.
Investigation of different treatment
techniques for PCDD/PCDF in fly ash.
Chemosphere 15: 1135–1140; 1986.
6. Triangle Laboratories. Case Study:
Analysis of Samples for the Presence of
Tetra Through Octachloro-pDibenzodioxins and Dibenzofurans.
Research Triangle Park, NC. 1988. 26 p.
7. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Method 8290A—Polychlorinated
Dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs) and
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans (PCDFs)
by High-Resolution Gas
Chromatography/High-Resolution Mass
Spectrometry (HRGC/HRMS), Revision 1.
February 2007. In: Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/
Chemical Methods, EPA publication
SW–846. Washington, DC.
8. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Office of Air Programs Publication No.
APTD–0576: Maintenance, Calibration,
and Operation of Isokinetic Source
Sampling Equipment. Research Triangle
Park, NC. March 1972.
9. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Method 1625C-Semivolatile Organic
Compounds by Isotope Dilution GCMS.
June 1989.
10. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Method 1613B-Tetra- through OctaChlorinated Dioxins and Furans by
Isotope Dilution HRGC/HRMS. October
1994.
11. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Method 1668C-Chlorinated Biphenyl
Congeners in Water, Soil, Sediment,
Biosolids, and Tissue by HRGC/HRMS.
April 2010.
12. Tondeur, Y., Nestrick, T., Silva, He´ctor
A., Vining, B., Hart, J. Analytical
procedures for the determination of
polychlorinated-p-dioxins,
16757
polychlorinated dibenzofurans, and
hexachlorobenzene in
pentachlorophenol, Chemosphere
Volume 80, Issue 2, June 2010 pages
157–164.
13. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Definition and Procedure for the
Determination of the Method Detection
Limit, Revision 2. EPA 821–R–16–006.
December 2016.
14. Tondeur Y, Niederhut WJ, Missler SR. A
hybrid HRGC/MS/MS Method for the
Characterization of Tetrachlorodibenzop-Dioxins in Environmental Samples;
Bio. Med. and Environ. Mass Spectr. 14,
pages 449–456, 1987.
15. Gianluca R., Mosca S., Guerriero E.,
Rotatori M. Development of a new
automated clean-up system for the
simultaneous analysis of polychlorinated
dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs),
dibenzofurans (PCDFs) and ‘dioxin-like’
polychlorinated biphenyls (dl-PCB) in
flue gas emissions by GPC–SPE. J.
Environ. Monit. 14, pages 1082–1090,
2012.
16. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
The National Dioxin Air Monitoring
Network (NDAMN) Report of the Results
of Atmospheric Measurements of
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins
(PCDDs), Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans
(PCDFs), and Dioxin-like
Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCBs) in
Rural and Remote Areas of the United
States from June 1998 through November
2004. EPA/600/R–13/183F. August 2013.
17. Guo, Y., Kannan, K. Analytical Methods
for the Measurement of Legacy and
Emerging Persistent Organic Pollutants
in Complex Sample Matrices.
Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry.
Vol. 67. January 2015.
18. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
USEPA Contract Laboratory Program
(CLP) National Functional Guidelines for
Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins (CDDs)
and Chlorinated Dibenzofurans (CDFs)
Data Review. EPA–540–R–11–016.
September 2011.
17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and
Validation Data
TABLE 23–1—POLYCHLORINATED DIBENZO-p-DIOXIN AND POLYCHLORINATED DIBENZOFURAN TARGET ANALYTES
CAS a Registry
No.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins
2,3,7,8-TeCDD ..............................................................
1,2,3,7,8-PeCDD ...........................................................
1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDD ........................................................
1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDD ........................................................
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDD ........................................................
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDD .....................................................
Total TeCDD .................................................................
Total PeCDD .................................................................
Total HxCDD .................................................................
Total HpCDD .................................................................
OCDD ............................................................................
a Chemical
VerDate Sep<11>2014
1746–01–6
40321–76–4
39227–28–6
57653–85–7
19408–74–3
35822–46–9
41903–57–5
36088–22–9
34465–46–8
37871–00–4
3268–87–9
Polychlorinated dibenzofurans
2,3,7,8-TeCDF ..............................................................
1,2,3,7,8-PeCDF ..........................................................
2,3,4,7,8-PeCDF ..........................................................
1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDF .......................................................
1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDF .......................................................
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDF .......................................................
2,3,4,6,7,8-HxCDF .......................................................
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDF ....................................................
1,2,3,4,7,8,9-HpCDF ....................................................
Total TeCDF .................................................................
Total PeCDF ................................................................
Total HxCDF ................................................................
Total HpCDF ................................................................
OCDF ...........................................................................
Abstract Service.
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
CASa Registry
No.
51207–31–9
57117–41–6
57117–31–4
70648–26–9
57117–44–9
72918–21–9
60851–34–5
67562–39–4
55673–89–7
55722–27–5
30402–15–4
55684–94–1
38998–75–3
39001–02–0
16758
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 23–2—POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC HYDROCARBON TARGET ANALYTES
CAS a Registry
No.
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
Naphthalene .................................................................
2-Methylnaphthalene ....................................................
Acenaphthylene ............................................................
Acenaphthene ...............................................................
Fluorene ........................................................................
Anthracene ...................................................................
Phenanthrene ...............................................................
Fluoranthene .................................................................
Pyrene ..........................................................................
Benz[a]anthracene ........................................................
a Chemical
91–20–3
91–57–6
208–96–8
83–32–9
86–73–7
120–12–7
85–01–8
206–44–0
129–00–0
56–55–3
CAS a Registry
No.
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
Chrysene ......................................................................
Benzo[b]fluoranthene ....................................................
Benzo[k]fluoranthene ....................................................
Perylene ........................................................................
Benzo[a]pyrene .............................................................
Benzo[e]pyrene .............................................................
Benzo[g,h,i]perylene .....................................................
Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene .................................................
Dibenz[a,h]anthracene ..................................................
218–01–9
205–99–2
207–08–9
198–55–8
50–32–8
192–97–2
191–24–2
193–39–5
53–70–3
Abstract Service.
TABLE 23–3—POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYL TARGET ANALYTES
2,4′-DiCB ...........................................
2,2′,5-TrCB ........................................
2,4,4′-TrCB ........................................
2,2′,3,5′-TeCB ...................................
2,2′,5,5′-TeCB ...................................
2,3′,4,4′-TeCB ...................................
3,3′,4,4′-TeCB ...................................
3,4,4′,5-TeCB ....................................
2,2′,4,5,5′-PeCB ................................
2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB ................................
2,3,4,4′,5-PeCB .................................
2,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB ................................
2′,3,4,4′,5-PeCB ................................
3,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB ................................
a BZ
CAS b Registry
No.
BZ No.a
PCB congener
8
18
28
44
52
66
77
81
101
105
114
118
123
126
34883–43–7
37680–65–2
7012–37–5
41464–39–5
35693–99–3
32598–10–0
32598–13–3
70362–50–4
37680–73–2
32598–14–4
74472–37–0
31508–00–6
65510–44–3
57465–28–8
BZ No.a
PCB congener
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′-HxCB ...........................
2,2′,3,4,4′,5′-HxCB ...........................
2,2′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB ...........................
2,3,3′,4,4′,5-HxCB ............................
2,3,3′,4,4′,5′-HxCB ...........................
2,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB ...........................
3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB ...........................
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5-HpCB ........................
2,2′,3,4,4′,5,5′-HpCB ........................
2,2′,3,4′,5,5′,6-HpCB ........................
2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HpCB ........................
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,6-OcCB .....................
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6-NoCB .................
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6,6′-DeCB .............
128
138
153
156
157
167
169
170
180
187
189
195
206
209
CAS b Registry
No.
38380–07–3
35065–28–2
35065–27–1
38380–08–4
69782–90–7
52663–72–6
32774–16–6
35065–30–6
35065–29–3
52663–68–0
39635–31–9
52663–78–2
40186–72–9
2051–24–3
No.: Ballschmiter and Zell 1980, or International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) number.
Abstract Service.
b Chemical
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 23–4—ELEMENTAL COMPOSITIONS AND EXACT MASSES OF THE IONS MONITORED BY HIGH-RESOLUTION MASS
SPECTROMETRY FOR PCDD AND PCDF
Mass a
Ion type b
Elemental composition
Target analyte b
263.9871
292.9825
303.9016
305.8987
313.9839
315.9419
316.9745
317.9389
319.8965
321.8936
325.9839
330.9792
331.9368
333.9339
339.8597
341.8567
354.9792
351.9000
353.8970
355.8546
357.8516
367.8949
369.8919
375.9807
375.8364
409.7974
373.8208
375.8178
375.9807
LOCK .........
LOCK .........
M ................
M+2 ............
QC ..............
M ................
M+2 ............
M+2 ............
M ................
M+2 ............
QC ..............
QC ..............
M ................
M+2 ............
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
LOCK .........
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
QC ..............
M+2 ............
M+2 ............
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
QC ..............
C5F10N ...................................
C7F11 .....................................
C12H435Cl4O ..........................
C12H435Cl37ClO .....................
C6F12N ...................................
13C H 35Cl O .......................
12 4
4
13C H 35Cl 37ClO .................
12 4
3
13C H 35Cl 37ClO .................
12 4
2
C12H435Cl4O2 .........................
C12H435Cl337ClO2 ..................
C7F12N ...................................
C7F13 .....................................
13C H 35Cl O
12 4
4 2 .....................
13C H 35Cl 37ClO ...............
12 4
3
2
C12H335Cl437ClO ....................
C12H335Cl337Cl2O ..................
C9F13 .....................................
13C H 35Cl 37ClO .................
12 3
4
13C H 35Cl 37Cl O ...............
12 3
3
2
C12H335Cl437ClO2 ..................
C12H335Cl337Cl2O2 .................
13C H 35Cl 37ClO ...............
12 3
4
2
13C H 35Cl 37Cl O
12 3
3
2 2 .............
C8F14N ...................................
C12H435Cl537ClO ....................
C12H335Cl637ClO ....................
C12H235Cl537ClO ...................
C12H235Cl437Cl2O ..................
C8F14N ...................................
FC43 .....................
PFK ......................
TeCDF ..................
TeCDF ..................
FC43 .....................
TeCDF (S) ............
TeCDF (S) ............
TeCDF (S) ............
TeCDD .................
TeCDD .................
FC43 .....................
PFK ......................
TeCDD (S) ...........
TeCDD (S) ...........
PeCDF ..................
PeCDF ..................
PFK ......................
PeCDF (S) ............
PeCDF (S) ............
PeCDD .................
PeCDD .................
PeCDD (S) ...........
PeCDD (S) ...........
FC43 .....................
HxCDPE ...............
HpCPDE ...............
HxCDF ..................
HxCDF ..................
FC43 .....................
Mass a
383.8639
385.8610
389.8157
391.8127
392.9760
401.8559
403.8529
425.9775
445.7555
407.7818
409.7789
417.8253
419.8220
423.7766
425.7737
430.9729
435.8169
437.8140
442.9728
479.7165
430.9729
441.7428
443.7399
457.7377
459.7348
463.9743
469.7779
471.7750
513.6775
442.9728
Ion type b
Elemental composition
M ................
M+2 ............
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
LOCK .........
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
QC ..............
M+4 ............
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
M ................
M+2 ............
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
QC ..............
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
LOCK .........
M+4 ............
LOCK .........
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
QC ..............
M+2 ............
M+4 ............
M+4 ............
QC ..............
35Cl O .......................
6
35
37
12H2 Cl5 ClO .................
C12H235Cl537ClO2 ..................
C12H235Cl437Cl2O2 .................
13C
12H2
13C
C9F15 .....................................
13C H 35Cl 37ClO ...............
12 2
5
2
13C H 35Cl 37Cl O ...............
12 2
4
2
C9F16N ...................................
C12H235Cl637Cl2O ..................
C12H35Cl637ClO .....................
C12H35Cl537Cl2O ....................
13C H35Cl O .........................
12
7
13C H35Cl 37ClO ..................
12
6
C12H35Cl637ClO2 ....................
C12H35Cl537Cl2O2 ..................
C9F17 .....................................
13C H35Cl 37ClO .................
12
6
2
13C H35Cl 37Cl O ...............
12
5
2 2
C10F17 ....................................
C12H35Cl737Cl2O ....................
C9F17 .....................................
C1235Cl737ClO ........................
C1235Cl637Cl2O ......................
C1235Cl737ClO2 ......................
C1235Cl637Cl2O2 .....................
C9F18N ...................................
13C 35Cl 37ClO ...................
12
7
2
13C 35Cl 37Cl O ..................
12
6
2 2
C1235Cl837Cl2O2 .....................
C10F17 ....................................
Target analyte b
HxCDF (S).
HxCDF (S).
HxCDD.
HxCDD.
PFK.
HxCDD (S).
HxCDD (S).
FC43.
OCDPE.
HpCDF.
HpCDF.
HpCDF (S).
HpCDF (S).
HpCDD.
HpCDD.
PFK.
HpCDD (S).
HpCDD (S).
PFK.
NCPDE.
PFK.
OCDF.
OCDF.
OCDD.
OCDD.
FC43.
OCDD (S).
OCDD (S).
DCDPE.
PFK.
a The following nuclidic masses were used to calculate exact masses: H = 1.007825, C = 12.000000, 13C = 13.003355, F = 18.9984, O = 15.994915, 35C l=
34.968853, 37Cl = 36.965903.
b (S) = Labeled Standard. LOCK = Lock-Mass Ion PFK or FC43. QC = Quality Control Check Ion. Note: Consider monitoring 328 m/z if a high level of PCB is
expected.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
16759
TABLE 23–5—ELEMENTAL COMPOSITIONS AND EXACT MASSES OF THE IONS MONITORED BY HIGH-RESOLUTION MASS
SPECTROMETRY FOR PAH
Aromatic ring
No.
Mass a
2 .....................
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
2
3
3
3
3
3
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
128.0624
130.9920
134.0828
142.078
148.0984
152.0624
158.0828
154.078
160.078
166.078
169.988
172.0984
178.078
184.0984
178.078
184.078
202.078
204.9888
208.0984
202.078
205.078
213.9898
218.9856
228.0936
230.9856
234.114
228.0936
234.114
252.0936
258.114
252.32
258.114
252.0936
256.1072
256.1072
252.0936
252.0936
264.1692
268.9824
263.9871
276.0936
282.114
278.1092
280.9824
284.1296
276.0936
288.1344
313.9839
3 .....................
4 .....................
4 .....................
4 .....................
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
6 .....................
6 .....................
5 .....................
5 .....................
6 .....................
6 .....................
Ion type b
Elemental composition
M ....................
LOCK .............
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
QC .................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
QC .................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
QC .................
LOCK .............
M ....................
LOCK .............
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
QC .................
LOCK .............
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
LOCK .............
M ....................
M ....................
M ....................
QC .................
C10H8 .....................................
................................................
13C 12C H
6
4 8 ............................
C11H10 ....................................
13C 12C H
6
5 10 ...........................
C12H8 .....................................
13C 12C H
6
6 8 ............................
C12H10 ....................................
13C 12C H
6
6 10 ...........................
C13H10 ....................................
................................................
13C 12C H
6
7 10 ...........................
C14H10 ....................................
13C 12C H
6
8 10 ..........................
C14H10 ....................................
13C 12C H
6
8 10 ...........................
C16H10 ....................................
................................................
13C 12C H
6
10 10 .........................
C16H10 ....................................
13C 12C H
3
13 10 .........................
................................................
................................................
C18H12 ....................................
................................................
13C C H
6 12 12 ............................
C18H12 ....................................
13C 12C H
6
12 12 .........................
C20H12 ....................................
13C 12C H
6
14 12 .........................
C20H12 ....................................
13C 12C H
6
14 12 .........................
C20H12 ....................................
13C 12C H
4
16 12 ........................
13C 12C H
4
16 12 ........................
C20H12 ....................................
C20H12 ....................................
C20D12 ....................................
................................................
................................................
C22H12 ....................................
13C 12C H
6
16 12 ........................
C22H14 ....................................
................................................
13C 12C H
6
16 14 ........................
C22H12 ....................................
13C
12C H
12
10 12 .......................
................................................
Target analyte
Naphthalene.
PFK/FC43.
13C -Naphthalene.
6
2-Methylnaphthalene.
13C -2-Methylnaphthalene.
6
Acenaphthylene.
13C -Acenaphthylene.
6
Acenaphthene.
13C -Acenaphthene.
6
Fluorene.
PFK/FC43.
13C -Fluorene.
6
Phenanthrene.
13C -Phenanthrene.
6
Anthracene.
13C -Anthracene.
6
Fluoranthene.
PFK.
13C -Fluoranthene.
6
Pyrene.
13C -Pyrene.
3
FC43.
FC43.
Benz[a]anthracene.
PFK.
13C -Benz[a]anthracene.
6
Chrysene.
13C -Chrysene.
6
Benzo[b]fluoranthene.
13C -Benzo[b]fluoranthene.
6
Benzo[k]fluoranthene.
13C -Benzo[k]fluoranthene.
6
Benzo[e]pyrene.
13C -Benzo[e]pyrene.
4
13C -Benzo[a]pyrene.
4
Benzo[a]pyrene.
Perylene.
d12-Perylene.
PFK.
FC43.
Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene.
13C -Indeno[1,2,3,cd]pyrene.
6
Dibenz[a,h]anthracene.
PFK.
13C -Dibenz[a,h]anthracene.
6
Benzo[g,h,i]perylene.
13C -Benzo[g,h,i]perylene.
12
FC43.
a Isotopic
b LOCK
masses used for accurate mass calculation: 1H = 1.0078, 12C = 12.0000,
= Lock-Mass Ion PFK or FC43. QC = Quality Control Check Ion.
13C
= 13.0034, 2H = 2.0141.
TABLE 23–6—ELEMENTAL COMPOSITIONS AND EXACT MASSES OF THE IONS MONITORED BY HIGH-RESOLUTION MASS
SPECTROMETRY FOR PCB
Chlorine
substitution
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Fn-1; ...........
Cl-1 .............
Fn-2; ...........
Cl-2,3 ..........
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Mass a
Ion
type b
Target analyte
Chlorine
substitution
................
Cl-1 PCB ...........
Fn-5; ...........
Cl-5,6,7 .......
Elemental composition
35Cl
188.0393
M ........
12C
12H9
190.0363
200.0795
202.0766
218.9856
222.0003
M+2 ....
M ........
M+2 ....
LOCK
M ........
12C
12H9
13C
12H9
................
................
12C H 37Cl ................
12 9
C4F9 ............................
12C H 35Cl ...............
12 8
2
223.9974
225.9944
234.0406
236.0376
242.9856
255.9613
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M ........
M+2 ....
LOCK
M ........
12C
12H8
12C
12H8
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
37Cl
35Cl
35Cl37Cl
..........
...............
13C H 35Cl ...............
12 8
2
13C H 35Cl37Cl ..........
12 8
C4F9 ............................
12C H 35Cl ...............
12 7
3
37Cl
Jkt 259001
2
PO 00000
Mass a
Ion
type b
Elemental composition
35Cl
323.8834
M ........
12C
Cl-1 PCB ...........
13C
12 Cl-1 PCB
13C
12 Cl-1 PCB
PFK ...................
Cl-2 PCB ...........
325.8804
327.8775
337.9207
339.9178
354.9792
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
LOCK
12C
12H5
12C
12H5
Cl-2 PCB ...........
Cl-2 PCB ...........
13C
12 Cl-2 PCB
13C
12 Cl-2 PCB
PFK ...................
Cl-3 PCB ...........
359.8415
361.8385
363.8356
371.8817
373.8788
393.8025
M+2
M+4
M+6
M+2
M+4
M+2
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
....
....
....
....
....
....
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
12H5
5
...............
35Cl 37Cl ........
4
35Cl 37Cl
3
2 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 5
4
13C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 5
3
2 ......
Target analyte
Cl-5 PCB.
C9F13 ..........................
Cl-5 PCB.
Cl-5 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-5 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-5 PCB.
PFK.
35Cl 37Cl ........
5
35Cl 37Cl
4
2 ......
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 4
3
3 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 4
5
13C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 4
4
2 ......
12C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 3
6
Cl-6 PCB.
Cl-6 PCB.
Cl-6 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-6 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-6 PCB.
Cl-7 PCB.
12C
12H4
12C
12H4
20MRR2
16760
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 23–6—ELEMENTAL COMPOSITIONS AND EXACT MASSES OF THE IONS MONITORED BY HIGH-RESOLUTION MASS
SPECTROMETRY FOR PCB—Continued
Chlorine
substitution
Fn-3; ...........
Cl-3,4,5 .......
Fn-4; ...........
Cl-4,5,6 .......
Mass a
Ion
type b
Elemental composition
Target analyte
35Cl 37Cl ........
2
35Cl ...............
3
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 7
2
12C H 35Cl ...............
12 7
3
Cl-3 PCB ...........
13C
12 Cl-3 PCB
13C
12 Cl-3 PCB
Cl-3 PCB ...........
H735Cl237Cl .......
35Cl37Cl ........
2
Cl-3 PCB ...........
Cl-3 PCB ...........
257.9584
268.0016
269.9986
255.9613
M+2 ....
M ........
M+2 ....
M ........
12C
12H7
13C
12H7
257.9584
259.9554
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
12C
12
12C
12H7
268.0016
269.9986
280.9825
289.9224
291.9194
293.9165
301.9626
303.9597
323.8834
325.8804
327.8775
337.9207
339.9178
289.9224
M ........
M+2 ....
LOCK
M ........
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M ........
M+2 ....
M ........
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M ........
13C
12H7
13C
12H7
291.9194
293.9165
301.9626
303.9597
323.8834
325.8804
327.8775
330.9792
337.9207
339.9178
359.8415
361.8385
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M ........
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
LOCK
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
C7F15 ..........................
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 5
4
13C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 5
3
2 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 4
5
13C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 4
4
2 ......
363.8356
M+6 ....
12C
12H4
371.8817
M+2 ....
13C
12H4
373.8788
M+4 ....
13C
12H4
35Cl 37Cl
3
3
35Cl 37Cl
5
35Cl 37Cl
4
2
a Isotopic
35Cl 37Cl
5
2 ......
35Cl 37Cl
4
3 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 3
6
13C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 3
5
2 ......
12C
12H3
12C
12H3
C11F17 .........................
12C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 3
6
PFK.
Cl-7 PCB.
Cl-3 PCB
Cl-3 PCB
PFK ...................
Cl-4 PCB ...........
Cl-4 PCB ...........
Cl-4 PCB ...........
13C
12 Cl-4 PCB
13C
12 Cl-4 PCB
Cl-5 PCB ...........
Cl-5 PCB ...........
Cl-5 PCB ...........
13C
12 Cl-5 PCB
13C
12 Cl-5 PCB
Cl-4 PCB ...........
395.7995
397.7966
405.8428
407.8398
427.7635
429.7606
431.7576
439.8038
441.8008
454.9728
427.7635
429.7606
431.7576
439.8038
M+4 ....
M+6 ....
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M+6 ....
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
QC .....
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M+6 ....
M+2 ....
12C
12H3
12C
12H3
35Cl 37Cl
5
2 ......
35Cl 37Cl
4
3 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 3
6
13C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 3
5
2 ......
12C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 2
7
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 2
6
2 ......
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 2
5
3 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 2
7
13C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 2
6
2 ......
C11F17 .........................
12C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 2
7
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 2
6
2 ......
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 2
5
3 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 2
7
Cl-7 PCB.
Cl-7 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-7
13C
12 Cl-7
Cl-8 PCB.
Cl-8 PCB.
Cl-8 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-8
13C
12 Cl-8
PFK.
Cl-8 PCB.
Cl-8 PCB.
Cl-8 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-8
Cl-4 PCB ...........
Cl-4 PCB ...........
13C
12 Cl-4 PCB
13C
12 Cl-4 PCB
Cl-5 PCB ...........
Cl-5 PCB ...........
Cl-5 PCB ...........
PFK ...................
13C
12 Cl-5 PCB
13C Cl-5 PCB ..
12
Cl-6 PCB ...........
Cl-6 PCB ...........
441.8008
442.9728
454.9728
461.7246
463.7216
465.7187
473.7648
475.7619
495.6856
499.6797
501.6767
507.7258
M+4 ....
QC .....
LOCK
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M+6 ....
M+2 ....
M+4 ....
M+2 ....
M+6 ....
M+8 ....
M+2 ....
35
37
12H2 Cl6 Cl2 ......
C10F17 .........................
C11F17 .........................
12C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 1
8
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 1
7
2 ......
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 1
6
3 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 1
8
13C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 1
7
2 ......
13C H 5Cl 37Cl ........
12 4
9
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 4
8
2 ......
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 4
7
3 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 4
9
Cl-6 PCB ...........
509.7229
M+4 ....
13C
12H4
........
13C
12
511.7199
M+6 ....
13C
12H4
......
13C
12
......
13C
12
13C
12
1H
Fn-6; ...........
Cl-7,8,9,10 ..
Cl-6 PCB
....
....
....
....
Target analyte
QC .....
M+2 ....
35Cl 37Cl ........
3
35Cl 37Cl
2
2 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 6
3
13C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 6
2
2 ......
12C H 35Cl ...............
12 5
5
12C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 5
4
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 5
3
2 ......
12H6
Elemental composition
454.9728
393.8025
C6F11 ..........................
12C H 35Cl ...............
12 6
4
12C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 6
3
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 6
2
2 ......
13C H 35Cl ...............
12 6
4
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 6
3
12C H 35Cl ...............
12 5
5
12C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 5
4
12C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 5
3
2 ......
13C H 35Cl 37Cl ........
12 5
4
13C H 35Cl 37Cl
12 5
3
2 ......
12C H 35Cl ...............
12 6
4
12H6
Ion
type b
M+4
M+6
M+2
M+4
3 ...............
35Cl 37Cl ........
2
12C
Mass a
395.7995
397.7966
405.8428
407.8398
35Cl
12C
Chlorine
substitution
13C
35Cl 37Cl
8
2
......
35Cl 37Cl
7
3
......
Cl-7 PCB.
3 Cl-7 PCB.
12 Cl-7 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-7 PCB.
37Cl
13C
PCB.
PCB.
PCB.
PCB.
PCB.
13C
12 Cl-8 PCB.
PFK.
PFK.
Cl-9 PCB.
Cl-9 PCB.
Cl-9 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-9 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-9 PCB.
Cl-10 PCB.
Cl-10 PCB.
Cl-10 PCB.
13C
12 Cl-10
PCB.
13C
12 Cl-10
PCB.
13C
12 Cl-10
PCB.
Cl-6 PCB
12C
masses used for accurate mass calculation:
= 1.0078,
= 12.0000, 13C = 13.0034, 35Cl = 34.9689, 37Cl = 36.9659, 19F = 18.9984. An interference
with PFK m/z 223.9872 may preclude meeting 10:1 S/N for the DiCB congeners at optional Cal 1 level (Table 23–11). If this interference occurs, 10:1 S/N must be
met at the Cal 2 level.
b LOCK = Lock-Mass Ion PFK or FC43. QC = Quality Control Check Ion.
TABLE 23–7—CONCENTRATION OF THE SAMPLE FORTIFICATION FOR PCDD AND PCDF a
pg/μL in final
extract b
Compound
Spike recovery
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard
13C -1,2,3,4-TeCDD .........................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,7-PeCDD ......................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,6-PeCDF ......................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,6,9-HxCDF ...................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,6,8,9-HpCDF ................................................................................................................................
12
50
50
50
50
50
70–130%
70–130%
70–130%
70–130%
70–130%
50
50
70–130%
70–130%
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard
13C -1,2,7,8-TeCDF .........................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,6,8-HxCDD ...................................................................................................................................
12
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Pre-extraction Standard
13C -2,3,7,8-TeCDD .........................................................................................................................................
12
13C -2,3,7,8-TeCDF .........................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,7,8-PeCDD ......................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,7,8-PeCDF ......................................................................................................................................
12
13C -2,3,4,7,8-PeCDF ......................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDD ...................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDD ...................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDD ...................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDF ...................................................................................................................................
12
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16761
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 23–7—CONCENTRATION OF THE SAMPLE FORTIFICATION FOR PCDD AND PCDF a—Continued
pg/μL in final
extract b
Compound
13C -1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDF ...................................................................................................................................
12
13C -2,3,4,6,7,8-HxCDF ...................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDF ...................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDD ...............................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDF ................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,7,8,9-HpCDF ................................................................................................................................
12
13C -OCDD ......................................................................................................................................................
12
13C -OCDF .......................................................................................................................................................
12
Spike recovery
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
50
50
50
50
S/N≥10
S/N≥10
S/N≥10
S/N≥10
50
50
20–130%
20–130%
Pre-analysis Standard
13C -1,3,6,8-TeCDD .........................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4-TeCDF .........................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,6,7-HxCDD ...................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,3,4,6,7,9-HpCDD ...............................................................................................................................
12
Alternate Recovery Standard
13C -1,3,7,8-TeCDD .........................................................................................................................................
12
13C -1,2,4,7,8-PeCDD ......................................................................................................................................
12
a Changes in the amounts of labeled standards added to the sample or its representative extract will necessitate an adjustment of the calibration solutions to prevent the introduction of inconsistencies. Spike concentration assumes 1 μL sample injection volume for analysis or the injection volume for calibration standards and samples is the same.
b Labeled standard concentrations are recommendations (equivalent mass per sample of 25 pg pre-extraction standard, as an example, based
on a 200 μL extract volume split in half before cleanup with a 20 μL aliquot of a 500 pg/μL spiking solution). Recommendations are based on assumption that half of the extract will be archived before cleanup. Spike levels may be adjusted for different split levels.
Note: all standards used should be reported.
TABLE 23–8—CONCENTRATION OF THE SAMPLE FORTIFICATION FOR PAH a
pg/μL in final
extract b
Compound
Spike recovery
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard
13C -Benzo[c]fluorene ........................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Benzo[j]fluoranthene ................................................................................................................................
12
100
100
70–130%
70–130%
100
70–130%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
100
100
100
S/N≥10
S/N≥10
S/N≥10
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard
d10-Anthracene ..................................................................................................................................................
Pre-extraction Standard
13C -Naphthalene ..............................................................................................................................................
6
13C -2-Methylnaphthalene .................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Acenaphthylene .........................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Acenaphthene ...........................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Fluorene ....................................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Phenanthrene ............................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Anthracene ................................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Fluoranthene .............................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Pyrene .......................................................................................................................................................
3
13C -Benz[a]anthracene ....................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Chrysene ...................................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Benzo[b]fluoranthene ................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Benzo[k]fluoranthene .................................................................................................................................
6
13C -Benzo[e]pyrene .........................................................................................................................................
4
13C -Benzo[a]pyrene .........................................................................................................................................
4
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
d12-Perylene ......................................................................................................................................................
13C -Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene ..............................................................................................................................
6
13C -Dibenz[a,h]anthracene ..............................................................................................................................
6
13C -Benzo[g,h,i]perylene ................................................................................................................................
12
Pre-analysis Standard
d10-Acenaphthene .............................................................................................................................................
d10-Pyrene .........................................................................................................................................................
d12-Benzo[e]pyrene ...........................................................................................................................................
a Changes in the amounts of labeled standards added to the sample or its representative extract will necessitate an adjustment of the calibration solutions to prevent the introduction of inconsistencies.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16762
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
b Labeled standard concentrations are recommendations (equivalent mass per sample of 25 pg pre-extraction standard, as an example, based
on a 200 μL extract volume split in half before cleanup with a 20 μL aliquot of a 1000 pg/μL spiking solution). Recommendations are based on
assumption that half of the extract will be archived before cleanup. Spike levels may be adjusted for different split levels.
Note: all standards used should be reported.
TABLE 23–9—CONCENTRATION OF THE SAMPLE FORTIFICATION FOR PCB a
pg/μL in final
extract c
BZ No.b
Compound
Spike recovery
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard
13C -3,3′-DiCB ......................................................................................................................
12
13C -2,4′,5-TrCB ...................................................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,5′,6-PeCB ...........................................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB .......................................................................................................
12
11L
31L
95L
153L
100
100
100
100
70–130%
70–130%
70–130%
70–130%
159L
100
70–130%
1L
3L
4L
15L
19L
37L
54L
77L
81L
104L
105L
114L
118L
123L
126L
155L
156L
157L
167L
169L
170L
180L
188L
189L
202L
205L
206L
208L
209L
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
20–145%
9L
52L
101L
138L
194L
100
100
100
100
100
S/N≥10
S/N≥10
S/N≥10
S/N≥10
S/N≥10
28L
111L
178L
100
100
100
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
70L
60L
127L
100
100
100
20–130%
20–130%
20–130%
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard
13C -2,3,3′,4,5,5′-HxCB
12
........................................................................................................
Pre-extraction Standard
13C -2-MoCB (WDC) ............................................................................................................
12
13C -4-MoCB (WDC) ............................................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′-DiCB (WDC) .........................................................................................................
12
13C -4,4′-DiCB (WDC) .........................................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,6-TrCB (WDC) ......................................................................................................
12
13C -3,4′,4′-TrCB (WDC) .....................................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB (WDC) ..................................................................................................
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′-TeCB (WDC) (WHOT) (NOAAT) ...................................................................
12
13C -3,4,4′,5-TeCB (WHOT) ................................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB (WDC) ..............................................................................................
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB (WHOT) ............................................................................................
12
13C -2,3,4,4′,5-PeCB (WHO) ...............................................................................................
12
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB (WHOT) ............................................................................................
12
13C -2′,3,4,4′,5-PeCB (WHOT) ............................................................................................
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB (WDC) (WHOT) ................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB (WDC) ...........................................................................................
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5-HxCB (WHOT) .........................................................................................
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′-HxCB (WHOT) ........................................................................................
12
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB (WHOT) ........................................................................................
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB (WDC) (WHOT) (NOAAT) ............................................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5′-HpCB (NOAAT) ...................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,4,4′,5,5′-HpCB (NOAAT) ....................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′-HpCB (WDC) .......................................................................................
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HpCB (WDC) (WHOT) .........................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,3′,3′,5,5′,6,6′-OcCB (WDC) ...................................................................................
12
13C -2,3′,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6-OcCB (WDC) ...................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6-NoCB (WDC) ................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,3′,4,5,5′,6,6′-NoCB (WDC) ................................................................................
12
13C -DeCB (WDC) ...............................................................................................................
12
Pre-analysis Standard
13C -2,5-DiCB ......................................................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,5,5′-TeCB (NOAAT) ..............................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,4,5,5′-PeCB (NOAAT) ...........................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,4,4′,5′-HxCB (NOAAT) .......................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-OcCB ................................................................................................
12
Optional Cleanup Standard
13C -2-MoCB (NOAAT) ........................................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,4,5,5′-PeCB ...........................................................................................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′-OcCB ................................................................................................
12
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Alternate Recovery Standard
13C -2,3′,4′,5-TeCB ..............................................................................................................
12
13C -2,3,4,4′-TeCB ...............................................................................................................
12
13C -3,3′,4,5,5′-PeCB ...........................................................................................................
12
a Changes in the amounts of spike standards added to the sample or its representative extract will necessitate an adjustment of the calibration
solutions to prevent the introduction of inconsistencies.
b BZ No.: Ballschmiter and Zell 1980, or IUPAC number.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16763
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
c Labeled standard concentrations are recommendations (equivalent mass per sample of 25 pg pre-extraction standard, as an example, based
on a 200 μL extract volume split in half before cleanup with a 20 μL aliquot of a 1000 pg/μL spiking solution). Recommendations are based on
assumption that half of the extract will be archived before cleanup. Spike levels may be adjusted for different split levels.
NOAAT = PCB considered toxic by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
WHOT = PCB considered toxic by the World Health Organization.
Note: all standards used should be reported.
TABLE 23–10—SAMPLE STORAGE CONDITIONS a AND LABORATORY HOLD TIMES b
Sample type
PCDD/PCDF
PAH
PCB
Field Storage and Shipping Conditions
All Field Samples ..................................................................................
≤20 °C, (68 °F) ...........
≤20 °C, (68 °F) ...........
≤20 °C, (68 °F).
≤6 °C (43 °F) ..............
≤6 °C (43 °F) ..............
<¥10 °C (14 °F) ........
≤6 °C (43 °F).
≤6 °C (43 °F).
<¥10 °C (14 °F).
45 Days ......................
One year.
Laboratory Storage Conditions
Sampling Train Rinses and Filters ........................................................
Adsorbent ..............................................................................................
Extract and Archive ...............................................................................
≤6 °C (43 °F) ..............
≤6 °C (43 °F) ..............
<26 °C (79 °F) c ..........
Laboratory Hold Times
Extract and Archive ...............................................................................
One year ....................
a Samples
and extracts must be stored in the dark.
times begin from the time the laboratory receives the sample.
c Room temperature is acceptable if PCDD/PCDF are the only target compounds.
Note: Hold times for PCDD/PCDF and PCB are recommendations.
b Hold
TABLE 23–11—CONCENTRATION OF THE INITIAL CALIBRATION STANDARD SOLUTIONS FOR PCDD AND PCDF a
[pg/μL]
Cal 1
(optional)
Standard compound
Target (Unlabeled) Analytes ................................................
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard .......................................
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard .............................
Pre-extraction Standard (13C12-OCDD, 13C12-OCDF¥100
pg/μL) ...............................................................................
Pre-analysis Standard ..........................................................
Alternate Recovery Standard ...............................................
a Assumes
Cal 2
Cal 3
Cal 4
Cal 5
Cal 6
Cal 7
(optional)
0.50
50
50
1.0
50
50
5.0
50
50
10.0
50
50
25
50
50
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
1 μL injection volume or the injection volume for standards and samples is the same.
TABLE 23–12—CONCENTRATION OF THE INITIAL CALIBRATION STANDARD SOLUTIONS FOR PAH a
[pg/μL]
Cal 1
(optional)
Standard compound
Target (Unlabeled) Analytes ................................................
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard .......................................
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard .............................
Pre-extraction Standard .......................................................
Pre-analysis Standard ..........................................................
a Assumes
Cal 2
1
100
100
100
100
2
100
100
100
100
Cal 3
Cal 4
4
100
100
100
100
Cal 5
20
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
Cal 6
400
100
100
100
100
Cal 7
(optional)
1,000
100
100
100
100
1 μL injection volume.
TABLE 23–13—CONCENTRATION OF THE INITIAL CALIBRATION STANDARD SOLUTIONS FOR PCB a
[pg/μL]
Cal 1
(optional)
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Standard compound
Target (Unlabeled) Analytes ................................................
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard .......................................
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard .............................
Pre-extraction Standard .......................................................
Pre-analysis Standard ..........................................................
Alternate Standard ...............................................................
a Assumes
VerDate Sep<11>2014
0.50
100
100
100
100
100
Cal 2
1
100
100
100
100
100
Cal 3
Cal 4
5
100
100
100
100
100
Cal 5
10
100
100
100
100
100
1 μL injection volume.
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
50
100
100
100
100
100
Cal 6
400
100
100
100
100
100
Cal 7
(optional)
2,000
100
100
100
100
100
16764
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 23–14—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR INITIAL AND CONTINUING CALIBRATION RESPONSE FACTORS FOR
ISOTOPICALLY LABELED AND NATIVE COMPOUNDS
Continuing
calibration RRF
compared to
ICAL RRF
(PD)
Initial
calibration
RRF RSD
Analyte group
Native (Unlabeled) Analytes ................................................................................................................................
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard ......................................................................................................................
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard .............................................................................................................
Pre-extraction Standard .......................................................................................................................................
Alternative Recovery Standard ............................................................................................................................
10
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
30
30
TABLE 23–15—RECOMMENDED ION TYPE AND ACCEPTABLE ION ABUNDANCE RATIOS
Theoretical
ratio
Number of chlorine atoms
Ion type
1 ......................................................................
2 ......................................................................
3 ......................................................................
4 ......................................................................
5 ......................................................................
6 ......................................................................
6 a ....................................................................
7 ......................................................................
7 b ....................................................................
8 ......................................................................
9 ......................................................................
10 ....................................................................
M/M+2 ............................................................
M/M+2 ............................................................
M/M+2 ............................................................
M/M+2 ............................................................
M+2/M+4 ........................................................
M+2/M+4 ........................................................
M/M+2 ............................................................
M+2/M+4 ........................................................
M/M+2 ............................................................
M+2/M+4 ........................................................
M+2/M+4 ........................................................
M+4/M+6 ........................................................
a Used
b Used
only for
only for
Lower control
limit
3.13
1.56
1.04
0.77
1.55
1.24
0.51
1.05
0.44
0.89
0.77
1.16
Upper control
limit
2.66
1.33
0.88
0.65
1.32
1.05
0.43
0.89
0.37
0.76
0.65
0.99
3.60
1.79
1.20
0.89
1.78
1.43
0.59
1.21
0.51
1.02
0.89
1.33
13C-HxCDF.
13C-HpCDF.
TABLE 23–16—TYPICAL DB5–MS COLUMN CONDITIONS
Column parameter
PCDD/PCDF
PAH
PCB
Injector temperature .......................
Initial oven temperature .................
Initial hold time (minutes) ...............
Temperature program ....................
250 °C ...........................................
100 °C ...........................................
2 ....................................................
100 to 190 °C at 40 °C/min, then
190 to 300 °C at 3°C/min.
320 °C ...........................................
100 °C ...........................................
2 ....................................................
100 to 300 °C at 8°C/min .............
270 °C.
100 °C.
2.
100 to 150 °C at 15 °C/min, then
150 to 290 °C at 2.5 °C/min.
TABLE 23–17—ASSIGNMENT OF PRE-EXTRACTION STANDARDS FOR QUANTITATION OF TARGET PCB b
BZ No.a
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
PCB Congener
2,4′-DiCB (NOAAT) ......................................................
2,2′,5-TrCB (NOAAT) ...................................................
2,4,4′-TrCB (NOAAT) ...................................................
2,2′,3,5′-TeCB (NOAAT) ...............................................
2,2′,5,5′-TeCB (NOAAT) ...............................................
2,3′,4,4′-TeCB (NOAAT) ...............................................
3,3′,4,4′-TeCB (NOAAT) (WHOT) ................................
3,4,4′,5-TeCB (WHOT) .................................................
2,2′,4,5,5′-PeCB (NOAAT) ...........................................
2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB (NOAAT) (WHOT) .............................
2,3,4,4′,5-PeCB (WHOT) ..............................................
2,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB (WHOT) .............................................
2′,3,4,4′,5-PeCB (WHOT) .............................................
3,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB (NOAAT) (WHOT) .............................
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′-HxCB (NOAAT) ........................................
2,2′,3,4,4′,5′-HxCB (NOAAT) ........................................
2,2′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB (NOAAT) ........................................
2,3,3′,4,4′,5-HxCB (WHOT) ..........................................
2,3,3′,4,4′,5′-HxCB (WHOT) .........................................
2,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB (WHOT) .........................................
3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB (NOAAT) (WHOT) .........................
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5-HpCB (NOAAT) ....................................
2,2′,3,4,4′,5,5′-HpCB (NOAAT) ....................................
2,2′,3,4′,5,5′,6-HpCB (NOAAT) ....................................
2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HpCB (WHOT) ......................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00034
8
18
28
52
52
66
77
81
101
105
114
118
123
126
128
138
153
156
157
167
169
170
180
187
189
Fmt 4701
Labeled analog
13C -2,2′-DiCB ............................................................
12
13C -2,2′,6-TrCB .........................................................
12
13C -2,2′,6-TrCB .........................................................
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....................................................
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....................................................
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....................................................
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′-TeCB .....................................................
12
13C -3,4,4″,5-TeCB .....................................................
12
13C -2,2′,4,5,5′-PeCB .................................................
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB .................................................
12
13C -2,3,4,4′,5-PeCB ..................................................
12
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB .................................................
12
13C -2′,3,4,4′,5-PeCB .................................................
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB .................................................
12
13C -2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB .............................................
12
13C -2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB .............................................
12
13C -2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB .............................................
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5-HxCB ..............................................
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′-HxCB .............................................
12
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB .............................................
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB .............................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5′-HpCB .........................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,4,4′,5,5′-HpCB ..........................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′-HpCB ..........................................
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HpCB ..........................................
12
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
BZ No.
4L
19L
19L
54L
54L
54L
77L
81L
104L
105L
114L
118L
123L
126L
155L
155L
155L
156L
157L
167L
169L
170L
180L
188L
189L
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
16765
TABLE 23–17—ASSIGNMENT OF PRE-EXTRACTION STANDARDS FOR QUANTITATION OF TARGET PCB b—Continued
BZ No.a
PCB Congener
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,6-OcCB (NOAAT) .................................
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6-NoCB (NOAAT) .............................
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6,6′-DeCB (NOAAT) ..........................
195
206
209
Labeled analog
BZ No.
13C -2,2′ 3,3′,5,5′,6,6′-OcCB ......................................
12
13C -2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6-NoCB ...................................
12
13C -DeCB ..................................................................
12
202L
206L
209L
a BZ
No.: Ballschmiter and Zell 1980, or IUPAC number.
assume the use of the SPB-Octyl column. In the event you choose another column, you may select the labeled standard having
the same number of chlorine substituents and the closest retention time to the target analyte in question as the labeled standard to use for quantitation.
NOAAT = PCB considered toxic by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
WHOT = PCB considered toxic by the World Health Organization.
b Assignments
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 23–18—INITIAL DEMONSTRATION OF CAPABILITY QC REQUIREMENTS
Section
Requirement
Specification and frequency
Acceptance criteria
9.3.5 ........
Demonstration of low system background
Confirm that the LMB is free from contamination as defined in Section 13.1.
9.3.7 ........
Determination of MDL ...............................
9.3.8 ........
MDL confirmation ......................................
Analyze an LMB after the highest calibration standard.
Note: If an automated extraction system is
used, an LMB must be extracted on
each port.
Prepare, extract, and analyze 7 replicate
spiked samples (spiked within 2 to 10
times of the expected MDL) and 7
LMBs.
See 40 CFR Part 136 Appendix B ............
Prepare, extract, and analyze a spiked
sample (spiked at the MDL).
9.3.9 ........
Demonstration of precision ........................
9.3.10 ......
Demonstration of accuracy ........................
9.3.2 ........
Lowest Calibration Concentration Confirmation.
9.3.6 ........
Calibration Verification ...............................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
See MDL confirmation.
Confirm that the target compounds meet
the qualitative identification criteria in
Section 11.4.3.4 of this method.
Prepare, extract, and analyze 7 replicate Percent relative standard deviation must
spiked samples (spiked near mid-range).
be ≤20%.
Calculate mean recovery for replicate Mean recovery within 70–130% of true
spiked samples in Section 9.3.9.
value.
Establish a target concentration for the Upper PIR ≤150%.
lowest calibration based on the in- Lower PIR ≥50%.
tended use of the method.
Analyze a mid-level QCS .......................... Within limits in Section 13.11.
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
16766
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
ER20MR23.019
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Figure 23–1. Method 23 Sampling Train
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
16767
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
ER20MR23.020
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Figure 23–2. Condenser and Adsorbent
Module
16768
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
ER20MR23.021
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Figure 23–3. Soxhlet/Dean-Stark Extractor
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
16769
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
ER20MR23.022
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Figure 23–4. Sample Preparation Flow Chart
16770
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Appendix A to Method 23
COMPLETE LIST OF 209 PCB CONGENERS AND THEIR ISOMERS WITH CORRESPONDING ISOTOPE DILUTION QUANTITATION
STANDARDS a
Pre-extraction standard
BZ b No.
Unlabeled target analyte
BZ b No.
Pre-extraction standard
BZ b No.
MoCB
13C
12-2-MoCB
13C
12-2-MoCB
................
................
13C -4-MoCB ................
12
1L
1L
3L
Unlabeled target analyte
BZ b No.
DiCB
2-MoCB .........................
3-MoCB .........................
4-MoCB .........................
1
2
3
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-2,2′-DiCB
13C
12-4,4′-DiCB
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
4L
4L
4L
4L
4L
4L
4L
4L
4L
4L
4L
15L
2,2′-DiCB .......................
2,3-DiCB ........................
2,3′-DiCB .......................
2,4-DiCB ........................
2,4′-DiCB .......................
2,5-DiCB ........................
2,6-DiCB ........................
3,3′-DiCB .......................
3,4-DiCB ........................
3,4′-DiCB .......................
3,5-DiCB ........................
4,4′-DiCB .......................
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
37L
37L
37L
2,4,4′-TrCB ....................
2,4,5-TrCB .....................
2,4,6-TrCB .....................
2,4′,5-TrCB ....................
2,4′,6-TrCB ....................
2′,3,4-TrCB ....................
2′,3,5-TrCB ....................
3,3′,4-TrCB ....................
3,3′,5-TrCB ....................
3,4,4′-TrCB ....................
3,4,5-TrCB .....................
3,4′,5-TrCB ....................
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
77L
77L
77L
77L
81L
2,3,4,5-TeCB .................
2,3,4,6-TeCB .................
2,3,4′,5-TeCB ................
2,3,4′,6-TeCB ................
2,3,5,6-TeCB .................
2,3′,4,4′-TeCB ...............
2,3′,4,5-TeCB ................
2,3′,4,5′-TeCB ...............
2,3′,4,6-TeCB ................
2,3′,4′,5-TeCB ...............
2,3′,4′,6-TeCB ...............
2,3′,5,5′-TeCB ...............
2,3′,5′,6-TeCB ...............
2,4,4′,5-TeCB ................
2,4,4′,6-TeCB ................
2′,3,4,5-TeCB ................
3,3′,4,4′-TeCB ...............
3,3′,4,5-TeCB ................
3,3′,4,5′-TeCB ...............
3,3′,5,5′-TeCB ...............
3,4,4′,5-TeCB ................
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
105L
105L
105L
105L
105L
105L
105L
105L
105L
114L
114L
114L
114L
118L
118L
118L
118L
118L
123L
123L
123L
126L
2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB ............
2,3,3′,4,5-PeCB .............
2,3,3′,4′,5-PeCB ............
2,3,3′,4,5′-PeCB ............
2,3,3′,4,6-PeCB .............
2,3,3′,4′,6-PeCB ............
2,3,3′,5,5′-PeCB ............
2,3,3′,5,6-PeCB .............
2,3,3′,5′,6-PeCB ............
2,3,4,4′,5-PeCB .............
2,3,4,4′,6-PeCB .............
2,3,4,5,6-PeCB ..............
2,3,4′,5,6-PeCB .............
2,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB ............
2,3′,4,4′,6-PeCB ............
2,3′,4,5,5′-PeCB ............
2,3′,4,5,′6-PeCB ............
2′,3,3′,4,5-PeCB ............
2′,3,4,4′,5-PeCB ............
2′,3,4,5,5′-PeCB ............
2′,3,4,5,6′-PeCB ............
3,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB ............
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
13C
12-2,2′,6-TrCB
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
19L
2,2′,3-TrCB ....................
2,2′,4-TrCB ....................
2,2′,5-TrCB ....................
2,2′,6-TrCB ....................
2,3,3′-TrCB ....................
2,3,4-TrCB .....................
2,3,4′-TrCB ....................
2,3,5- TrCB ...................
2,3,6- TrCB ...................
2,3′,4-TrCB ....................
2,3′,5-TrCB ....................
2,3′,6-TrCB ....................
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
25
26
27
13C
12-3,4,4′-TrCB
13C
12-3,4,4′-TrCB
..........
..........
12-3,4,4′-TrCB ..........
13C -3,4,4′-TrCB ..........
12
13C -3,4,4′-TrCB ..........
12
13C -3,4,4′-TrCB ..........
12
13C -3,4,4′-TrCB ..........
12
13C -3,4,4′-TrCB ..........
12
13C -3,4,4′-TrCB ..........
12
13C -3,4′,4′-TrCB .........
12
13C -3,4′,4′-TrCB .........
12
13C -3,4′,4′-TrCB .........
12
13C
TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
54L
2,2′,3,3′-TeCB ...............
2,2′,3,4-TeCB ................
2,2′,3,4′-TeCB ...............
2,2′,3,5-TeCB ................
2,2′,3,5′-TeCB ...............
2,2′,3,6-TeCB ................
2,2′,3,6′-TeCB ...............
2,2′,4,4′-TeCB ...............
2,2′,4,5-TeCB ................
2,2′,4,5′-TeCB ...............
2,2′,4,6-TeCB ................
2,2′,4,6′-TeCB ...............
2,2′,5,5′-TeCB ...............
2,2′,5,6′-TeCB ...............
2,2′,6,6′-TeCB ...............
2,3,3′,4′-TeCB ...............
2,3,3′,4′-TeCB ...............
2,3,3′,5-TeCB ................
2,3,3′,5′-TeCB ...............
2,3,3′,6-TeCB ................
2,3,4,4′-TeCB ................
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
13C
12-2,2′,6,6′-TeCB
.....
.....
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -2,2′,6,6′-TeCB .....
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′-TeCB .....
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′-TeCB .....
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′-TeCB .....
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′-TeCB .....
12
13C -3,4,4′,5-TeCB ......
12
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
VerDate Sep<11>2014
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
104L
2,2′,3,3′,4-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,3′,5-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,3′,6-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,4,4′-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,4,5-PeCB .............
2,2′,3,4,5′-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,4,6-PeCB .............
2,2′,3,4,6′-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,4′,5-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,4′,6-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,5,5′-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,5,6-PeCB .............
2,2′,3,5,6′-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,5′,6-PeCB ............
2,2′,3,6,6′-PeCB ............
2,2′,3′,4,5-PeCB ............
2,2′,3′,4,6-PeCB ............
2,2′,4,4′,5-PeCB ............
2,2′,4,4′,6-PeCB ............
2,2′,4,5,5′-PeCB ............
2,2′,4,5,6′-PeCB ............
2,2′,4,5,′6-PeCB ............
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00040
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
Fmt 4701
13C
12-2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB
13C
12-2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB
..
..
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3,4,4′,5-PeCB ...
12
13C -2,3,4,4′,5-PeCB ...
12
13C -2,3,4,4′,5-PeCB ...
12
13C -2,3,4,4′,5-PeCB ...
12
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB ..
12
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB ..
12
13C -2′,3,4,4′,5-PeCB ..
12
13C -2′,3,4,4′,5-PeCB ..
12
13C -2′,3,4,4′,5-PeCB ..
12
13C -3,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB ..
12
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
16771
COMPLETE LIST OF 209 PCB CONGENERS AND THEIR ISOMERS WITH CORRESPONDING ISOTOPE DILUTION QUANTITATION
STANDARDS a—Continued
Pre-extraction standard
13C
12-2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB
BZ b No.
...
104L
Unlabeled target analyte
2,2′,4,6,6′-PeCB ............
BZ b No.
104
Pre-extraction standard
13C
12-3,3′,4,4′,5-PeCB
..
BZ b No.
Unlabeled target analyte
BZ b No.
126L
3,3′,4,5,5′-PeCB ............
127
155L
2,2′,3,4′,5′,6-HxCB ........
149
155L
2,2′,3,4′,6,6′-HxCB ........
150
155L
2,2′,3,5,5′,6-HxCB .........
151
155L
2,2′,3,5,6,6′-HxCB .........
152
155L
2,2′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB ........
153
155L
2,2′,4,4′,5′,6-HxCB ........
154
155L
2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB ........
155
156L
2,3,3′,4,4′,5-HxCB .........
156
157L
2,3,3′,4,4′,5′-HxCB ........
157
157L
2,3,3′,4,4′,6-HxCB .........
158
157L
2,3,3′,4,5,5′-HxCB .........
158
157L
2,3,3′,4,5,6-HxCB ..........
160
157L
2,3,3′,4,5′,6-HxCB .........
161
157L
2,3,3′,4′,5,5′-HxCB ........
162
157L
2,3,3′,4′,5,6-HxCB .........
163
157L
2,3,3′,4′,5′,6-HxCB ........
164
157L
2,3,3′,5,5′,6-HxCB .........
165
157L
2,3,4,4′,5,6-HxCB ..........
166
167L
2,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB ........
167
167L
2,3′,4,4′,5′,6-HxCB ........
168
169L
3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HxCB ........
169
188L
2,2′,3,4,4′,5,6′-HpCB .....
182
188L
2,2′,3,4,4′,5′,6-HpCB .....
183
188L
2,2′,3,4,4′,5′,6-HpCB .....
184
188L
2,2′,3,4,4′,6,6′-HpCB .....
185
188L
2,2′,3,4,5,5′,6-HpCB ......
186
188L
2,2′,3,4′,5,5′,6-HpCB .....
187
188L
2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′-HpCB .....
188
189L
2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-HpCB .....
189
189L
2,3,3′,4,4′,5,6-HpCB ......
190
189L
2,3,3′,4,4′,5′,6-HpCB .....
191
189L
2,3,3′,4,5,5′,6-HpCB ......
192
189L
2,3,3′,4′,5,5′,6-HpCB .....
193
HxCB
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′-HxCB ........
128
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5-HxCB .........
129
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5′-HxCB ........
130
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,3′,4,6-HxCB .........
131
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,3′,4,6′-HxCB ........
132
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,3′,5,5′-HxCB ........
133
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,3′,5,6-HxCB .........
134
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,3′,5,6′-HxCB ........
135
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,3′,6,6′-HxCB ........
136
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4,4′,5-HxCB .........
137
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4,4′,5′-HxCB ........
138
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4,4′,6-HxCB .........
139
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4,4′,6′-HxCB ........
140
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4,5,5′-HxCB .........
141
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4,5,6-HxCB ..........
142
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4,5,6′-HxCB .........
143
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4,5′,6-HxCB .........
144
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4,6,6′-HxCB .........
145
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4′,5,5′-HxCB ........
146
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4′,5,6-HxCB .........
147
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-HxCB
155L
2,2′,3,4′,5,6′-HxCB ........
148
13C
12-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′HxCB.
13C -2,2′,4,4′,6,6′12
HxCB.
13C -2,2′,4,4′,6,6′12
HxCB.
13C -2,2′,4,4′,6,6′12
HxCB.
13C -2,2′,4,4′,6,6′12
HxCB.
13C -2,2′,4,4′,6,6′12
HxCB.
13C -2,2′,4,4′,6,6′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,512
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5,5′12
HxCB.
13C -2,3′,4,4′,5,5′12
HxCB.
13C -3,3′,4,4′,5,5′12
HxCB.
HpCB
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
13C
12-2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
188L
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5-HpCB .....
170
188L
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,6-HpCB .....
171
188L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5,5′-HpCB .....
172
188L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5,6-HpCB ......
173
188L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5,6′-HpCB .....
174
188L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5′,6-HpCB .....
175
188L
2,2′,3,3′,4,6,6′-HpCB .....
176
188L
2,2′,3,3′,4′,5,6-HpCB .....
177
188L
2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6-HpCB .....
178
188L
2,2′,3,3′,5,6,6′-HpCB .....
179
188L
2,2′,3,4,4′,5,5′-HpCB .....
180
188L
2,2′,3,4,4′,5,6-HpCB ......
181
13C
12-2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,2′,3,4′,5,6,6′12
HpCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′12
HpCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′12
HpCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′12
HpCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′12
HpCB.
13C -2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′12
HpCB.
OcCB
13C
12-2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′OcCB.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
202L
NoCB
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′-OcCB
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00041
194
Fmt 4701
13C
122,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6NoCB.
Sfmt 4700
206L
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6NoCB.
20MRR2
206
16772
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
COMPLETE LIST OF 209 PCB CONGENERS AND THEIR ISOMERS WITH CORRESPONDING ISOTOPE DILUTION QUANTITATION
STANDARDS a—Continued
Pre-extraction standard
BZ b No.
Unlabeled target analyte
BZ b No.
13C
202L
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,6-OcCB ..
195
13C
202L
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,6′-OcCB
196
13C
202L
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,6,6′-OcCB
197
13C
202L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5,5′,6-OcCB ..
198
202L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5,5′,6′-OcCB
199
202L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5,6,6′-OcCB ..
200
202L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5′,6,6′-OcCB
201
202L
2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′-OcCB
202
205L
2,2′,3,4,4′,5,5′,6-OcCB ..
203
205L
2,2′,3,4,4′,5,6,6′-OcCB ..
204
205L
2,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6-OcCB ..
205
12-2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′OcCB.
12-2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′OcCB.
12-2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′OcCB.
12-2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′OcCB.
13C -2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′12
OcCB.
13C -2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′12
OcCB.
13C -2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′12
OcCB.
13C -2,2′,3,3′,5,5′,6,6′12
OcCB.
13C -2,3′,3′,4,4′,5,5′,612
OcCB.
13C -2,3′,3′,4,4′,5,5′,612
OcCB.
13C -2,3′,3′,4,4′,5,5′,612
OcCB.
Pre-extraction standard
BZ b No.
13C
122,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6NoCB.
13C 12
2,2′,3,3′,4,5,5′,6,6′NoCB.
Unlabeled target analyte
BZ b No.
206L
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,6,6′NoCB.
207
208L
2,2′,3,3′,4,5,5′,6,6′NoCB.
208
DeCB
13C
12-DeCB
...................
209L
2,2′,3,3′,4,4′,5,5′,6,6′DeCB.
209
a Assignments assume the use of the SPB-Octyl column. In the event you choose another column, you may select the labeled standard having the same number of
chlorine substituents and the closest retention time to the target analyte in question as the labeled standard to use for quantitation.
b BZ No.: Ballschmiter and Zell 1980, also referred to as IUPAC number.
Appendix B to Method 23
Preparation of XAD–2 Adsorbent Resin
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
1.0 Scope and Application
XAD–2® resin, as supplied by the original
manufacturer, is impregnated with a
bicarbonate solution to inhibit microbial
growth during storage. Remove both the salt
solution and any residual extractable
chemicals used in the polymerization process
before use. Prepare the resin by a series of
water and organic extractions, followed by
careful drying.
2.0 Extraction
2.1 You may perform the extraction using
a Soxhlet extractor or other apparatus that
generates resin meeting the requirements in
Section 13.1 of Method 23. Use an all-glass
thimble containing an extra-coarse frit for
extraction of the resin. The frit is recessed
10–15 mm above a crenellated ring at the
bottom of the thimble to facilitate drainage.
Because the resin floats on methylene
chloride, carefully retain the resin in the
extractor cup with a glass wool plug and
stainless-steel screen. This process involves
sequential extraction with the following
recommended solvents in the listed order.
• Water initial rinse: Place resin in a
suitable container, soak for approximately 5
min with Type II water, remove fine floating
resin particles and discard the water. Fill
with Type II water a second time, let stand
overnight, remove fine floating resin
particles, and discard the water.
• Hot water: Extract with water for 8 hr.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
• Methyl alcohol: Extract for 22 hr.
• Methylene chloride: Extract for 22 hr.
• Toluene: Extract for 22 hr.
• Methylene chloride: Extract for 22 hr.
Note: You may store the resin in a sealed
glass container filled with toluene prior to
the final toluene extraction. It may be
necessary to repeat the final methylene
chloride extractions to meet the cleanliness
requirements in Section 13.1 of Method 23.
2.2 You may use alternative extraction
procedures to clean large batches of resin.
Any size extractor may be constructed; the
choice depends on the needs of the sampling
programs. The resin is held in a glass or
stainless-steel cylinder between a pair of
coarse and fine screens. Spacers placed
under the bottom screen allow for even
distribution of clean solvent. Clean solvent is
circulated through the resin for extraction. A
flow rate is maintained upward through the
resin to allow maximum solvent contact and
prevent channeling.
2.2.1 Experience has shown that 1 mL/g
of resin extracted is the minimum necessary
to extract and clean the resin. The aqueous
rinse is critical to the subsequent organic
rinses and may be accomplished by simply
flushing the canister with about 1 liter of
distilled water for every 25 g of resin. A small
pump may be useful for pumping the water
through the canister. You should perform the
water extraction at the rate of about 20 to 40
mL/min.
2.2.2 All materials of construction are
glass, PTFE, or stainless steel. Pumps, if
used, should not contain extractable
materials.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3.0
Drying
3.1 Dry the adsorbent of extraction
solvent before use. This section provides a
recommended procedure to dry adsorbent
that is wet with solvent. However, you may
use other procedures if the cleanliness
requirements in Section 13.1 of Method 23
are met.
3.2 Drying Column. A simple column
with suitable retainers will hold all the XAD–
2 from the extractor or the Soxhlet extractor,
as shown in Figure B–1, with sufficient space
for drying the bed while generating a
minimum backpressure in the column.
3.3 Drying Procedure: Dry the adsorbent
using clean inert gas. Liquid nitrogen from a
standard commercial liquid nitrogen cylinder
has proven to be a reliable source of large
volumes of gas free from organic
contaminants. You may use high-purity tank
nitrogen to dry the resin. However, you
should pass the high-purity nitrogen through
a bed of activated charcoal approximately
150 mL in volume prior to entering the
drying apparatus.
3.3.1 Connect the gas vent of a liquid
nitrogen cylinder or the exit of the activated
carbon scrubber to the column by a length of
precleaned copper tubing (e.g., 0.95 cm ID)
coiled to pass through a heat source. A
convenient heat source is a water bath heated
from a steam line. The final nitrogen
temperature should only be warm to the
touch and not over 40 °C.
3.3.2 Allow the methylene chloride to
drain from the resin prior to placing the resin
in the drying apparatus.
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Note: Experience has shown that about 500
g of resin may be dried overnight by
consuming a full 160–L cylinder of liquid
nitrogen.
Figure B–1. XAD–2 fluidized-bed drying
apparatus
alternative method for the concentration
of PCB where emissions are sampled
from roof monitors not employing wet
roof scrubbers.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 63—NATIONAL EMISSION
STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR
POLLUTANTS FOR SOURCE
CATEGORIES
Subpart EEE—National Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
from Hazardous Waste Combustors
6. The authority citation for part 63
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.
Subpart LL—National Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
for Primary Aluminum Reduction
Plants
7. In § 63.849, revise paragraphs
(a)(13) and (14) to read as follows:
■
§ 63.849
Test methods and procedures.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(13) Method 23 of Appendix A–7 of
40 CFR part 60 for the measurement of
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)
where stack or duct emissions are
sampled; and
(14) Method 23 of Appendix A–7 of
40 CFR part 60 and Method 14 or
Method 14A in Appendix A to Part 60
of this chapter or an approved
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
8. In § 63.1208, revise paragraph (b)(1)
to read as follows:
■
§ 63.1208
What are the test methods?
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) Dioxins and furans. (i) To
determine compliance with the
emission standard for dioxins and
furans, you must use:
(A) Method 0023A, Sampling Method
for Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins
and Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans
emissions from Stationary Sources, EPA
Publication SW–846 (incorporated by
reference—see § 63.14); or
(B) Method 23, provided in Appendix
A, Part 60 of this chapter.
(ii) You must sample for a minimum
of three hours, and you must collect a
minimum sample volume of 2.5 dscm.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(iii) You may assume that nondetects
are present at zero concentration.
*
*
*
*
*
Subpart XXX—National Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
for Ferroalloys Production:
Ferromanganese and Silicomanganese
9. In § 63.1625, revise paragraph
(b)(10) to read as follows:
■
§ 63.1625 What are the performance test
and compliance requirements for new,
reconstructed, and existing facilities?
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(10) Method 23 of Appendix A–7 of
40 CFR part 60 to determine PAH.
*
*
*
*
*
Subpart AAAAAAA—National
Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants for Area Sources: Asphalt
Processing and Asphalt Roofing
Manufacturing
10. In table 3 to Subpart AAAAAAA
of Part 63 revise the entry ‘‘6. Measuring
the PAH emissions’’ to read as follows:
■
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
ER20MR23.023
3.3.3 Flow nitrogen through the drying
apparatus at a rate that does not fluidize or
agitate the resin. Continue the nitrogen flow
until the residual solvent is removed.
16773
16774
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3 TO SUBPART AAAAAAA OF
PART 63—TEST METHODS
For * * *
You must use * * *
Subpart H—Hazardous Waste Burned
in Boilers and Industrial Furnaces
*
*
*
*
*
6. Measuring the PAH EPA test method 23.
emissions.
■
*
§ 266.104 Standards to control organic
emissions.
*
*
*
*
PART 266—STANDARDS FOR THE
MANAGEMENT OF SPECIFIC
HAZARDOUS WASTES AND SPECIFIC
TYPES OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
11. The authority citation for part 266
continues to read as follows:
■
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES2
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1006, 2002(a), 3001–
3009, 3014, 3017, 6905, 6906, 6912, 6921,
6922, 6924–6927, 6934, and 6937.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:00 Mar 17, 2023
Jkt 259001
12. In § 266.104, revise paragraph
(e)(1) to read as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(1) During the trial burn (for new
facilities or an interim status facility
applying for a permit) or compliance
test (for interim status facilities),
determine emission rates of the tetraocta congeners of chlorinated dibenzo-
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
p-dioxins and dibenzofurans (CDDs/
CDFs) using Method 0023A, Sampling
Method for Polychlorinated Dibenzo-pDioxins and Polychlorinated
Dibenzofurans Emissions from
Stationary Sources, EPA Publication
SW–846, as incorporated by reference in
§ 260.11 of this chapter or Method 23,
provided in Appendix A–7, Part 60 of
this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2023–04958 Filed 3–17–23; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
E:\FR\FM\20MRR2.SGM
20MRR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 88, Number 53 (Monday, March 20, 2023)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 16732-16774]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2023-04958]
[[Page 16731]]
Vol. 88
Monday,
No. 53
March 20, 2023
Part II
Environmental Protection Agency
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
40 CFR Parts 60, 63, and 266
EPA Method 23--Determination of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans From Stationary Sources; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 53 / Monday, March 20, 2023 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 16732]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Parts 60, 63, and 266
[EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0677; FRL-5937-02-OAR]
RIN 2060-AT09
EPA Method 23--Determination of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins
and Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans From Stationary Sources
AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This action finalizes editorial and technical revisions to the
Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) Method 23 (Determination of
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins, Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans, and
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons from Stationary Sources). Final
revisions include incorporating true, comprehensive, and stable isotope
dilution for quantifying target compounds using corresponding carbon-13
labeled compounds for each target compound including most of the
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) and changing the method quality
control from the current prescriptive format to a more flexible
performance-based approach with specified performance criteria. We are
also finalizing revisions that expand the list of target compounds of
Method 23 to include PAH and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB). The final
revisions allow facilities and their test teams flexibility when
sampling and measuring polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and
polychlorinated dibenzofurans (PCDD/PCDF), PAH, and PCB from stationary
sources with a comprehensive isotope dilution method while ensuring
that the stack testing community can consistently implement the method
across emissions sources and facilities.
DATES: This final rule is effective on March 20, 2023. The
incorporation by reference (IBR) of certain publications listed in the
rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of March
20, 2023.
ADDRESSES: The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has
established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-
2016-0677. All documents in the docket are listed on the https://www.regulations.gov website. Although listed, some information is not
publicly available, e.g., Confidential Business Information or other
information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other
material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the internet
and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly
available docket materials are available either electronically through
https://www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at the EPA Docket Center,
WJC West Building, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington,
DC 20004. Out of an abundance of caution for members of the public and
our staff, the EPA Docket Center and Reading Room are closed to the
public, with limited exceptions, to reduce the risk of transmitting
Coronavirus 2019 (COVID-19). Our Docket Center staff will continue to
provide remote customer service via email, phone, and webform.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For further questions about this final
action, contact Dr. Raymond Merrill, Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards (OAQPS), Air Quality Assessment Division (AQAD),
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; mail
drop E143-02; telephone number: (919) 541-5225; fax number: (919) 541-
0516; email address: [email protected].
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Preamble acronyms and abbreviations. We use multiple acronyms in
this preamble. While this list may not be exhaustive, to ease the
reading of this preamble and for reference purposes, the EPA defines
the following terms and acronyms here:
AQAD Air Quality Assessment Division
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials International
CAA Clean Air Act
CARB California Environmental Protection Agency Air Resources Board
CCV continuing calibration verification
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
EDL estimated detection limit
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FR Federal Register
GC gas chromatograph
HRGC high-resolution gas chromatography
HRMS high-resolution mass spectrometry
IBR incorporation by reference
IDC initial demonstration of capability
MDL method detection limit
MS mass spectrometer
NTTAA National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
OAQPS Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
OLEM Office of Land and Emergency Management
OMB Office of Management and Budget
OW Office of Water
PAH polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
PCB polychlorinated biphenyls
PCDD polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins
PCDPE polychlorinated diphenyl ethers
PCDPF polychlorinated dibenzofurans
PRA Paperwork Reduction Act
QCS Quality Control Sample
RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act
RRF relative response factor
SVOC semivolatile organic compounds
SW solid waste
TTN Technology Transfer Network
UMRA Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Organization of this document. The information in this preamble is
organized as follows:
I. General Information
A. Does this final action apply to me?
B. Where can I get a copy of this document and other related
information?
C. Judicial Review
II. Background
III. Incorporation by Reference
IV. Summary of Revisions to Method 23
A. Section 1.0 Scope and Application
B. Section 2.0 Summary of Method
C. Section 3.0 Definitions
D. Section 4.0 Interferences
E. Section 5.0 Safety
F. Section 6.0 Equipment and Supplies
G. Section 7.0 Reagents, Media, and Standards
H. Section 8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage
I. Section 9.0 Quality Control
J. Section 10.0 Calibration and Standardization
K. Section 11.0 Analysis Procedure
L. Section 12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations
M. Section 13.0 Method Performance
N. Section 14.0 Pollution Prevention
O. Section 15.0 Waste Management
P. Section 16.0 Bibliography
Q. Section 17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flow Charts, and Validation
Data
V. Summary of Final Revisions Related to 40 CFR Parts 60, 63, and
266
A. 40 CFR Part 60--Standards of Performance for New Stationary
Sources
B. 40 CFR Part 63--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants for Source Categories
C. 40 CFR Part 266--Standards for the Management of Specific
Hazardous Wastes and Specific Types of Hazardous Waste Management
Facilities
VI. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and
Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With
Indian Tribal Governments
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From
Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That Significantly Affect
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA)
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address
Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations
[[Page 16733]]
K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)
L. Determination Under Clean Air Act Section 307(d)
I. General Information
A. Does this final action apply to me?
The final amendments to Method 23 apply to stationary sources that
are subject to certain provisions of 40 CFR parts 60, 62, 63, 79, and
266. The source categories and entities potentially affected are listed
in Table 1 of this preamble. This table is not intended to be
exhaustive, but rather provides a guide for readers regarding entities
likely to be affected by this action. This table lists the types of
entities that EPA is now aware could potentially be affected by this
action. Other types of entities not listed in the table could also be
affected.
Table 1--Potentially Affected Source Categories
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Examples of regulated
Category NAICS \a\ entities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry....................... 332410 Fossil fuel steam
generators.
332410 Industrial, commercial,
institutional steam
generating units.
562213 Municipal Waste
Combustors.
322110 Hazardous Waste
Combustors.
325211 Polyvinyl Chloride
Resins Manufacturing.
327310 Portland cement plants.
324122 Asphalt Shingle and
Coating Materials
Manufacturing.
331314 Secondary aluminum
plants.
327120 Clay Building Material
and Refractories
Manufacturing.
331410 Nonferrous Metal
(except Aluminum)
Smelting and Refining.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ North American Industry Classification System.
If you have any questions regarding the applicability of the final
changes to Method 23, contact the person listed in the preceding FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section.
B. Where can I get a copy of this document and other related
information?
The docket number for this action is Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-
0677. In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy
of the final method revisions is available on the Technology Transfer
Network (TTN) website at https://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/methods/. The TTN
provides information and technology exchange in various areas of air
pollution control.
C. Judicial Review
Under Clean Air Act (CAA) section 307(b)(1), judicial review of
this final rule is available only by filing a petition for review in
the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit by May
19, 2023. Moreover, under section 307(b)(2) of the CAA, the
requirements established by this final rule may not be challenged
separately in any civil or criminal proceedings brought by the EPA to
enforce these requirements. Section 307(d)(7)(B) of the CAA further
provides that ``[o]nly an objection to a rule or procedure which was
raised with reasonable specificity during the period for public comment
(including any public hearing) may be raised during judicial review.''
This section also provides a mechanism for the EPA to convene a
proceeding for reconsideration, ``[i]f the person raising an objection
can demonstrate to the EPA that it was impracticable to raise such
objection within [the period for public comment] or if the grounds for
such objection arose after the period for public comment, (but within
the time specified for judicial review) and if such objection is of
central relevance to the outcome of the rule.'' Any person seeking to
make such a demonstration should submit a Petition for Reconsideration
to the Office of the Administrator, U.S. EPA, Room 3000, WJC South
Building, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460, with a copy
to both the person listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT section, and the Associate General Counsel for the Air and
Radiation Law Office, Office of General Counsel (Mail Code 2344A), U.S.
EPA, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460.
II. Background
The EPA's Method 23 (Determination of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-
Dioxins and Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans from Stationary Sources) is
EPA's current reference test method used to determine the amount of
polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDD) and polychlorinated
dibenzofurans (PCDF) emitted from stationary sources.
The EPA promulgated Method 23 (Appendix A of 40 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Part 60, Test Methods) on February 13, 1991 (56 FR
5758). Since promulgation, the ability to measure PCDD and PCDF has
evolved as analytical laboratories, EPA, and state entities have
developed new standard operating procedures and methods to reflect
improvements in sampling and analytical techniques. Examples of newer
PCDD/PCDF methods include:
Office of Land and Emergency Management (OLEM) Solid Waste
(SW) SW-846 EPA Method 8290A, Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans (PCDF) by High-Resolution Gas
Chromatography/High-Resolution Mass Spectrometry (HRGC/HRMS).
Office of Water (OW) EPA Method 1613, Tetra- through Octa-
Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Isotope Dilution HRGC/HRMS.
California Environmental Protection Agency Air Resources
Board (CARB) Method 428, Determination of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-
Dioxin (PCDD), Polychlorinated Dibenzofuran (PCDF), and Polychlorinated
Biphenyls Emissions from Stationary Sources.
Beginning in 2016, the EPA held a series of informal discussions
with stakeholders to identify technical issues related to the sampling
and analysis of PCDD and PCDF and potential revisions to Method 23. The
stakeholders consisted of a cross section of interested parties
including representatives from state regulatory entities, various EPA
offices, analytical laboratories, regulated sources, emission testing
firms, analytical standards vendors, instrument vendors, and others
with experience in sampling and analysis of PCDD and PCDF and with the
equipment, materials, and performance of Method 23 and other PCDD/PCDF
methods. In the discussions, EPA also sought stakeholder input
regarding their experience combining procedures for sampling and
analysis of PCDD and PCDF with procedures for sampling and analysis of
PAH and PCB emitted from
[[Page 16734]]
stationary sources. The docket contains summaries of the stakeholder
discussions. EPA proposed editorial and technical revisions to Method
23 on January 14, 2020 (85 FR 2234). EPA received comments on the
proposed revisions to the method and has addressed these in a separate
response to comments document, the Summary of Public Comments and
Responses for the Proposed EPA Method 23--Determination of
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans
from Stationary Sources. This final action summarizes the changes made
in response to comments.
III. Incorporation by Reference
The EPA is incorporating by reference American Society for Testing
and Materials (ASTM) D6911-15 and ASTM D4840-99(2018)e1 in Method 23.
ASTM D6911-15 includes a guide for packaging and shipping environmental
samples for laboratory analysis and ASTM D4840-99(2018)e1 includes a
standard guide for sample chain-of-custody procedures. These standards
were developed and adopted by ASTM International and may be obtained
from https://www.astm.org or from the American Society for Testing and
Materials 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA
19428-2959.
IV. Summary of Revisions to Method 23
In this action, we are finalizing technical revisions and editorial
changes to clarify and update the requirements and procedures specified
in Method 23 and reformatting the method to conform with the current
EPA method format (see https://www.epa.gov/measurements-modeling/method-development#format). We are also expanding the applicability of
Method 23 to include procedures for sampling and analyzing PAH and PCB.
In addition, we are finalizing revisions to various sections of the CFR
that either require Method 23 or require the analysis of PCDD/PCDF,
PAH, or PCB.
Our intent for the final revisions is to ensure that Method 23 is
implemented consistently. EPA has updated the method procedures to
include many current best practices. We have added flexibility to the
method based on meeting quality control requirements.
The primary focus of the final revisions to Method 23 is to change
the method from a prescriptive method to a method which allows users to
have flexibility in implementing the method (e.g., choice of gas
chromatograph (GC) column, the procedures used for sample cleanup)
while still meeting performance criteria that the EPA believes are
necessary for demonstrating and documenting the quality of the
measurements for the target compounds. The final revisions also address
concerns over recovery of target compounds from particulate matter by
requiring a pre-extraction filter recovery standard procedure and
acceptance criteria for the pre-extraction filter recovery standard
recovery as a tool to evaluate filter extraction. These new
requirements resolve the concerns that led to the criteria in 40 CFR
63.1208 that required Administrator approval prior to use of Method 23
for measurement of PCDD/PCDF.
The EPA's second focus for the final revisions is to modify the
method to allow isotope dilution with isotopically labeled compounds
for each target compound. Quantitation is based on isotope dilution,
moving from nine to 17 labeled compounds for 17 target toxic 2,3,7,8-
substituted PCDD/PCDF. These revisions to the method are possible
because additional isotopically labeled standards for the target
compounds have become available from vendors since the original
promulgation of Method 23. The final revisions eliminate biases with
recovery correction based on individual corresponding labeled
compounds.
The third major focus for the EPA's final revisions to Method 23 is
to include options for combining sampling and analysis of PCDD/PCDF
with sampling and analysis of PAH and PCB to allow the measurement of
these toxic semivolatile organic compounds (SVOC). Therefore, PCB and
PAH were added to the list of target compounds measured by Method 23.
The EPA's final amendments to Method 23 in response to public
comments are presented below for each section of Method 23. The
proposed revisions to sections of Method 23 that EPA is not changing
based on public comments are finalized as proposed. A summary of public
comments and our responses are provided in a separate response to
comments document in the docket for this action.
A. Section 1.0 Scope and Application
In this action, EPA is renaming Section 1.0 from ``Applicability
and Principle'' to ``Scope and Application,'' and revising the text to
expand the target compounds for Method 23 to include PCB and PAH. We
are also adding statements that emphasize the need for working
knowledge of the EPA Methods 1 through 5 of Appendices A-1, A-2, and A-
3 to 40 CFR part 60, isotope dilution, and the use of high-resolution
gas chromatography/high resolution mass spectrometry (HRGC/HRMS) when
applying Method 23. We are also adding language to specify that Method
23 is performance-based and allows users to modify parts of the method
to overcome interferences or to substitute alternative materials and
equipment provided that all performance criteria in the method are met.
B. Section 2.0 Summary of Method
The EPA is renaming Section 2.0 from ``Apparatus'' to ``Summary of
Method,'' and revising Section 2.0 to provide an overview of the
method's sampling and analytical procedures. We are also moving the
current language in Section 2.0, which describes the materials needed
to conduct Method 23, to a new Section 6.0 (Equipment and Supplies).
C. Section 3.0 Definitions
The current version of Method 23 does not include definitions of
key terms and variables used in Method 23. In this action, we are
adding a new Section 3.0 titled ``Definitions.'' We are defining
acronyms and technical terms to improve the clarity of the method
principles and procedures. We are also moving language from the current
Section 3.0 to a new Section 7.0 (Reagents, Media, and Standards).
D. Section 4.0 Interferences
The current version of Method 23 does not discuss the conditions
that can potentially interfere with measurements obtained using the
method. In this action, we are adding a new Section 4.0 titled
``Interferences,'' that presents the potential causes and
recommendations for avoiding or mitigating interferences or sample
contamination. We are stating that enhanced selectivity, or confidence
in the data, is based on the fractionation, GC separation, HRMS
sensitivity, and monitoring for polychlorinated diphenyl ether (PCDPE)
interferences. We are also moving language from the current Section 4.0
to a new Section 8.0 (Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage).
E. Section 5 Safety
Currently, Method 23 does not provide procedures for safety. In
this action, we are adding a new Section 5.0 titled ``Safety,'' that
presents the health hazards and procedures for minimizing risks to
field and laboratory personnel when conducting Method 23. We are also
moving language from the current Section 5.0 to a new Section 11.0
(Analysis Procedure).
F. Section 6.0 Equipment and Supplies
In this action, we are renumbering and moving the current language
in Section 2.0 (Apparatus) to a new
[[Page 16735]]
Section 6.0 titled ``Equipment and Supplies,'' and making clarifying
edits and technical revisions to the specifications in Section 6.0.
Table 2 of this preamble identifies the new numbering for the
subsections currently in Section 2.0 and Table 3 of this preamble
identifies new specifications (and the associated subsection) we are
including in Section 6.0.
Table 2--Crosswalk for Revisions to Current Method Sections
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Current section Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Filter holder..................... 2.1.1 6.1.3
Condenser......................... 2.1.2 6.1.7
Water circulating bath............ 2.1.3 6.1.8
Adsorbent module.................. 2.1.4 6.1.9
Fitting caps...................... 2.2.1 6.2.1
Wash bottles...................... 2.2.2 6.2.2
Filter storage container.......... 2.2.4 6.2.4
Field balance..................... 2.2.5 6.2.5
Aluminum foil..................... 2.2.6 6.2.6
Glass sample storage container.... 2.2.9 6.2.8
Extraction thimble................ 2.3.4 6.3.3.3
Pasteur pipettes.................. 2.3.5 6.4.1
GC oven........................... 2.3.10.1 6.5.1.1
GC Temperature monitor............ 2.3.10.2 6.5.1.2
GC Flow system.................... 2.3.10.3 6.5.1.3
Capillary GC column............... 2.3.10.4 6.5.2
Mass spectrometer (MS)............ 2.3.11 6.5.3
MS data system.................... 2.3.12 6.5.4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3--Additional Specifications for Section 6.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Probe liner.......................................... 6.1.2
Filter heating system................................ 6.1.4
Filter temperature sensor............................ 6.1.5
Sample transfer line................................. 6.1.6
Impingers............................................ 6.1.10
Soxhlet extraction apparatus......................... 6.3.3.1
Moisture trap of extraction apparatus................ 6.3.3.2
Heating mantle....................................... 6.3.3.4
Kuderna-Danish concentrator.......................... 6.3.4
Liquid chromatography columns........................ 6.4.2
GC Injection port.................................... 6.5.1.4
PCDD/PCDF GC column.................................. 6.5.2.1
PAH GC column........................................ 6.5.2.2
PCB GC column........................................ 6.5.2.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Section 6, we are also finalizing changes to:
Prohibit the use of brominated flame-retardant coated tape
in assembling the sampling train and use of silicon tubing in direct
contact with flue gases to avoid sample contamination.
Revise the specification for a rotary evaporator with a
note to use a Kuderna-Danish concentrator for PCB and PAH to avoid the
loss of higher vapor pressure target compounds.
Remove specifications for the graduated cylinder to
improve the accuracy of moisture measurements and make Method 23 more
consistent with other isokinetic sampling methods.
Remove the volume requirement for wash bottles to allow
greater flexibility in field sample recovery.
We are also moving language from Method 23's current Section 6.0 to
new Section 10.0 (Calibration and Standardization).
G. Section 7.0 Reagents, Media, and Standards
In this action, the EPA is renumbering and moving the current
language in Section 3.0 (Reagents) to a new Section 7.0 titled
``Reagents, Media, and Standards,'' and making clarifying edits and
technical revisions to the specifications. Table 4 of this preamble
identifies the new numbering for the subsections currently in Section
3.0 and Table 5 of this preamble identifies new specifications (and the
associated subsection) we are including in Section 7.0.
Table 4--Crosswalk for Revisions to Current Method Sections
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Current section Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Filter............................ 3.1.1 7.1
Adsorbent resin................... 3.1.2 7.2
Glass wool........................ 3.1.3 7.3
Water............................. 3.1.4 7.4
[[Page 16736]]
Silica gel........................ 3.1.5 7.5
Methylene chloride................ 3.2.2 7.6
Sodium sulfate.................... 3.3.2 7.8.2
Basic alumina..................... 3.3.13 7.8.9.1.2
Silica gel........................ 3.3.14 7.8.9.3
Carbon/Celite[supreg]............. 3.3.17 7.8.9.4
Nitrogen.......................... 3.3.18 7.8.10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5--Additional Specifications for Section 7.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-boiling alkanes used as keeper solvents......... 7.8.8
Liquid column packing materials...................... 7.8.9
Acidic alumina....................................... 7.8.9.1.1
Florisil[supreg]..................................... 7.8.9.2
Helium............................................... 7.9.1
Spiking standards.................................... 7.9.2
Pre-sampling adsorbent standard...................... 7.9.3
Pre-extraction filter recovery standard.............. 7.9.4
Pre-extraction standard.............................. 7.9.5
Pre-analysis standard................................ 7.9.6
------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are replacing the filter precleaning procedures of the current
method with specifications for conducting a filter quality control
check. We are also deleting unnecessary specifications (presented in
Table 6 of this preamble) to reflect modern methods. We are renaming
the isotopic spiking standard mixtures to better relate the standards
to their use in the final method. We are ensuring that the isotopically
labeled spiking standards are named consistently throughout the final
method.
Table 6--Deletions of Material Specifications in the Current Method 23
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Current section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chromic acid cleaning solution....................... 3.1.6
Benzene.............................................. 3.3.7
Ethyl acetate........................................ 3.3.8
Cyclohexane.......................................... 3.3.12
Hydrogen............................................. 3.3.19
Internal standard solution........................... 3.3.20
Surrogate standard solution.......................... 3.3.21
Recovery standard solution........................... 3.3.22
------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are also moving the current Section 7.0 to a new Section 9.0
(Quality Control).
H. Section 8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage
In this action, the EPA is renumbering and moving the current
language in Section 4.0 (Procedure) to a new Section 8.0 titled
``Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage,'' and making clarifying
edits and technical revisions to the current procedures for sampling
and field sample recovery. The new Section 8.0 also includes added
requirements for sample storage conditions and holding times.
Under the sampling procedures of Method 23, we are finalizing
revisions to the current requirements in Section 4.1.1 for pretest
preparations. Table 7 of this preamble identifies the new numbering to
revise and replace the requirements in Section 4.1.
Table 7--Crosswalk for Revisions to Current Method Sections
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Current section Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Glassware cleaning................ 4.1.1.1 8.1.1.1
Assembling the adsorbent module... 4.1.1.2 8.1.1.2
Maintaining the sampling train 4.1.1.3 8.1.1.3
components.......................
Silica Gel........................ 4.1.1.4 8.1.1.4
Checking and packing filters...... 4.1.1.5 8.1.1.5
Field preparation of the sampling 4.1.3.1 8.1.3.1
train............................
Impinger assembly................. 4.1.3.2 8.1.3.2
Sampling probe and nozzle 4.1.3.4 8.1.3.4
preparation......................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 16737]]
Table 8 of this preamble shows the specifications we are adding to
the new Section 8.0. This action finalizes a minimum sample volume and
sampling time requirements at each traverse point for continuous
industrial processes that align Method 23 with other isokinetic
stationary source methods, such as Method 5. The sampling time at each
traverse point for batch industrial processes ensure measurements are
made for the entire process cycle. The final filter check requirements
add details that were absent from the original Method 23 and align the
method with the requirements of other isokinetic stationary source
methods, such as Methods 5, 26A, and 29, also in Appendix A of this
Part. The final adsorbent module orientation requirements clarify the
configuration of the adsorbent module to ensure that condensed moisture
flows through the module into the water collection impinger. We are
adding sampling filter temperature monitoring requirements to align
Method 23 with other isokinetic stationary source methods. Also, we are
adding adsorbent module temperature monitoring to confirm that the
sorbent material was not exposed to elevated temperatures that could
bias sample collection and results.
Table 8--Additional Specifications for Section 8.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum sample volume................................ 8.1.2.1
Sampling time for continuous processes............... 8.1.2.2
Sampling time for batch processes.................... 8.1.2.3
Filter assembly...................................... 8.1.3.3
Orientation of the condenser and adsorbent module.... 8.1.3.4
Monitoring the filter temperature.................... 8.1.5.1
Monitoring the adsorbent module temperature.......... 8.1.5.2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under sample recovery procedures, we are finalizing technical
revisions as shown in Table 9 of this preamble. In this action, we are
also adding specifications as shown in Table 10 of this preamble.
Table 9--Crosswalk for Revisions to Current Method Sections
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Current section Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adsorbent module sample 4.2.2 8.2.5
preparation......................
Preparation of Container No. 2.... 4.2.3 8.2.6
Rinsing of the filter holder and 4.2.3 8.2.7
condenser........................
Weighing impinger water........... 4.2.5 8.2.8
Preparation of Container No. 3.... 4.2.4 8.2.9
Silica gel........................ 4. 2.7 8.2.10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 10--Additional Specifications for Section 8.2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conducting a post-test leak check.................... 8.2.1
Storage conditions for Container No. 1............... 8.2.4
Field sample handling, storage, and transport........ 8.2.11
Sample chain of custody.............................. 8.2.12
------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the new Section 8.2.6, acetone and toluene rinses are collected
in one bottle rather than separately. New Section 8.2.8 measures
moisture by weight rather than by volume.
I. Section 9.0 Quality Control
In this action, the EPA is moving and renumbering the current
Section 7.0 (Quality Control) to a new Section 9.0 titled ``Quality
Control,'' and making clarifying and technical revisions to the new
Section 9.0. We are adding an introductory note that addresses
maintaining, and documenting quality control compliance required in
Method 23. We are adding a new subsection that clarifies the
recordkeeping and reporting necessary to demonstrate compliance with
quality control requirements of this method. We are also adding
specifications for conducting pre-sampling, pre-extraction, and pre-
analysis standard recoveries of isotopically-labeled standards and
adding specifications for:
Initial demonstration of capability (IDC).
Quality Control Sample (QCS).
Method detection limits (MDL).
Laboratory method blank (LMB).
Estimated detection limits (EDL).
Field train proof blank.
It should be noted that the EDLs as proposed remain in the method
and are sample specific. It should also be noted that the second source
QCS also serves as an initial calibration verification. We are also
moving language from the current Section 9.0 to new Section 12.0 (Data
Analysis and Calculations).
J. Section 10.0 Calibration and Standardization
In this action, the EPA is renumbering and moving the text in
Section 6.0 (Calibration) of the current method to a new Section 10.0
titled ``Calibration and Standardization,'' and making clarifying and
technical revisions to the specifications for calibrating the sampling
and the HRGC/HRMS systems. We are adding specifications for tuning the
HRMS system, moving the specification for HRMS resolution (currently in
Section 5) to this new section, and adding text on the procedures for
assessing the relative standard deviation for the mean instrument
response factors to bring Method 23 up to date with current laboratory
practice. We are also
[[Page 16738]]
updating the requirements for ion abundance ratio limits, and
resolution checks under the continuing calibration verification to
serve as performance indicators for analysis quality. We are adding a
specification to prepare the continuing calibration verification (CCV)
standard at the same time as the batch of field samples using the same
labeled standards. We are also moving language in the current Section
10.0 to a new Section 16.0 (Bibliography).
K. Section 11.0 Analysis Procedure
In this action, the EPA is renumbering and moving the text in
Section 5.0 (Analysis) of the current method to a new Section 11.0
titled ``Analysis Procedure,'' and making clarifying and technical
revisions to the current specifications for sample extraction and
sample cleanup and fractionation. We are also adding a new subsection
describing how sample extract aliquots are prepared for cleanup and
analysis.
We are also adding the specifications and recommendations for
analysis procedures shown in Table 11 of this preamble.
Table 11--Additional Specifications for Section 11.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preparing and operating the extraction 11.1.7 through 11.1.9.
apparatus.
Allow the extraction apparatus to cool..... 11.2.1.
Initial extract concentration.............. 11.2.2.
Allow the sample extract to cool........... 11.2.3.
Recommended minimum volume for PCDD/PCDF 11.2.3.
analysis.
Further concentration of sample (if needed) 11.2.4.
for cleanup and analysis.
Sample cleanup and fractionation for PAH 11.3.1.
and PCDPE.
Sample cleanup and fractionation for PCDD/ 11.3.2.
PCDF and PCB.
Addressing unresolved compounds............ 11.4.1.2.1.
Relative retention time for PCB............ 11.4.3.4.5.
Chlorodiphenyl ether interference.......... 11.4.3.4.8.
MS lock-mass ions.......................... 11.4.3.4.9.
Identification criteria for PAH............ 11.4.3.4.10.
Calculations of target mass and mass per 11.4.3.5.1 and 11.4.3.5.2.
dry standard cubic meter.
Quantifying native PCDD/PCDF............... 11.4.3.5.3.
Reporting options.......................... 11.4.3.5.4 through
11.4.3.5.6.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
L. Section 12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations
In this action, the EPA is renumbering and moving the current
language in Section 9.0 (Calculations) to a new Section 12.0 titled
``Data Analysis and Calculations,'' and revising the equation variable
list. We are revising the equations shown in Table 12 of this preamble.
Table 12--Equation Revisions for Section 12.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current equation Description Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-1.......................... Individual relative 12.2
response factor
(RRF) for each
compound.
23-2.......................... Amount of individual 12.7
target compound i in
the extract using
the RRF of the CCV.
23-4.......................... Recovery of Labeled 12.9
Compound Standards.
23-7.......................... Estimated detection 12.10
limit.
23-8.......................... Total concentration.. 12.11
------------------------------------------------------------------------
This section specifies that the CCV RRFs are used to quantify the
target compounds rather than the initial calibration RRFs. We are also
removing and replacing the current equations in Method 23 with the
equations shown in Table 13 of this preamble to accommodate the final
changes to the method procedures.
Table 13--Additional Equations for Section 12.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
New equation Description Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-1.......................... Individual compound 12.2
RRF for each
calibration level.
23-2.......................... Individual compound 12.2
RRF for pre-
extraction standard.
23-4.......................... Percent relative 12.4
standard deviation
of the RRFs for a
compound over the
calibration levels.
23-5.......................... Standard deviation of 12.5
the RRFs for a
compound over the
calibration levels.
23-6.......................... Percent difference of 12.6
the RRF of the
continuing
calibration
verification
compared to the
average RRF from the
initial calibration
for each target
compound.
23-9.......................... Concentration of the 12.8
Individual Target
Compound or Group i
in the Emission Gas.
23-13......................... Half range for the 12.12
prediction interval
of results.
23-14......................... Upper limit for the 12.12
prediction interval
of results.
23-15......................... Lower limit for the 12.12
prediction interval
of results.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 16739]]
M. Section 13.0 Method Performance
In this action, the EPA is adding a new Section 13.0 titled
``Method Performance,'' that includes the specifications shown in Table
14 of this preamble. The new Section 13 provides the basis for
assessing accuracy with LMBs, increases labeled standards, and
establishes performance criteria to monitor method performance.
Table 14--Method Performance Specifications for Section 13.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Revised section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Background assessment of field train proof 13.1.
blank, LMB, and Materials (filters,
adsorbent resin, glass wool, etc.).
GC column systems used to measure PCDD/ 13.2 through 13.5.
PCDF, PAH, and PCB target compounds.
Detection limits (Method detection limits 13.6.
and Estimated detection limits).
Tuning HRGC/HRMS system.................... 13.7.
MS lock-mass ions.......................... 13.8.
Initial calibration and continuing 13.9 and 13.10.
calibration verification.
QCS analysis............................... 13.11.
Identification of target compounds......... 13.12 and 13.13.
Pre-sampling and pre-extraction standard 13.14 and 13.15.
recovery requirements.
Pre-analysis standard sensitivity 13.16.
requirements.
IDC-Lowest calibration concentration, 13.17.
Demonstration of precision, Demonstration
of accuracy.
Modifications of the method................ 13.18 and 13.19.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
N. Section 14.0 Pollution Prevention
In this action, the EPA is adding a new Section 14.0 titled
``Pollution Prevention,'' that specifies the procedures for minimizing
or preventing pollution associated with preparing and using Method 23
standards.
O. Section 15.0 Waste Management
In this action, the EPA is adding a new Section 15.0 titled ``Waste
Management,'' that specifies the laboratory responsibilities for
managing the waste streams associated with collecting and analyzing
Method 23 samples.
P. Section 16.0 Bibliography
In this action, the EPA is renumbering and moving the current
language in Section 10.0 (Bibliography) to a new Section 16.0 titled
``Bibliography.'' We are deleting previous reference number 3 which is
no longer relevant and adding new citations for the following
references:
Fishman, V.N., Martin, G.D. and Lamparski, L.L. Comparison
of a variety of gas chromatographic columns with different
polarities for the separation of chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and
dibenzofurans by high-resolution mass spectrometry. Journal of
Chromatography A 1139 (2007) 285-300.
International Agency for Research on Cancer. Environmental
Carcinogens Methods of Analysis and Exposure Measurement, Volume
11--Polychlorinated Dioxins and Dibenzofurans. IARC Scientific
Publications No. 108, 1991.
Stieglitz, L., Zwick, G., Roth, W. Investigation of
different treatment techniques for PCDD/PCDF in fly ash. Chemosphere
15: 1135-1140; 1986.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Method 8290A--
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxin (PCDDs) and Polychlorinated
Dibenzofurans (PCDFs) by High-Resolution Gas Chromatography/High-
Resolution Mass Spectrometry (HRGC/HRMS), Revision 1. February 2007.
In: Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste. Washington, DC. SW-846.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Air
Programs Publication No. APTD-0576: Maintenance, Calibration, and
Operation of Isokinetic Source Sampling Equipment. Research Triangle
Park, NC. March 1972.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Method 1625C--
Semivolatile Organic Compounds by Isotope Dilution GCMS.
U.S Environmental Protection Agency. Method 1613B--Tetra-
through Octa-Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Isotope Dilution
HRGC/HRMS.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Method 1668C--
Chlorinated Biphenyl Congeners in Water, Soil, Sediment, Biosolids,
and Tissue by HRGC/HRMS.
Tondeur, Y., Nestrick, T., Silva, H[eacute]ctor A., Vining,
B., Hart, J. Analytical procedures for the determination of
polychlorinated-p-dioxins, polychlorinated dibenzofurans, and
hexachlorobenzene in pentachlorophenol. Chemosphere Volume 80, Issue
2, June 2010, pages 157-164.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Definition and
Procedure for the Determination of the Method Detection Limit,
Revision 2. EPA 821-R-16-006. December 2016.
Tondeur Y, Niederhut WJ, Missler SR. A hybrid HRGC/MS/MS
Method for the Characterization of Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-Dioxins in
Environmental Samples; Bio. Med. and Environ. Mass Spectr. 14, pages
449-456, 1987.
Gianluca R., Mosca S., Guerriero E., Rotatori M.
Development of a new automated clean-up system for the simultaneous
analysis of polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs), dibenzofurans
(PCDFs) and `dioxin-like' polychlorinated biphenyls (dl-PCB) in flue
gas emissions by GPC-SPE. J. Environ. Monit. 14, pages 1082-1090,
2012.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. The National Dioxin
Air Monitoring Network (NDAMN) Report of the Results of Atmospheric
Measurements of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins (PCDDs),
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans (PCDFs), and Dioxin-like
Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCBs) in Rural and Remote Areas of the
United States from June 1998 through November 2004. EPA/600/R-13/
183F. August 2013.
Guo, Y., Kannan, K. Analytical Methods for the Measurement
of Legacy and Emerging Persistent Organic Pollutants in Complex
Sample Matrices. Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry. Vol. 67.
January 2015.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. USEPA Contract
Laboratory Program (CLP) National Functional Guidelines for
Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins (CDDs) and Chlorinated Dibenzofurans
(CDFs) Data Review. EPA-540-R-11-016. September 2011.
Q. Section 17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flow Charts, and Validation Data
In this action, the EPA is adding a new Section 17 titled ``Tables,
Diagrams, Flow Charts, and Validation Data,'' that contains all tables,
diagrams, flow charts, and validation data referenced in Method 23. We
are revising Figures 23-1 and 23-2 and renaming and/or renumbering the
current Method 23 tables as shown in Table 15 of this preamble.
[[Page 16740]]
Table 15--Revisions to Method 23 Tables
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current method Final method
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1--Composition of the Sample Table 23-7. Concentration of
Fortification and Recovery Standards the Sample Fortification for
Solutions. PCDD and PCDF.
Table 2--Composition of the Initial Table 23-11. Concentration of
Calibration Solutions. the Initial Calibration
Standard Solutions for PCDD
and PCDF.
Table 3--Elemental Compositions and Table 23-4. Elemental
Exact Masses of the Ions Monitored by Compositions and Exact Masses
High Resolution Mass Spectrometry for of the Ions Monitored by High-
PCDD's and PCDF's. Resolution Mass Spectrometry
for PCDD and PCDF.
Table 4--Acceptable Ranges for Ion- Table 23-15. Recommended Ion
Abundance Ratios of PCDD's and PCDF's. Type and Acceptable Ion
Abundance Ratios.
Table 5--Minimum Requirements for Table 23-14. Minimum
Initial and Daily Calibration Response Requirements for Initial and
Factors. Continuing Calibration
Response Factors for
Isotopically Labeled and
Native Compounds.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are also adding Figure 23-3 (Soxhlet/Dean-Stark Extractor) and
Figure 23-4 (Sample Preparation Flow Chart) and adding the tables
listed in Table 16 of this preamble.
Table 16--Additional Tables to Method 23
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revised table Description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-1.............................. Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxin and
Polychlorinated Dibenzofuran Target
Analytes.
23-2.............................. Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon
Target Analytes.
23-3.............................. Polychlorinated Biphenyl Target
Analytes.
23-5.............................. Elemental Compositions and Exact
Masses of the Ions Monitored by
High-Resolution Mass Spectrometry
for PAH.
23-6.............................. Elemental Compositions and Exact
Masses of the Ions Monitored by
High-Resolution Mass Spectrometry
for PCB.
23-8.............................. Concentration of the Sample
Fortification for PAH.
23-9.............................. Concentration of the Sample
Fortification for PCB.
23-10............................. Sample Storage Conditions and
Laboratory Hold Times.
23-12............................. Concentration of the Initial
Calibration Standard Solutions for
PAH.
23-13............................. Concentration of the Initial
Calibration Standard Solutions for
PCB.
23-16............................. Typical DB5-MS Column Conditions.
23-17............................. Assignment of Pre-extraction
Standards for Quantitation of
Target PCB.
23-18............................. Initial Demonstration of Capability
Quality Control (QC) Requirements.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
V. Summary of Final Revisions Related to 40 CFR Parts 60, 63, and 266
A. 40 CFR Part 60--Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources
In 40 CFR 60.17(h), we are incorporating by reference ASTM D4840-
99(2018)e1, Standard Guide for Sample Chain-of-Custody Procedures, and
amending the reference to ASTM D6911-15, Guide for Packaging and
Shipping Environmental Samples for Laboratory Analysis, to include for
use in Method 23.
In 40 CFR part 60, subpart CCCC, we are revising 40 CFR
60.2125(g)(2) and (j)(2) to realign the requirement for quantifying
isomers to the reorganized Section 11.4.2.4 in the revisions of Method
23.
In 40 CFR part 60, subpart DDDD, we are revising 40 CFR
60.2690(g)(2) and (j)(2) to realign the requirement for identifying
isomers to the reorganized Section 11.4.2.4 in the revisions of Method
23.
B. 40 CFR Part 63--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants for Source Categories
In 40 CFR 63.849(a)(13) and (a)(14), we are replacing CARB Method
428 with EPA Method 23 for the measurement of PCB emissions from roof
monitors not employing wet roof scrubbers.
In 40 CFR 63.1208(b)(1), we are removing the requirement for
administrator's approval to use Method 23 for measuring PCDD/PCDF
emissions from hazardous waste combustors.
In 40 CFR 63.1625(b)(10), we are replacing CARB Method 429 with EPA
Method 23 for measuring the emissions of PAH from ferromanganese
electric arc furnaces.
In Table 3 to Subpart AAAAAAA, we are replacing the requirement for
analysis of PAH by SW-846 Method 8270 with a requirement to use EPA
Method 23. Specifically, we are deleting ``with analysis by SW-846
Method 8270D'' in row 6 of Table 3 to Subpart AAAAAAA. Because
revisions to Method 23 eliminate the use of methylene chloride in field
sampling activities, we are also removing footnote ``b'' in Table 3 to
Subpart AAAAAAA.
C. 40 CFR Part 266--Standards for the Management of Specific Hazardous
Wastes and Specific Types of Hazardous Waste Management Facilities
In 40 CFR 266.104, we are adding EPA Method 23 as an alternative to
SW-846 Method 0023A. We proposed to make this change to 40 CFR 266.104.
In addition to this specific change, we are making a conforming change
in 40 CFR part 266 Appendix IX. EPA considers this conforming change a
logical outgrowth of the proposed revisions to Method 23.
VI. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders
can be found at https://www.epa.gov/laws-regulations/laws-and-executive-orders.
[[Page 16741]]
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive
Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
This action is not a significant regulatory action and was,
therefore, not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
for review.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
This action does not impose an information collection burden under
the PRA. The revisions being promulgated in this action to Method 23 do
not add information collection requirements, but make corrections,
clarifications, and updates to existing testing methodology.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
I certify that this action does not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. This
action does not impose any requirements on small entities. The final
revisions to Method 23 do not impose any requirements on regulated
entities. Rather, the final changes improve the quality of the results
when required by other rules to use Method 23. Revisions to Method 23
allow contemporary advances in analysis techniques to be used. Further,
the final changes in Method 23 analysis procedures reduce the impact of
this method by bringing it into alignment with other agency methods.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate of $100 million
or more as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538. The action imposes no
enforceable duty on any State, local or tribal governments or the
private sector.
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have
substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between
the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power
and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian
Tribal Governments
This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in
Executive Order 13175. It will not have substantial direct effects on
the Indian Tribal Governments, on the relationship between the national
government and the Indian Tribal Governments, or on the distribution of
power and responsibilities among Indian Tribal Governments and the
various levels of government. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not
apply to this action.
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental
Health Risks and Safety Risks
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those
regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks
that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect
children, per the definition of ``covered regulatory action'' in
Section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to
Executive Order 13045 because it does not establish or revise a
standard that provides protection to children against environmental
health and safety risks.
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That Significantly Affect Energy
Supply, Distribution or Use
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, because it is
not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA)
This action involves technical standards. The EPA will use ASTM
D6911-15 (Guide for Packaging and Shipping Environmental Samples for
Laboratory Analysis) and ASTM D4840-99(2018)e1 (Standard Guide for
Sample Chain-of-Custody Procedures). These ASTM standards cover best
practices that guide sample shipping and tracking from collection
through analysis.
These standards were developed and adopted by ASTM International.
The standard may be obtained from https://www.astm.org or from the ASTM
at 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-
2959.
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental
Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations
Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994) directs
federal agencies, to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by
law, to make environmental justice part of their mission by identifying
and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse
human health or environmental effects of their programs, policies, and
activities on minority populations (people of color) and low-income
populations.
The EPA believes that this type of action does not concern human
health or environmental conditions and, therefore, cannot be evaluated
with respect to potentially disproportionate and adverse effects on
people of color, low-income populations and/or Indigenous peoples. This
action updates Method 23, which will improve the quality of the results
when required by other rules to use Method 23.
K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)
This action is subject to the CRA and the EPA will submit a rule
report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of
the United States. This action is not a ``major rule'' as defined by 5
U.S.C. 804(2).
L. Determination Under Clean Air Act Section 307(d)
This final rule is not subject to the provisions of CAA section
307(d). This final rule does not promulgate any of the actions listed
in CAA section 307(d)(1).
List of Subjects
40 CFR Part 60
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Hazardous air
pollutants, Incorporation by reference, Method 23, Polychlorinated
biphenyls, Polychlorinated dibenzofurans, Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-
dioxins, Polycyclic aromatic compounds, Test methods.
40 CFR Part 63
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Method 23, New
source performance, Polychlorinated biphenyls, Polychlorinated
dibenzofurans, Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins, Polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons, Test methods.
40 CFR Part 266
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Hazardous air
pollutants, Hazardous waste, Method 23, Polychlorinated biphenyls,
Polychlorinated dibenzofurans, Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins,
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, Test methods, Waste management.
Michael S. Regan,
Administrator.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Environmental
Protection Agency amends Title 40, Chapter I of the Code of Federal
Regulations as follows:
PART 60--STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES
0
1. The authority citation for part 60 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.
[[Page 16742]]
Subpart A--General Provisions
0
2. In Sec. 60.17:
0
a. Redesignate paragraphs (h)(168) through (h)(213) as (h)(169) through
(h)(214);
0
b. Add new paragraph (h)(168); and
0
c. Revise newly redesignated paragraph (h)(194).
The addition and revision read as follows:
Sec. 60.17 Incorporations by reference.
* * * * *
(h) * * *
(168) ASTM D4840-99(2018)e1 Standard Guide for Sample Chain-of-
Custody Procedures, approved August 2018; IBR approved for Appendix A-
7: Method 23.
* * * * *
(194) ASTM D6911-15 Standard Guide for Packaging and Shipping
Environmental Samples for Laboratory Analysis, approved January 15,
2015; IBR approved for Appendix A-7: Method 23; Appendix A-8: Method
30B.
* * * * *
Subpart CCCC--Standards of Performance for Commercial and
Industrial Solid Waste Incineration Units
0
3. In Sec. 60.2125, revise paragraphs (g)(2) and (j)(2) to read as
follows:
Sec. 60.2125 How do I conduct the initial and annual performance
test?
* * * * *
(g) * * *
(2) Quantify isomers meeting identification criteria in Section
11.4.3.4 of Method 23, regardless of whether the isomers meet
identification criteria in Section 11.4.3.4.1 of Method 23. You must
quantify the isomers per Section 11.4.3.5 of Method 23. (Note: You may
reanalyze the sample aliquot or split to reduce the number of isomers
to meet the identification criteria in Section 11.4.3.4 of Method 23.)
* * * * *
(j) * * *
(2) Quantify isomers meeting identification criteria in Section
11.4.3.4 of Method 23, regardless of whether the isomers meet
identification Section 11.4.3.4.1 of Method 23. You must quantify the
isomers per Section 11.4.3.5 of Method 23. (Note: You may reanalyze the
sample aliquot or split to reduce the number of isomers to meet the
identification criteria in Section 11.4.3.4 of Method 23.)
* * * * *
Subpart DDDD--Emissions Guidelines and Compliance Times for
Commercial and Industrial Solid Waste Incineration Units
0
4. In Sec. 60.2690, revise paragraphs (g)(2) and (j)(2) to read as
follows:
Sec. 60.2690 How do I conduct the initial and annual performance
test?
* * * * *
(g) * * *
(2) Quantify isomers meeting identification criteria in Section
11.4.3.4 of Method 23, regardless of whether the isomers meet
identification Section 11.4.3.4.1 of Method 23. You must quantify the
isomers per Section 11.4.3.5 of Method 23. (Note: You may reanalyze the
sample aliquot or split to reduce the number of isomers to meet the
identification criteria in Section 11.4.3.4 of Method 23.)
* * * * *
(j) * * *
(2) Quantify isomers meeting identification criteria in Section
11.4.3.4 of Method 23, regardless of whether the isomers meet
identification Section 11.4.3.4.1 of Method 23. You must quantify the
isomers per Section 11.4.3.5 of Method 23. (Note: You may reanalyze the
sample aliquot or split to reduce the number of isomers to meet the
identification criteria in Section 11.4.3.4 of Method 23.); and
* * * * *
0
5. Revise Method 23 of Appendix A-7 to Part 60 to read as follows:
Appendix A-7 to Part 60--Test Methods 19 Through 25E
* * * * *
Method 23--Determination of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins,
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans, Polychlorinated Biphenyls, and
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons From Stationary Sources
1.0 Scope and Application
1.1 Applicability. This method applies to the measurement of
polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and polychlorinated dibenzofurans
(PCDD/PCDF), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), and/or polycyclic
aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) in emissions from stationary sources.
Using this method, you can measure these analyte groups individually
or in any combination using a single sample acquisition unless
otherwise specified in a rule, regulation, or permit. Tables 23-1
through 23-3 of this method list the applicable target analytes for
Method 23. If all 209 PCB are analyzed, the 17 toxic PCB congeners
should be resolved and reported while the other PCB can be reported
as totals by homolog, for example, total trichlorobiphenyl (TrCB).
1.2 Scope. This method describes the sampling and analytical
procedures used to measure selected PCDD and PCDF in stationary
sources when required in an applicable subpart. This method also
describes how the same sampling and analysis technology can be used
to measure selected PCB and PAH from stationary source in
combination or as each individual compound class when required in an
applicable subpart. However, Method 23 incorporates by reference
some of the specifications (e.g., equipment and supplies) and
procedures (e.g., sampling and analytical) from other methods in
this part that are essential to conducting Method 23. To obtain
reliable samples, source sampling teams should be trained and
experienced with the following additional EPA test methods: Method
1, Method 2, Method 3, Method 4, and Method 5 of Appendices A-1, A-
2, and A-3 to 40 CFR part 60. Laboratory analysis teams should be
trained and experienced with Method 1668C (found at: https://www.epa.gov/sites/production/files/2015-09/documents/method_1668c_2010.pdf) and Method 1613B of 40 CFR part 136 Appendix
A and have a working knowledge of isotope dilution and the use of
high-resolution gas chromatography/high-resolution mass spectrometry
(HRGC/HRMS).
1.3 The HRGC/HRMS portions of this method are for use by
laboratory analysts experienced with HRGC/HRMS analysis of PCDD,
PCDF, PCB, and PAH or under the close supervision of such qualified
persons. Each source testing team, including the sampling and
laboratory organization(s) that use this method, must demonstrate
the ability to generate acceptable results that meet the performance
criteria in Section 13 of this method.
1.4 This method is ``performance-based'' and includes
acceptability criteria for assessing sampling and analytical
procedures. Users may modify the method to overcome interferences or
to substitute superior materials and equipment, provided that they
meet all performance criteria in this method. Section 13 of this
method presents requirements for method performance.
2.0 Summary of Method
This method identifies and determines the concentration of
specific PCDD, PCDF, PCB, and PAH compounds. Gaseous and particulate
bound target pollutants are withdrawn from the gas stream
isokinetically and collected in the sample probe, on a glass fiber
or quartz filter, and on a packed column of adsorbent material. This
method is not intended to differentiate between target compounds in
particulate or vapor fractions. The target compounds are extracted
from the combined sample collection media. Portions of the extract
are chromatographically fractionated to remove interferences,
separated into individual compounds or simple mixtures by HRGC, and
measured with HRMS. This method uses isotopically labeled standards
to improve method accuracy and precision through isotope dilution
quantitation.
3.0 Definitions
3.1 Alternate Recovery Standards. A group of isotopically
labeled compounds that is not otherwise designated in this method
[[Page 16743]]
for quality control (QC) purposes. Alternate recovery standards can
be used to assess the recovery of a compound class relative to any
step in the sampling and analysis procedure that is not already
assessed as a mandatory part of this method, such as the cleanup
step.
3.2 Benzo[a]pyrene Toxic Equivalency Quotient (B[a]P-TEQ). One
of several schemes that express the toxicity for PAH compounds in
terms of the most toxic form of PAH, benzo[a]pyrene, as specified in
applicable regulations, permits, or other requirements.
3.3 Continuing Calibration Verification (CCV) Standard. A
standard prepared at the mid-point concentration of the calibration
used to verify the initial calibration. Prepare the CCV standard at
the same time as the batch of field samples using the same labeled
standards.
3.4 Congener. An individual compound with a common structure
(dioxin, furan, or biphenyl), only differing by the number of
chlorine or other substituent attached to the structure.
3.5 Estimated Detection Limit (EDL). The minimum qualitatively
recognizable signal above background for a target compound. The EDL
is a detection limit specific to each sample analysis based on the
noise signal measured near the retention time of a target compound
or target isomer group. Being sample specific, the EDL is affected
by sample size, dilution, recoveries of pre-extraction standard,
chemical noise from sample extract, electronic noise from
instrument, extract aliquot, relative response of instrument, etc.
3.6 Estimated Maximum Possible Concentration (EMPC). An EMPC is
a worst-case estimate of the target compound concentration. Report
the results as EMPC when the ion abundance ratio for a target
analyte is outside the performance criteria. Calculate the EMPC
using both quantitation ions.
3.7 Field Train Proof Blank. A field train proof blank train is
a QC sample to evaluate equipment preparation and potential
contamination during sample recovery and consists of a fully
assembled train at the sampling site, without actual sampling. The
field train proof blank train uses glassware from the same
preparation batch as the field samples.
3.8 Homolog. A compound belonging to a series of compounds with
the same general molecular formula, differing from each other by the
number of repeating units of chlorine.
3.9 Isomer. An individual compound with a common structure
(dioxin, furan, or biphenyl), only differing by the position of
chlorine atoms attached to the structure.
3.10 Isotope Dilution. A means of determining a naturally
occurring (native) compound by reference to the same compound in
which one or more atoms has been isotopically enriched.
3.11 Laboratory Method Blank (LMB). A quality control sample to
assess background contamination or interference from media,
reagents, equipment, etc. An LMB is prepared in the laboratory,
composed of clean sampling media (filter and XAD-2), using same
labeled standards, media, reagents, and materials (sodium sulfate,
glass wool, etc.) and processed (extraction, fractionations,
cleanup) and analyzed using the same procedures as a field sample.
3.12 Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) congeners. Any or all 209
chlorinated biphenyl congeners. Table 23-3 of this method lists the
primary target compounds and Appendix A to this method provides the
full list of 209 PCB congeners and isomers.
3.12.1 Monochlorobiphenyl (MoCB). Any or all three
monochlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.2 Dichlorobiphenyl (DiCB). Any or all 12 dichlorinated
biphenyl isomers.
3.12.3 Trichlorobiphenyl (TrCB). Any or all 24 trichlorinated
biphenyl isomers.
3.12.4 Tetrachlorobiphenyl (TeCB). Any or all 42
tetrachlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.5 Pentachlorobiphenyl (PeCB). Any or all 46
pentachlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.6 Hexachlorobiphenyl (HxCB). Any or all 42 hexachlorinated
biphenyl isomers.
3.12.7 Heptachlorobiphenyl (HpCB). Any or all 24
heptachlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.8 Octachlorobiphenyl (OcCB). Any or all 12 octachlorinated
biphenyl isomers.
3.12.9 Nonachlorobiphenyl (NoCB). Any or all three
nonachlorinated biphenyl isomers.
3.12.10 Decachlorobiphenyl (DeCB). Biphenyl fully chlorinated
with 10 chlorine atom substituents replacing hydrogen in the parent
compound.
3.13 Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin (PCDD) congeners. Any or
all 75 chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin congeners. There are seven
2,3,7,8 substituted PCDD congeners and four PCDD homolog groups
listed in Table 23-1 of this method. This method does not measure
mono- through tri-PCDD and includes non-2,3,7,8 substituted
congeners in the total homolog categories.
3.13.1 Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TeCDD). Any or all 22
tetrachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin isomers.
3.13.2 Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (PeCDD). Any or all 14
pentachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin isomers.
3.13.3 Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (HxCDD). Any or all 10
hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin isomers.
3.13.4 Heptachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (HpCDD). Any or all two
heptachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin isomers.
3.13.5 Octachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (OCDD). Dibenzodioxin fully
chlorinated with eight chlorine atom substituents replacing hydrogen
in the parent compound.
3.14 Polychlorinated dibenzofuran (PCDF) congeners. Any or all
chlorinated dibenzofuran congeners. There are ten 2,3,7,8
substituted PCDF congeners and four PCDF homolog groups listed in
Table 23-1 of this method. This method does not measure mono-
through tri-PCDF and includes non-2,3,7,8 substituted congeners in
the total homolog categories.
3.14.1 Tetrachlorodibenzofuran (TeCDF). Any or all 38
tetrachlorinated dibenzofuran isomers.
3.14.2 Pentachlorodibenzofuran (PeCDF). Any or all 28
pentachlorinated dibenzofuran isomers.
3.14.3 Hexachlorodibenzofuran (HxCDF). Any or all 16
hexachlorinated dibenzofuran isomers.
3.14.4 Heptachlordibenzofuran (HpCDF). Any or all four
heptachlorinated dibenzofuran isomers.
3.14.5 Octachlorodibenzofuran (OCDF). Dibenzofuran fully
chlorinated with eight chlorine atom substituents replacing hydrogen
in the parent compound.
3.15 Polychlorinated diphenyl ethers (PCDPE). Any or all
chlorinated substituted diphenyl ethers.
3.15.1 Hexachlorodiphenyl ether (HxCDPE). Any or all 42
hexachlorinated diphenyl ether isomers.
3.15.2 Heptachlorodiphenyl ether (HpCDPE). Any or all 24
heptachlorinated diphenyl ether isomers.
3.15.3 Octachlorodiphenyl ether (OCDPE). Any or all 12
octachlorinated diphenyl ether isomers.
3.15.4 Nonachlorodiphenyl ether (NCDPE). Any or all three
nonachlorinated diphenyl ether isomers.
3.15.5 Decachlorodiphenyl ether (DCDPE).
3.16 Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH). Any or all aromatic
compounds with two or more fused six-member rings. Table 23-2 of
this method lists the target PAH compounds for this method. You may
add and analyze additional PAH compounds by adding the appropriate
\13\C isotopically labeled compound to the pre-extraction standard
mixture and by following the other requirements for target PAH
compounds in this method.
3.17 Pre-analysis Standard. A group of isotopically labeled
compounds added at a known amount immediately prior to analysis and
used to monitor instrument response, injection errors, instrument
drift and to determine the recovery of the pre-extraction standard
compounds. Add pre-analysis standard to every sample (including
blank, QC samples, and calibration solutions) at a known amount.
3.18 Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard. A group of
isotopically labeled compounds added at a known amount to the filter
used to indicate the extraction efficiency of the filter media. Add
pre-extraction filter recovery standard to the filter samples just
prior extraction. The pre-extraction filter recovery standard is not
used for quantitating or recovery correction.
3.19 Pre-extraction Standard. A group of isotopically labeled
compounds added in a known amount to the XAD-2 adsorbent resin of
each sample immediately before extraction and used for quantitation
of target and other labeled compounds to correct for extraction,
cleanup, and concentration recovery. These isotopically labeled
compounds constitute a matrix spike of the resin. Add pre-extraction
standard to every sample at the same level (including blank, QC
samples, and calibration solutions).
3.20 Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard. A group of isotopically
labeled compounds added in a known amount to the XAD-2 adsorbent
prior to sampling used to monitor sampling aspects of the method.
3.21 Pre-transport Standard. Spiking compound from the list of
alternative recovery standards that can be added by the laboratory
to the sample shipping containers used to transport field equipment
rinse and
[[Page 16744]]
recovery samples prior to sampling. The measured concentration of
the pre-transport recovery standard provides a quality check on
potential probe rinse sample spillage or mishandling after sample
collection and during shipping.
3.22 Quality Control Sample (QCS). A mid-level standard prepared
from a second source standard or prepared from a source of standards
different from the source of calibration standards. The purpose of
the QCS is to verify the integrity of the primary calibration
standards. A QCS is analyzed during the initial demonstration of
capability (IDC) and following each initial calibration (at a
minimum quarterly) thereafter.
3.23 Relative Response Factor (RRF). The response of the mass
spectrometer (MS) to a known amount of an analyte relative to a
known amount of an isotopically labeled standard.
3.24 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin Toxic Equivalency
Quotient (2,3,7,8-TeCDD TEQ). A procedure that expresses the
toxicity of PCDD, PCDF, and PCB in terms of the most toxic dioxin,
as specified in applicable regulations, permits, or other
requirements.
4.0 Interferences
Despite interferences, confidence of the data is based on the
enhanced selectivity of fractionation, gas chromatograph (GC)
separation and detector resolving power, the QC check ions, and
monitoring PCDPE.
4.1 PCB and PCDPE have similar molecular weight and
chromatographic properties to PCDD and PCDF. PCB may produce
fragment ions at interfering mass-to-charge ratios (m/z) when losing
chlorine (Cl2) or 2 Cl2 during ionization
processes. With HRMS, GC separation, and fractionation, PCB should
not pose a problem for PCDD/PCDF identification and quantitation.
PCDPE, when losing Cl2, also produce interfering m/z
values in the PCDF homolog group with two fewer chlorine atoms
(i.e., an octachlorinated PCDPE can interfere with a hexachlorinated
PCDF). The latter interferences are potentially detected by
monitoring an m/z corresponding to the potentially interfering
PCDPE; however, the fragmentation patterns of all PCDPE may not be
known, complicating any attempt to quantify the extent of ether
interference.
Note: Consider monitoring 328 m/z if high levels of PCB are
expected.
4.2 Very high amounts of other organic compounds in the matrix
may interfere with the analysis. This method provides examples of
column-chromatographic cleanup as procedures to reduce, but not
necessarily eliminate, matrix effects due to high concentrations of
organic compounds (International Agency for Research on Cancer
1991).
4.3 Target compound contaminants or related organics in
solvents, reagents, glassware, isotopically labeled spiking
standards, and other sample processing hardware are potential method
interferences. Routinely evaluate all these materials to demonstrate
that they are either free from interferences under the conditions of
the analysis, or that the interference does not compromise the
quality of the analysis results. Evaluate chemical interference
through the preparation and analysis of an LMB. Use high purity
reagents, solvents, and standards to minimize interferences in
sample analysis.
4.4 PAH are subject to degradation when exposed to ultraviolet
light. Take precautions to shield samples from sunlight or
fluorescent light sources during sample collection, recovery,
extraction, cleanup, and concentration.
5.0 Safety
Note: Develop a strict laboratory safety program for the
handling of PCDD, PCDF, PCB, and/or PAH.
5.1 Compounds in the PCDD and PCDF classes such as 2,3,7,8-TeCDD
are aneugenic, carcinogenic, and teratogenic in laboratory animal
studies. Other PCDD and PCDF containing chlorine atoms in positions
2,3,7,8 have toxicities comparable to that of 2,3,7,8-TeCDD.
5.2 PCB and benzo[a]pyrene are classified as known or suspected
human or mammalian carcinogens. Be aware of the potential for
inhalation and ingestion exposure to laboratory analysts.
5.3 This method recommends that the laboratory purchase dilute
standard solutions of the analytes required for this method.
However, if preparing primary solutions, use a hood or glove box.
Laboratory personnel handling primary solutions should wear personal
protective equipment including a toxic gas respirator mask fitted
with charcoal filters approved by the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)/Mine Safety Health
Administration (MSHA) to prevent the inhalation of airborne
particulates if not working in an approved hood or glove box.
5.4 The toxicity or carcinogenicity of other reagents or
chemicals used in this method is not precisely defined. However,
treat each chemical as a potential health hazard and minimize
exposure to these chemicals. The laboratory is responsible for
maintaining a current awareness file of Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) regulations regarding the safe handling
of the chemicals specified in this method. Ensure that a reference
file or list of internet sites that contain safety data sheets (SDS)
is available to all personnel involved in the sampling and chemical
analysis of samples known or suspected to contain PCDD, PCDF, PCB,
and PAH.
6.0 Equipment and Supplies
Note: Brand names, suppliers, and part numbers are for
illustration purposes only and no endorsement is implied. Apparatus
and materials other than those specified in this method may achieve
equivalent performance. Meeting the performance requirements of this
method is the responsibility of the source testing team and
laboratory team.
6.1 Sampling Apparatus. Figure 23-1 of this method shows a
schematic of the Method 23 sampling train. Do not use sealing
greases or brominated flame retardant-coated tape in assembling the
train. Do not use silicon tubing in direct contact with flue gases.
The train is identical to that described in Section 6.1.1 of Method
5 of Appendix A-3 to 40 CFR part 60 with the following additions:
6.1.1 Nozzle. The nozzle must be made of quartz, borosilicate
glass, or titanium. Stainless steel nozzles should not be used.
6.1.2 Probe Liner. Use either polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE),
borosilicate, or quartz glass probe liners with a heating system
capable of maintaining a probe gas temperature of 120
14 [deg]C (248 25 [deg]F) during sampling, or such
other temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of the
standards or as approved by the Administrator. Use a PTFE ferrule or
single-use PTFE coated O-ring to achieve the seal at the nozzle end
of the probe for stack temperatures up to about 300 [deg]C (572
[deg]F). Use a quartz glass liner and integrated quartz nozzle for
stack temperatures between 300 and 1,200 [deg]C (572 and 2,192
[deg]F).
6.1.3 Filter Holder. Use a filter holder of borosilicate glass
with a PTFE frit or PTFE-coated wire filter support. The holder
design should provide a positive seal against leakage from the
outside or around the filter. The holder should be durable, easy to
load, leak-free in normal applications, and positioned immediately
following the probe and cyclone bypass (or cyclone, if used) with
the active side of the filter perpendicular to the source of the
flow.
6.1.4 Filter Heating System. Use any heating system capable of
monitoring and maintaining the temperature around the filter to
ensure that the sample gas temperature exiting the filter is 120
14 [deg]C (248 25 [deg]F) during sampling
or such other temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of
the standards or approved by the Administrator for a particular
application.
6.1.5 Filter Temperature Sensor. Install a temperature sensor
capable of measuring temperature to within 3 [deg]C (5.4
[deg]F) so that the sensing tip protrudes at least 1.3 centimeters
(cm) (1-2 in.) into the sample gas exiting the filter. Encase the
sensing tip of the sensor in glass or PTFE, if needed.
6.1.6 Sample Transfer Line. The sample transfer line transports
gaseous emissions from the heated filter holder to the condenser and
must be heat traced and constructed of glass or PTFE with connecting
fittings that form leak-free, vacuum-tight connections without using
sealing greases or tapes. Keep the sample transfer lines as short as
possible and maintain the lines at a temperature of 120 [deg]C
14 [deg]C (248 [deg]F 25 [deg]F) using
active heating when necessary. Orient the sample transfer lines with
the downstream end lower than the upstream end so that any
condensate will flow away from the filter and into the condenser.
6.1.7 Condenser. Glass, water-jacketed, coil-type with
compatible fittings. Orient the condenser to cause moisture to flow
down to the adsorbent module to facilitate condensate drainage.
Figure 23-2 of this method shows a schematic diagram of the
condenser.
6.1.8 Water Circulating Bath. Use a bath pump circulating system
capable of providing chilled water flow to the condenser and
adsorbent module water jackets. Typically, a submersible pump is
placed in the impinger ice water bath to circulate the ice water
contained in the bath. Verify the function of this system by
[[Page 16745]]
measuring the gas temperature at the entrance to the adsorbent
module. Maintain this temperature at <20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F).
6.1.9 Adsorbent Module. Use a water-jacketed glass container to
hold up to 40 grams (g) of the solid adsorbent. Figure 23-2 of this
method shows a schematic diagram of the adsorbent module. Other
physical configurations of the adsorbent resin module/condenser
assembly are acceptable if the configuration contains the requisite
amount of solid adsorbent and maintains the minimum length-to-width
adsorbent bed ratio of two-to-one. Orient the adsorbent module
vertically to facilitate condensate drainage. The connecting
fittings must form leak-free, vacuum-tight seals. Include a coarse
glass frit in the adsorbent module to retain the adsorbent.
6.1.10 Impingers. Use five impingers connected in series with
leak-free ground glass fittings or any similar leak-free
noncontaminating fittings. The first impinger must be a short-stem
(water-dropout) design or equivalent. The second, fourth, and fifth
impingers must be of the Greenburg-Smith design, modified by
replacing the tip with a 1.3 cm (\1/2\ in.) inside diameter (ID)
glass tube extending to approximately 1.3 cm (\1/2\ in.) from the
bottom of the flask. The third impinger must be of the Greenburg-
Smith design with the standard tip. The second and third impingers
must contain known quantities of water, and the fifth impinger must
contain a known weight of silica gel or equivalent desiccant.
Alternatively, you may omit the first impinger if you do not expect
excess moisture in the sample gas.
6.2 Sample Recovery Equipment.
6.2.1 Fitting Caps. Use leak-free ground glass fittings or any
similar leak-free non-contaminating fitting to cap the sections of
the sampling train exposed to the sample gas. Alternatively, use
PTFE tape or contaminant-free aluminum foil for this purpose (see
Section 6.2.6 of this method).
6.2.2 Wash Bottles. Use PTFE bottles.
6.2.3 Probe-Liner, Probe-Nozzle, and Filter-Holder Brushes. Use
inert bristle brushes with precleaned stainless steel or PTFE
handles. Extensions of the probe brush must be made of stainless
steel or PTFE and be at least as long as the probe. Use brushes that
are properly sized and shaped to remove accumulated material from
the nozzle and probe liner if used.
6.2.4 Filter Storage Container. Use a sealed filter holder,
wide-mouth amber glass jar with PTFE-lined cap, or glass petri dish
sealed with PTFE tape. Purchase precleaned amber glass jars and
petri dishes, or clean according to the glassware cleaning
procedures listed in Section 8.1.1.1 of this method.
6.2.5 Field Balance. Use a weighing device capable of
measurements to an accuracy of 0.5 g.
6.2.6 Aluminum Foil. Use heavy duty aluminum foil cleaned by
rinsing three times with hexane or toluene and stored in a pre-
cleaned glass petri dish or glass jar. Do not use aluminum foil to
wrap or contact filter samples due to the possibility of reaction
between the sample and the aluminum.
6.2.7 Silica Adsorbent Storage Container. Use an air-tight
container to store silica gel.
6.2.8 Glass Sample Storage Container. Recover samples in amber
glass bottles, 500- or 1000-milliliters (mL) with leak-free PTFE-
lined caps. Either purchase precleaned bottles or clean containers
according to glassware cleaning procedures listed in Section 8.1.1.1
of this method.
6.3 Sample Extraction Equipment.
6.3.1 Sample Container. Use 125- and 250-mL amber glass bottles
with PTFE-lined caps.
6.3.2 Test Tubes. Use glass test tubes or small (e.g., 5 to 10
mL) amber vials.
6.3.3 Soxhlet/Dean-Stark Extraction Apparatus.
6.3.3.1 Soxhlet Apparatus. Use 200-mL capacity thimble holder
capable of holding 43 x 123-millimeter (mm) extraction thimbles,
with receiving flask (typically round-bottom).
6.3.3.2 Moisture Trap. Use Dean-Stark or Barret with
fluoropolymer stopcock trap to fit between the Soxhlet extractor
body and the condenser as shown in Figure 23-3 of this method.
Note: Dean-Stark or Barret traps are used to remove water with
extraction solvents that are less dense and insoluble in water.
6.3.3.3 Extraction Thimble. Use quartz, glass, or glass fiber
thimble, typically 43 x 123 mm to fit Soxhlet apparatus. The use of
cellulose thimbles for sample extraction in this method is
prohibited.
6.3.3.4 Heating Mantle. Use a hemispherical shaped heating
mantle to fit round-bottom flask.
6.3.4 Kuderna-Danish (KD) Concentrator. Use an apparatus
consisting of a three-ball Snyder column, a flask with leak-free
joint to accept the three-ball Snyder column at the top, a leak-free
joint to receive a graduated concentration tube at the bottom and a
heating mantle.
Note: Rotary evaporation has only been demonstrated when
analyzing PCDD/PCDF. The KD with Snyder column is recommended when
analyzing for PAH and/or PCB to avoid evaporation loss resulting in
failed performance criteria for pre-extraction spike recovery.
6.3.5 Nitrogen Evaporative Concentrator. Use a nitrogen
evaporative concentrator equipped with a water bath with the
temperature controlled in the range of 30 to 60 [deg]C (86 to 140
[deg]F) (N-Evap Organomation Associates, Inc., South Berlin, MA, or
equivalent).
6.3.6 Separatory Funnels. Use glass or PTFE 2-liter separatory
funnels.
6.4 Glass Liquid Chromatography Columns.
6.4.1 Pasteur Pipettes. Use disposable pipettes, or glass
serological pipettes typically 150 mm long x 6 mm ID.
6.4.2 Liquid Chromatography Columns. 200 to 300 mm long x 20 mm
ID with 250-mL reservoir.
6.5 Analytical Equipment.
6.5.1 Gas Chromatograph. Use a gas chromatograph consisting of
the following components:
6.5.1.1 GC Oven. Use an oven capable of maintaining the
separation column at the proper operating temperature
1.0 [deg]C (1.8 [deg]F) and performing programmed increases in
temperature at rates of at least 40 [deg]C/min with isothermal hold.
6.5.1.2 GC Temperature Monitor. Use a temperature monitor to
measure column oven temperature to 1.0 [deg]C (1.8
[deg]F).
6.5.1.3 GC Flow System. Use an electronic pressure control or
equivalent gas metering system to control carrier gas flow or
pressure.
6.5.1.4 GC Injection Port. Use a split/splitless injection port
in the splitless mode or on-column injection port for the capillary
column.
6.5.2 Capillary GC Column. Use different columns for the
analysis of the different target compound classes in this method, if
needed. Perform the resolution checks in Sections 10.2.3.5 and
10.2.3.6 of this method to document the required resolution.
Compound separation must meet the resolution specifications in
Section 10.2.3.5 of this method and the identification
specifications found in Section 11.4.3.4 of this method.
6.5.2.1 PCDD/PCDF Column. Gas chromatographic columns used to
measure PCDD/PCDF should be capable of achieving separation of the
17 PCDD/PCDF target compounds from the nearest eluting target
compound(s). The valley height resolution between 2,3,7,8-
substituted TeCDD and TeCDF and the nearest eluting isomers must not
exceed 25% of the taller of the two peaks. The valley height
resolution between all other target PCDD/PCDF compounds and the
nearest eluting targets (or interference) must not exceed 40% of the
taller of the two peaks.
Note: Fishman, et al. (see Section 16.3 of this method)
demonstrated that all TEF isomers can be fully differentiated from
closely eluting isomers using either of two sets of non-polar and
polar stationary phase combinations. One set consisted of 5% phenyl
methylpolysiloxane (DB-5, HP-5MS, Rtx-5MS, Equity-5) and 50%
cyanopropylmethyl, 50% phenylmethylsiloxane (DB-225, SP 2331) GC
columns and the other set consisted of 5% phenyl, 94% methyl, 1%
vinyl silicone bonded-phase (DB-5MS, ZB-5MS, VF-5MS, CP-Sil 8 CB
LowBleed/MS) with 50% cyanopropylmethyl, 50% phenylmethylsiloxane
(SP-2331).
6.5.2.2 PAH Column. Use column systems for measuring PAH that
can achieve separation of anthracene and phenanthrene at m/z 178
such that the valley between the peaks does not exceed 50% of the
taller of the two peaks, and benzo[b]fluoranthene and
benzo[k]fluoranthene such that the valley between the peaks is less
than 60% of the height of the taller peak. These requirements are
achievable using a 30-m narrow bore (0.25 mm ID) 5% phenyl
polysilphenylene-siloxane (BPX5 or equivalent) bonded-phase, fused-
silica capillary column.
6.5.2.3 PCB Column. Use column systems for measuring PCB that
can achieve unique resolution and identification of the toxics for
determination of a TEQPCB using toxic equivalency factors
(TEF). Resolution is shown by a valley between the peaks not
exceeding 40% of the taller of the two peaks. Isomers may be
unresolved if they have the same TEF and RRF and if these unresolved
isomers are uniquely resolved from all other congeners. These
requirements are achievable using several 30-meter (m) narrow
[[Page 16746]]
bore (0.25 mm ID) columns including 8% phenyl polycarborane-siloxane
(HT8), DB-XLB, and poly (50% n-octyl/50% methyl siloxane) (SPB-
Octyl). Quantification of unresolved isomers should use the nearest
eluting target PCB pre-extraction standard in Appendix A of this
method, unless otherwise specified in applicable rule, regulation,
or permit.
Note: If all 209 PCB are analyzed the 17 toxic PCB congeners
should be resolved and reported while the other PCB can be reported
as totals by homolog, for example, total TrCB.
6.5.3 Mass Spectrometer. Instrument employing 28 to 70 electron
volt ionization. The instrument and data system must be capable of
repetitive monitoring of at least 12 exact m/z values with a mass
resolution defined in Section 10.2.1 within the measurement mass
range. The recommended lock-mass ions to be used for mass drift
correction are presented in Tables 23-4, 23-5, and 23-6 of this
method for PCDD/PCDF, PAH, and PCB, respectively, as applicable to
target analytes. Mass drifts of 5 parts per million (ppm) or more
can have serious effects on instrument performance.
6.5.4 Mass Spectrometer Data System. Use a data system
compatible with the mass spectrometer and capable of sequencing and
monitoring multiple groups of selected ions.
6.5.5 Analytical Balance. Use an analytical balance to measure
within 0.1 milligram (mg).
7.0 Reagents, Media, and Standards
7.1 Filter. Glass fiber filters, without organic binder,
exhibiting at least 99.95% efficiency (<0.05% penetration) on 0.3-
micron dioctyl phthalate smoke particles.
7.1.1 Conduct a QC check on the filter lot prior to the field
test to demonstrate that filters are free from contamination or
interference by extracting and analyzing a minimum of three filters
from each lot as follows. Spike with pre-extraction and pre-
extraction filter recovery standards for target compounds to be
measured and extract each filter separately with toluene as
described in Section 11 of this method. After extraction, remove the
filters and the solvent from the filters under clean conditions
(e.g., a clean nitrogen stream). Analyze the extracts according to
the procedures in Section 11 of this method, including adding pre-
analysis standard. This filter check analysis must meet the
performance requirements in Section 13.1 of this method. Ongoing
analysis of LMB can be used to fulfill this check. If criteria are
not met for target compounds, repeat with additional filters from
the lot or evaluate another lot.
7.2 Adsorbent Resin. Amberlite[supreg] XAD-2 resin. All
adsorbent resin must meet the cleanliness criteria described for LMB
in Section 13.1 of this method following the same extraction,
concentration, cleanup, and analysis steps as field samples. This
method recommends using the procedures provided in Appendix B to
this method to clean the resin before use, if needed. However, this
method allows alternative cleanup procedures that use automated
extraction equipment if the adsorbent meets the required performance
criteria described for LMB in Section 13.1 of this method.
7.2.1 Conduct a QC check on the cleaned adsorbent lot or batch
following the extraction and analyses procedures in Section 11 of
this method, including adding applicable labeled standards. The
cleaned adsorbent must meet the criteria described for LMB in
Section 13.1 of this method. An LMB conducted with an adsorbent lot
or batch can serve this purpose.
7.2.2 Storage. Store adsorbent in a solvent-rinsed nonporous
clean container and secure lid.
7.3 Glass Wool. Clean the glass wool to meet the specifications
in Section 13.1 of this method. Glass wool is dried of the solvent
and stored in a clean glass container with a PTFE-lined screw cap.
7.4 Water. Use deionized or distilled water meeting requirements
in Section 13.1 of this method and store in its original container
or in a clean glass container with a PTFE-lined screw cap.
7.5 Silica Gel. Indicating type for sampling, 6-16 mesh. If
previously used, dry at 175 [deg]C (347 [deg]F) for two hours. Use
new silica gel as received. As an alternative, use other types of
desiccants (equivalent or better), subject to the approval of the
Administrator.
7.6 Methylene Chloride. Pesticide grade or better.
7.7 Sample Recovery Reagents.
7.7.1 Acetone. Pesticide grade or better.
7.7.2 Toluene. Pesticide grade or better.
7.8 Sample Extraction and Cleanup.
7.8.1 Potassium Hydroxide. American Chemical Society (ACS)
grade, 2% (weight/volume) in water.
7.8.2 Sodium Sulfate. Granulated or powdered, reagent grade.
Evaluate for cleanliness prior to use with an LMB. The LMB must meet
the requirements in Section 13.1 of this method for target
compounds. Store in a clean glass container with a PTFE-lined screw
cap.
7.8.3 Sulfuric Acid. Reagent grade.
7.8.4 Sodium Hydroxide. 1.0 N. Weigh 40 g of sodium hydroxide
into a 1-liter volumetric flask. Dilute to 1 liter with water.
7.8.5 Hexane. Pesticide grade or better.
7.8.6 Methanol. Pesticide grade or better.
7.8.7 Toluene. Pesticide grade or better.
7.8.8 High-Boiling Alkanes Used as Keeper Solvents (e.g.,
tetradecane, nonane, decane). Pesticide grade. Note: Lower
homologous series alkanes (nonane or decane) are necessary for
higher volatility targets such as MoCB and naphthalene to maintain
retention during concentration procedures. However, do not take
samples to dryness when using these lower alkane homologs.
7.8.9 Liquid Column Chromatography Packing Materials. Use the
following column chromatography packing materials, as needed, to
prepare sample extracts by fractionation and removal of
interferences. Commercially prepacked cleaning columns may be
available for this purpose. The liquid column chromatography packing
materials must be adequate to clean the samples to be fit for
purpose and meet the performance criteria of this method. All
procedures for preparing column chromatography packing materials are
recommendations shown to meet the performance specifications
required for the recovery of labeled compounds described in Section
13 of this method.
7.8.9.1 Alumina. Use either acidic or basic alumina in the
cleanup of sample extracts. Use the same type of alumina for all
samples in an analytical sequence, including those used to
demonstrate LMB performance.
7.8.9.1.1 Acidic Alumina (Sigma-Aldrich[supreg] 199966 or
equivalent). Brockmann activity grade 1, 100-200 mesh. Prior to use,
activate the alumina by heating for 12 hours at 130 [deg]C (266
[deg]F). Store in a desiccator. You may use pre-activated alumina
purchased from a supplier as received.
7.8.9.1.2 Basic Alumina (Sigma-Aldrich[supreg] 19943 or
equivalent). Brockmann activity grade 1. Activate by heating to 600
[deg]C (1,112 [deg]F) for a minimum of 24 hours. Do not heat to over
700 [deg]C (1,292 [deg]F) because this can lead to reduced capacity
for retaining the target compounds. Store at 130 [deg]C (266 [deg]F)
in a covered flask. Recommended storage time for acidic alumina is
up to five days from baking. Use prepacked alumina columns
immediately after opening the vacuum-sealed pouch or container.
7.8.9.2 Florisil[supreg]. Activated, 60-100 mesh recommended.
Heat previously activated Florisil[supreg] in a glass container
loosely covered with aluminum foil in an oven at 130 to 150 [deg]C
(266 to 302 [deg]F) for a minimum of 24 hours. Allow to cool and
store activated Florisil[supreg] silica in a desiccator.
7.8.9.3 Silica Gel. Use either activated, acid- or base-coated
silica gel in the cleanup of sample extracts. Use the same type of
silica gel for all samples in an analytical sequence, including
those used to demonstrate LMB performance.
7.8.9.3.1 Activated Silica Gel. Supelco[supreg] 1-3651, Bio-
Sil[supreg] A, 100-200 mesh (or equivalent). Prior to use, silica
gel should be activated by solvent rinsing and heat activation. It
is recommended to rinse with methylene chloride and activate the
silica gel by heating for at least 1 hour at 180 [deg]C (356
[deg]F). After allowing to cool, rinse the silica gel sequentially
with methanol and toluene. Heat the rinsed silica gel at 50 [deg]C
(122 [deg]F) for 10 minutes, then increase the temperature gradually
to 180 [deg]C (356 [deg]F) over 25 minutes and maintain the gel at
this temperature for 90 minutes. Allow to cool in a desiccator to
room temperature and store in a glass container with a PTFE-lined
screw cap. Alternative conditioning procedure may be used if the
performance criteria in Section 13.1 are met for target compounds.
7.8.9.3.2 Acidic Silica Gel (30% weight/weight). Combine 100 g
of activated silica gel with 44 g of concentrated sulfuric acid in a
clean screw-capped glass container and agitate thoroughly. Disperse
the solids with a stirring rod until obtaining a uniform mixture of
acid-coated silica gel. Store the mixture in a glass container with
a PTFE-lined screw cap.
7.8.9.3.3 Basic Silica Gel. Combine 30 g of 1 N sodium hydroxide
with 100 g of activated silica gel in a clean screw-capped glass
container and agitate thoroughly. Disperse solids with a stirring
rod until obtaining a uniform mixture of base-coated silica gel.
Store the mixture in glass container with a PTFE-lined screw cap.
7.8.9.4 Carbon/Celite[supreg] 545 (or equivalent solid support).
Use of a carbon-based column
[[Page 16747]]
cleanup material (e.g., one of the many including for example
Carbopack[supreg] B or C) to further remove non-planar impurities
from the samples prior to analysis may be necessary. You must
evaluate alternative carbon-based sorbents for this purpose prior to
their use. An 18% weight/weight mixture of Carbopack[supreg] C and
Celite[supreg] 545 has been used for this purpose and should be
activated at 130 [deg]C (266 [deg]F) for a minimum of 6 hours. Allow
to cool and store this mixture in a desiccator.
7.8.10 Nitrogen. 99.999% (ultra-high) purity.
7.9 Sample Analysis.
7.9.1 Helium. 99.999% (ultra-high) purity.
7.9.2 Spiking Standards. Prepare spiking standards
quantitatively at a convenient concentration (e.g., 10 nanograms
(ng)/mL) or use commercial standards if available, to enable
accurate spiking of a labeled standard at various stages of the
sample and extract preparation. You may adjust the sample
fortification concentrations from those recommended in Tables 23-7,
23-8, and 23-9 of this method to accommodate the concentration of
target compounds anticipated in samples if the performance criteria
in Section 13 of this method are met.
Note: When adjusting the fortification concentrations in the
final sample extract, consider variables such as the aliquot of
extract used and injection volume of samples and calibration.
7.9.3 Pre-Sampling Adsorbent Standard. Prepare stock standard
solutions in nonane to enable spiking so that the isotopically
labeled compounds in the final sample extract are at the
concentration shown under the heading ``Pre-sampling Adsorbent
Standard'' in Tables 23-7, 23-8, and 23-9 of this method, for
applicable target compound classes.
7.9.4 Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard. Prepare stock
standard solutions in nonane to enable spiking so that the
isotopically labeled compounds in the final sample extract are at
the concentration shown under the heading ``Pre-extraction Filter
Recovery Standard'' in Tables 23-7, 23-8, and 23-9 of this method,
for applicable target compound classes.
7.9.5 Pre-extraction Standard. Prepare stock standard solutions
in nonane to enable spiking so that the isotopically labeled
compounds in the final sample extract are at the concentration shown
under the heading ``Pre-extraction Standard'' in Tables 23-7, 23-8,
and 23-9 of this method, for applicable target compound classes.
7.9.6 Pre-analysis Standard. Prepare stock standard solutions in
nonane to enable spiking so that the isotopically labeled compounds
in the final sample extract are at the concentration shown under the
heading ``Pre-analysis Standard'' in Tables 23-7, 23-8, and 23-9 of
this method, for applicable target compound classes.
8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage
8.1 Sampling. This method involves collection and recovery of
trace concentrations of target semivolatile organic compounds.
Therefore, field sampling and recovery staff should be trained and
experienced in the best practices for handling and using organic
solvents in field environments to recover and protect samples from
contamination.
8.1.1 Pretest Preparation.
8.1.1.1 Cleaning Glassware. Clean glassware thoroughly before
using. This section provides a recommended procedure, but any
protocol that consistently results in contamination-free glassware
meeting the LMB criteria in Section 13.1 of this method is
acceptable.
8.1.1.1.1 Soak all glassware in hot soapy water (Alconox[supreg]
or equivalent).
8.1.1.1.2 Rinse with hot tap water.
8.1.1.1.3 Rinse with deionized/distilled water.
8.1.1.1.4 Rinse with methanol.
8.1.1.1.5 Rinse with toluene.
8.1.1.1.6 Baking glassware up to 400 [deg]C (752 [deg]F) for a
minimum of 2 hours may be necessary to remove contaminants or
interferents from particularly dirty samples. Allow glassware to
cool after baking.
Note: Repeated baking of glassware may cause active sites on the
glass surface that may irreversibly adsorb target compounds.
8.1.1.1.7 Cover glassware openings with clean glass fitting caps
or cleaned aluminum foil (see Section 6.2.6 of this method).
8.1.1.1.8 Rinse glassware immediately before use with acetone
and toluene.
Note: To prepare heavily soiled glassware, remove surface
residuals from the glassware by soaking in hot soapy water, rinsing
with hot water, then soaking with a non-chromic acid oxidizing
cleaning reagent in a strong acid (e.g., NOCHROMIX[supreg] prepared
according to manufacturer's directions). After the acid soak, rinse
with hot water and repeat the cleaning procedures in Section 8.1.1.1
of this method.
8.1.1.2 Adsorbent Module. Load the modules in a clean area to
avoid contamination. Fill a module with 20 to 40 g of XAD-2. Spike
modules before the sampling event, but do not spike the modules in
the field. Add the pre-sampling adsorbent standard to the top
quarter of the adsorbent bed rather than onto the top or bottom of
the adsorbent bed. Add sufficient spike (picograms (pg)/module) to
result in the final sample theoretical concentrations specified in
Tables 23-7, 23-8, and 23-9 of this method for PCDD/PCDF, PAH, and
PCB, respectively, and to be above the lowest calibration
concentration to ensure the standard recovery is quantitative. For
samples with known or anticipated target compound concentration
significantly higher or lower than the specified concentration in
these tables, adjust the pre-sampling adsorbent standard
concentration to the expected native compound concentration, but no
less than 10 times the method detection limit (MDL). Follow the XAD-
2 with cleaned glass wool and tightly cap both ends of the module.
For analysis that includes PAH, use spiked modules within 14 days of
preparation. See Table 23-10 of this method for storage conditions.
8.1.1.3 Sampling Train. Figure 23-1 of this method shows the
complete sampling train. Follow the best practices by maintaining
all sampling train components according to the procedure described
in APTD-0576 Maintenance, Calibration, and Operation of Isokinetic
Source-sampling Equipment (U.S. EPA 1972).
8.1.1.4 Silica Gel. Weigh several 200 to 300 g portions of
silica gel in an air-tight container to the nearest 0.5 g. Record
the total weight of the silica gel plus container, on the outside of
each container. As an alternative, directly weigh the silica gel in
its impinger or sampling holder just prior to sampling.
8.1.1.5 Filter. Check each filter against light for
irregularities and flaws or pinhole leaks. Pack the filters flat in
a clean glass container. Do not mark filters with ink or any other
contaminating substance.
8.1.2 Preliminary Determinations. Use the procedures specified
in Section 8.2 of Method 5 of Appendix A-3 to 40 CFR part 60.
8.1.2.1 Sample Volume. Unless otherwise specified in an
applicable rule, regulation, or permit, sample for a minimum of 2
minutes at each traverse point. This method recommends sampling a
minimum of 2.5 dry standard cubic meters (dscm).
8.1.2.2 For continuously operating processes, use the same
sampling time at each traverse point. To avoid timekeeping errors,
use an integer, or an integer plus one-half minute, for each
traverse point.
8.1.2.3 For batch processes, determine the minimum operating
cycle duration, dividing the sampling time evenly between the
required numbers of traverse points. After sampling all traverse
points once, sample each point again for the same duration of time
per sampling point in reverse order until the operating cycle is
completed. Sample all traverse points at least once during each test
run.
8.1.3 Preparation of Sampling Train.
8.1.3.1 During field preparation and assembly of the sampling
train, keep all train openings where contamination can enter sealed
until just prior to assembly or until sampling is about to begin. To
protect the adsorbent module from radiant heat and sunlight, you
must wrap the module with aluminum foil or other suitable material
capable of shielding the module from light. The XAD-2 adsorbent
resin temperature must never exceed 50 [deg]C (122 [deg]F) because
thermal decomposition will occur. Clean and prepare a complete set
of sampling train components that will contact the sample for each
sampling run, including one complete set to be used as a field train
proof blank as a tool to evaluate equipment preparation and
potential contamination during sample recovery as described in
Section 9.6 of this method.
8.1.3.2 Place approximately 100 mL of water in the second and
third impingers but leave the first and fourth impingers empty.
Transfer approximately 200 g or more of silica gel from its
container to the fifth impinger. Weigh each impinger and the
adsorbent module, including the fitting caps, to the nearest 0.5 g
using the field balance and record the weight for moisture
determination. Remove the aluminum foil from the adsorbent module
before weighing. Keep the module out of direct sunlight and rewrap
the module with foil immediately after recording the module weight.
[[Page 16748]]
8.1.3.3 Using tweezers or clean disposable surgical gloves,
place a filter in the filter holder. Be sure that the filter is
properly centered, and the gasket properly placed, to prevent the
sample gas stream from circumventing the filter. Check the filter
for tears after completing the assembly.
8.1.3.4 Prepare the inside of the sampling probe and nozzle by
brushing each component while rinsing three times each with acetone
and toluene. Install the selected nozzle, using the connecting
systems described in Section 6.1.2 of this method. Mark the probe
with heat resistant tape or by some other method to denote the
proper distance into the stack or duct for each sampling point.
Assemble the train as shown in Figure 23-1 of this method. Orient
the adsorbent module vertically so condensed moisture drains into
the first impinger. See APTD-0576 Maintenance, Calibration, and
Operation of Isokinetic Source-sampling Equipment (U.S. EPA 1972)
for details.
8.1.3.5 Turn on the recirculation pump to the adsorbent module
and condenser coil and begin monitoring the temperature of the gas
entering the adsorbent module. Ensure proper temperature of the gas
entering the adsorbent module before proceeding.
8.1.4 Leak-Check Procedure. Same as Section 8.4 of Method 5 of
Appendix A-3 to 40 CFR part 60.
8.1.5 Sampling Train Operation. Same as Sections 8.5.1 through
8.5.9 of Method 5 of Appendix A-3 to 40 CFR part 60.
8.1.5.1 Monitor the filter temperature with a sensor and record
the filter temperature during sampling to ensure a sample gas
temperature exiting the filter of 120 [deg]C 14 [deg]C
(248 [deg]F 25 [deg]F), or such other temperature as
specified by an applicable subpart of the standards or approved by
the Administrator for an application of this method.
8.1.5.2 During testing, you must record the temperature of the
gas entering the XAD-2 adsorbent module. The temperature of the gas
must not exceed 20 [deg]C (68 [deg]F) for efficient capture of the
target compounds.
8.2 Sample Recovery. Begin the cleanup procedure as soon as the
probe is removed from the stack at the end of the sampling period.
Seal the nozzle end of the sampling probe with PTFE tape or clean
(e.g., toluene rinsed) aluminum foil.
8.2.1 When the probe can be safely handled, wipe off all
external particulate matter near the tip of the probe. Conduct a
post-test leak check. Remove the probe from the train and close off
both ends with PTFE tape or clean aluminum foil. Seal off the inlet
to the train with PTFE tape, a ground glass cap, or clean aluminum
foil.
8.2.2 Transfer the probe and impinger assembly to the cleanup
area. This method recommends cleaning and enclosing this area to
minimize the chances of losing or contaminating the sample. To avoid
sample contamination and unnecessary exposure to toxic chemicals,
smoking or eating in the sample recovery area shall not be allowed.
8.2.3 Inspect the train prior to and during disassembly. Note
and record any abnormal conditions (e.g., broken filters, colored
impinger liquid). Recover and prepare samples for shipping as
follows in Sections 8.2.4 through 8.2.12 of this method.
8.2.4 Container No. 1. Either seal the filter holder or
carefully remove the filter from the filter holder and place it in
its identified container. If it is necessary to remove the filter,
use a pair of cleaned tweezers to handle the filter. If necessary,
fold the filter such that the particulate cake is inside the fold.
Carefully transfer to the container any particulate matter and
filter fibers that adhere to the filter holder gasket by using a dry
inert bristle brush and a sharp-edged blade. Seal the container and
store cool (<=20 [deg]C, 68 [deg]F) for transport to the laboratory.
8.2.5 Adsorbent Module Sample. Remove the module from the train,
tightly cover both ends with fitting caps and PTFE tape, remove the
foil, drain the recirculating water from the module, weigh and
record the module weight, and label the adsorbent module. Moisture
measurement in the field using the Method 23 train requires weighing
the adsorbent module before sampling and after sampling as part of
the sample recovery.
8.2.6 Container No. 2. Quantitatively recover material deposited
in the nozzle, the front half of the filter holder, and the cyclone,
if used, by brushing while rinsing three times with acetone followed
by three rinses with toluene. Collect all the rinses in Container
No. 2.
8.2.7 Rinse the back half of the filter holder three times with
acetone followed by three rinses with toluene. Rinse the sample
transfer line between the filter and the condenser three times with
acetone followed by three rinses with toluene. If using a separate
condenser and adsorbent module, rinse the condenser three times with
acetone followed by three rinses with toluene. Collect all the
rinses in Container No. 2 and mark the level of the liquid on the
container.
8.2.8 Moisture Weight. Weigh the adsorbent module, impingers,
and silica gel impinger to within 0.5 g using the field
balance and record the weights. This information is required to
calculate the moisture content of the effluent gas. For PCDD/PCDF-
only measurements, discard the liquid after measuring and recording
the weight.
8.2.9 Container No. 3. You must save and analyze impinger water
samples if PAH and/or PCB are the target compounds. Quantitatively
recover impinger water samples for analysis if PAH and/or PCB are
the target compounds by rinsing three times with acetone followed by
three rinses with toluene. Collect impinger water and rinses in
Container No. 3 and mark the level of the liquid on the container.
8.2.10 Silica Gel. Note the color of the indicating silica gel
to determine if it has been completely spent and report its
condition on the field data sheet.
8.2.11 Field Sample Handling, Preservation, Storage, and
Transport. Store all field samples temporarily in cool (<=20 [deg]C,
68 [deg]F) and dark conditions prior to transport to the laboratory.
Ship samples cool (<=20 [deg]C, 68 [deg]F), shielded from
ultraviolet light. In addition, follow the procedures in American
Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D6911-15 (Guide for
Packaging and Shipping Environmental Samples for Laboratory
Analysis) for all samples, where appropriate. To avoid contamination
of the samples, pay special attention to cleanliness during
transport, field handling, sampling, recovery, and laboratory
analysis, as well as during preparation of the adsorbent cartridges.
8.2.12 Sample Custody. Proper procedures and documentation for
sample chain of custody are critical to ensuring data integrity.
Follow the chain of custody procedures in ASTM D4840-99(2018)e1
(Standard Guide for Sample Chain-of-Custody Procedures) for all
samples (including field samples and blanks).
8.3 Sample Storage Conditions and Laboratory Hold Times.
8.3.1 Table 23-10 of this method summarizes the sample storage
conditions and laboratory hold times.
8.3.2 Store sampling train rinses and filter samples in the dark
at the storage conditions in Table 23-10 from the time the
laboratory receives the samples until analysis.
8.3.3 You may store adsorbent samples for PCDD/PCDF or PCB
analysis prior to extraction in the dark at 6 [deg]C (43 [deg]F) or
less for up to one year from the time the laboratory receives the
samples.
Note: The hold times listed in this method for adsorbent samples
for PCDD/PCDF and PCB are recommendations as these compounds are
very stable under the conditions listed in this section.
8.3.4 Protect adsorbent samples destined for PAH analysis from
ultraviolet light. You may store adsorbent samples for PAH analysis
in the dark at 6 [deg]C (43 [deg]F) or less for up to 30 days from
the time the laboratory receives the samples.
8.3.5 Analyze PAH extracts within 40 days of extraction.
8.3.6 You may store sample aliquots including archived extracts
of PCDD/PCDF, PAH and/or PCB samples in the dark at -10 [deg]C (14
[deg]F) or less for up to one year. Sample extracts must not be
stored with pierced septa.
Note: The hold times listed in this method for sample aliquots
for PCDD/PCDF and PCB are recommendations as these compounds are
very stable under the conditions listed in this section.
9.0 Quality Control
Note: In recognition of advances that are occurring in sampling
and analytical technology, and to allow the test team to overcome
analyte sensitivity and matrix interferences, this method allows
certain options to increase sample collection volume and to improve
separations and the quality of the analysis results for target
analytes. It is the laboratory's responsibility to establish the
conditions for optimum sample extraction, cleanup, and concentration
to meet the performance criteria in this method. However, you may
not change the fundamental sampling and analysis techniques,
isokinetic sampling with an adsorbent collection media followed by
sample extraction, and HRMS detection and isotopic dilution
quantification procedures. Section 13 of this method specifies the
performance criteria to ensure that options employed for a sample
set and analytes of interest are equal to or better than the
[[Page 16749]]
specificity of the techniques in this method. The minimum
requirements of this method consist of the initial demonstration of
capability (IDC) and ongoing QC requirements. The analysis team
shall perform an IDC to demonstrate acceptable accuracy and
precision with this method as described in Section 9.3. The ongoing
QC includes performing CCVs and LMBs to evaluate an individual
laboratory's performance against the criteria in this method. The
method includes analysis of samples spiked with labeled compounds to
evaluate and document data quality. Laboratory performance is
compared to established performance criteria to determine if the
results of analyses meet the performance characteristics and
requirements of the method.
9.1 Record and report data and information that will allow an
independent reviewer to validate the determination of each target
compound concentration. Record and report the data as described in
Sections 9.1.1 through 9.1.7 of this method and performance criteria
results required in Section 13 of this method.
9.1.1 Sample numbers and other sample identifiers. Each sample
must have a unique identifier.
9.1.2 Field sample volume.
9.1.3 Field sampling date.
9.1.4 Extraction dates.
9.1.5 Analysis dates and times.
9.1.6 Analysis sequence/run chronology.
9.1.7 Quantitation Reports.
9.1.7.1 This method does not consider EMPC-flagged data to be
zero concentrations. Calculate and report the EMPC concentrations.
9.1.7.2 In determining compliance with any PCDD and PCDF
standard developed using zero for values that are below the EDL of
the method, including federal emission standards using Method 23
promulgated under 40 CFR parts 60 and 63 prior to March 20, 2023,
use zero for the determination of total and weighted concentrations
when the target compound is not detected. For all other
circumstances, unless otherwise specified in applicable regulations,
permits, or other requirements, when a target compound is measured
at or below EDL, use EDL as the concentration for calculating
compliance.
9.1.7.3 For each sample you must report EDLs, MDLs, LMBs and
Field Train Proof Blank results and target compound analysis
results.
9.2 Isotopically Labeled Standard Recovery.
9.2.1 Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard and Pre-extraction Filter
Recovery Standard Recoveries. Pre-sampling adsorbent standard and
pre-extraction filter recovery standard recoveries must demonstrate
on a per sample basis that recovery of the labeled standard achieved
the requirements in Section 13 of this method. Recoveries below the
acceptable range for the pre-sampling adsorbent standard may be an
indication of breakthrough in the sampling train.
9.2.1.1 If the pre-sampling adsorbent standard average percent
recovery is below 70%, the sampling run is not valid, and the stack
test must be repeated. As an alternative, you do not have to repeat
the stack test for invalid analyses if the pre-sampling adsorbent
standard average percent recovery is 25% or more and you divide the
final results by the fraction of the pre-sampling adsorbent standard
average percent recovery.
9.2.1.2 If the percent recovery of all the pre-extraction filter
recovery standard compounds is below 70%, you may reanalyze the
sample. If the recovery is still below the limit, the filter
sampling extraction is not valid, and you must repeat the stack or
vent sampling and subsequent analysis.
9.2.2 Pre-extraction Standard Recoveries. Pre-extraction
standard recoveries must demonstrate on a per sample basis that
recovery of the labeled standard achieved the requirements in
Section 13.15 of this method. If the recovery criteria are not met,
you may reanalyze the sample. If the recovery criteria are still not
met, the sampling run is not valid, and the stack test must be
repeated. Recoveries outside the acceptable range for pre-extraction
standard are an indication that sample preparation procedures did
not adequately address sample and or sample matrix processing to
recover native target compounds.
9.2.3 Pre-analysis Standard Response. Pre-analysis standard
recoveries must demonstrate on a per sample basis that adequate
labeled standard signal meets the requirements in Section 13.16 of
this method. Add pre-analysis standard to every sample (including
blanks, QC samples, and calibration solutions) in a known
concentration. If the prepared samples do not meet the pre-analysis
standard response criteria, you may reanalyze and/or prepare and
analyze archive samples to attempt meeting requirements for the
compounds that do not meet the pre-analysis standard response
criteria. Poor sensitivity compared to initial calibration response
may indicate injection errors or instrument drift.
9.3 Initial Demonstration of Capability (IDC). The IDC must be
successfully performed prior to analyzing field samples by meeting
the QC requirements in Table 23-18. The IDC must be repeated if
changes are made to analytical parameters not previously validated
during the IDC. This may include, for example, changing the sample
volume, selecting alternate quantitation ions, extending the
calibration range, adding additional pre-analysis standard, or
adding additional pre-extraction standard. The same calibration
range used during the IDC must be used for the analysis of field
samples.
9.3.1 Perform initial calibration following the procedures in
Section 10. The lowest calibration standard used to establish the
initial calibration must not be less than three times the MDL. The
initial calibration must meet performance criteria in Section 13.9.
9.3.2 Lowest Calibration Concentration Confirmation. Establish a
target concentration for the lowest calibration standard based on
the intended use of the method. The lowest calibration concentration
may be established by a laboratory or programmatic lowest
quantitative reporting requirement. The laboratory calibration curve
must be set at or below this level. Perform seven replicate analyses
of a calibration sample prepared at proposed lowest calibration
concentration. The replicate analyses of the lowest calibration
concentrations standards must meet the criteria in Sections 13.9 and
13.17.1.
Note: Consider that establishing the lowest calibration
concentration too low may cause repeated failure of ongoing QC
requirements.
9.3.3 Calculate Lowest Calibration Statistics. Calculate the
mean and standard deviation for each analyte in these replicates
(those used in Section 9.3.2). Determine the Half Range for the
Prediction Interval of Results (HRPIR) using Equation 23-13.
Calculate the Upper and Lower Limits for the Prediction Interval of
Results (PIR) with Equations 23-14 and 23-15.
9.3.4 Lowest Calibration Point Acceptance Criteria. The
laboratory's ability to measure analyte concentrations down to the
lowest calibration point is confirmed if the criteria presented in
Section 13.17.1 are met. If these criteria are not met, the lowest
calibration point as been set too low and must be confirmed at a
higher concentration.
9.3.5 Demonstration of Low System Background. Analyze an LMB
after the highest standard in the calibration range. If an automated
extraction system is used, an LMB must be extracted on each port.
Performance criteria are presented in Section 13.1. Note: When using
automated systems, the same systems must be used for samples and QC
samples, such as blanks and resin checks.
9.3.6 Initial Calibration Verification. A QCS must be analyzed
during the IDC, and then following each initial calibration
thereafter (at a minimum quarterly). A QCS is a mid-level standard
prepared from a second source standard or prepared from a source of
standards different from the source of calibration standards. The
purpose of the QCS is to verify the integrity of the primary
calibration standards. The acceptance criterion is presented in
Section 13.11.
9.3.7 MDL. Perform an MDL determination using a minimum of seven
spiked combined filter/sorbent media samples, spiked within 2 to 10
times of the expected MDL, and seven LMBs (combined filter/sorbent
media) through all the steps of the method following the
requirements in 40 CFR part 136 Appendix B. Confirm target compounds
meet the qualitative identification criteria in Sections 13.12 and
13.13. The criteria for the MDL determination are presented in
Section 13.6.1 of this method.
9.3.8 MDL Confirmation. Confirm newly determined MDLs by
preparing a low-level spiked combined filter/sorbent media sample by
spiking the sorbent with native target compounds at 1 to 5 times the
MDL and pre-extraction standard at the concentration used to analyze
field samples and analyze. The criterion for the MDL confirmation is
presented in Section 13.6.1 of this method.
9.3.9 Demonstration of Precision. Prepare, extract, and analyze
seven replicate spiked samples in a valid Extraction Batch. Fortify
the spiked samples near the midpoint of the initial calibration
curve. The criterion is presented in Section 13.17.2 and Table 23-
18. Demonstration is repeated for failed compounds only.
9.3.10 Demonstration of Accuracy. Using the same set of
replicate data generated for
[[Page 16750]]
Section 9.3.9 of this method, calculate the average % recovery. The
criterion is presented in Section 13.17.3 and Table 23-18.
Demonstration is repeated for failed compounds only.
9.4 LMBs. Evaluate background contamination from glassware,
equipment, solvents, standards, and media used for sample batches
using an LMB prepared and analyzed identically to the field samples,
including the same labeled standards, media, sodium sulfate, glass
wool, glassware, solvents, etc. An LMB must be extracted with every
batch of samples. Analyze an LMB at least once during each
analytical sequence or every 12 hours, whichever period is shorter.
If multiple LMB are required for an analytical sequence, report the
initial LMB associated with each 12 hour analysis period.
9.5 EDL. Calculate the EDL using Equation 23-11 of this method.
Note: If the applicable compliance limit is total dioxin or
total furan, report the sum of the EDLs for all the target
compounds. If the applicable rule limit is a TEQ value, report the
sum of the EDLs for all target compounds multiplied by their
corresponding compound specific TEF.
9.6 Field Train Proof Blank Assessment. Conduct at least one
field train proof blank for each test series at a single facility. A
field train proof blank is used to evaluate equipment preparation
and potential contamination during sample recovery and consists of a
fully assembled train at the sampling site. Prepare and assemble the
field train proof blank train in a manner identical to that
described in Sections 8.1.3 and 8.1.4 of this method using glassware
from the same preparation batch as the field samples. The field
train proof blank train must remain assembled for the same average
amount of time samples are collected. Recover the field train proof
blank train as described in Section 8.2 of this method. Follow all
subsequent steps for field train proof blank train sample
preparation and analysis used for field samples including data
reporting. Section 13.1 of this method describes the criteria for
the field train proof blank.
10.0 Calibration and Standardization
10.1 Sampling System. Same as Sections 6.1 and 10.1 through 10.7
of Method 5 of Appendix A-3 to 40 CFR part 60.
10.2 HRGC/HRMS System.
10.2.1 Mass Resolution. Tune the HRMS instrument to a resolving
power of at least 10,000 at 10% percent of the peak height or 25,000
at 50% percent of the peak height. The resolving power for PAH and
PCB analysis may be 8,000 at 10% of the peak height or 15,000 at 50%
of the peak height. Assess the resolution at three exact m/z's
representing the low-, mid-, and high-m/z range of the masses used
to measure the target compound class. You may use peak matching and
the chosen perfluoro-kerosene (PFK) or perfluorotributylamine (FC43)
reference peak to verify that the exact mass is within 5 ppm of the
required value.
10.2.2 Initial Calibration. Calibrate the HRGC/HRMS system using
a minimum of five concentrations over a range that brackets expected
field sample concentrations and the concentration of isotopically
labeled standards in spiked samples. Tables 23-11, 23-12, and/or 23-
13 of this method show the calibration concentrations recommended by
this method, as applicable to the target compound classes. Determine
the initial relative response factors for the target compounds and
isotopically labeled standards using the initial calibration.
Criteria for the initial calibration is in Section 13.9 of this
method.
10.2.2.1 Lock-Mass Ions. Tables 23-4, 23-5, and 23-6 of this
method present the recommended mass spectrometer lock-mass ions for
PCDD/PCDF, PAH, and PCB, respectively. The reference compounds PFK
or FC43 have ions that may be selected as your lock-mass and QC
check ions. Monitor the QC check ions specified in these tables to
verify instrument stability during the analysis (see Section 13.8
for performance criteria). Additional cleanup of the sample extract
(or archive extract) and reanalysis is necessary for failure to
maintain the lock-mass during analysis.
10.2.2.2 The relative standard deviation (RSD) for the mean
calibration relative response factor from each of the unlabeled
analytes and isotopically labeled compounds used in an analysis must
be less than or equal to the values in Table 23-14 of this method.
10.2.2.3 The signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio for the GC/MS signal
present in every selected ion current profile must be greater than
or equal to 10 in all concentrations of calibration standards for
unlabeled targets and isotopically labeled standards. The ion
abundance ratios must be within the control limits in Table 23-15 of
this method.
Note: An interference with PFK m/z 223.9872 may preclude meeting
10:1 S/N for the DiCB congeners at the optional Cal 1 level (Table
23-11). If this interference occurs, 10:1 S/N must be met at the Cal
2 level.
10.2.3 Continuing Calibration Verification.
10.2.3.1 Prepare the CCV standard at the same time as the batch
of field samples using the same labeled standards. Prepare CCV
standards at mid-level of the calibration (C3 level from Tables 23-
11, 23-12, or 23-13 of this method). Inject a CCV standard, for the
target compound class, at least once every 12 hours during an
analysis sequence. Calculate the RRF for each compound and compare
each RRF to the corresponding mean RRF obtained during the initial
calibration. The RRF for each native compound measured in a CCV must
not deviate from the initial calibration RRF by more than the limits
shown in Table 23-14.
10.2.3.2 The ion abundance ratios must be within the allowable
control limits shown in Table 23-15 of this method.
10.2.3.3 The S/N ratio for the GC/MS signal present in every
selected ion current profile must be greater than or equal to 10.
10.2.3.4 Repeat the initial calibration when there is a failure
to meet the requirements for acceptable CCV standard analysis.
10.2.3.5 Column Separation Check. Use the results from a CCV to
verify and document the resolution required in Section 13.2, 13.3,
or 13.4 of this method for the target compound classes analyzed with
this method. If target compounds are not sufficiently resolved to
meet the requirement, an analysis on a confirmation column is
recommended (see Section 13.5 of this method).
10.2.3.6 If you use a confirmation column, perform the
resolution check in Section 10.2.3.5 of this method to document the
required resolution on the confirmation column. See Section 13.5 of
this method on confirmation columns, if needed.
11.0 Analysis Procedure
11.1 Sample Extraction and Concentration. The sample extraction
procedures in this method are the same for PCDD, PCDF, PCB and PAH
targets. Figure 23-4 provides a flow chart showing sample container
combination and extraction steps. Do not allow samples and extracts
destined for PAH or PCB analysis to concentrate to dryness because
the lower molecular weight PAH and the mono- through tri-
chlorobiphenyls may be totally or partially lost. Note: Rotary
evaporation is applicable when analyzing for PCDD/PCDF only. Snyder
column apparatus is recommended when analyzing for PAH and PCB.
11.1.1 Optional Soxhlet Precleaning. Place an extraction thimble
(see Section 6.3.3.3 of this method) and a plug of glass wool into
the Soxhlet apparatus equipped with a Dean-Stark trap, charge the
apparatus with toluene, and reflux for a minimum of 3 hours. Remove
the toluene and discard it. Remove the extraction thimble from the
extraction system and place it in a glass beaker to catch the
solvent rinses from sample transfer to the extraction thimble.
Retain the clean glass wool plug. Alternatively, confirm that the
LMB for associated reagents, materials, and media meets the
performance requirements in Section 13.1 of this method.
11.1.2 Container No. 1 (Filter) Preparation. Spike the filter
with the appropriate pre-extraction filter recovery standard to
result in the final sample extract concentrations shown in Tables
23-7, 23-8, and 23-9 of this method taking care that all spike
liquid is distributed on the filter. Allow the filter to dry enough
to prevent overspill, then transfer the filter and the contents of
Container No. 1 directly to the glass extraction thimble in the
glass solvent rinse catch beaker so that the filter will be
completely immersed in the solvent during extraction.
11.1.3 Adsorbent Module. Spike the adsorbent with the
appropriate pre-extraction standard to result in the final sample
extract concentrations shown in Tables 23-7, 23-8, and 23-9 of this
method, as applicable, spiked into the adsorbent, not on top of the
adsorbent. Transfer the adsorbent material to the glass extraction
thimble in the glass solvent rinse catch beaker. Rinse the module
into the thimble in the beaker with the contents of Container No. 1.
Alternatively, suspend the adsorbent module directly over the
extraction thimble in a beaker, then, using a wash bottle containing
methanol, flush the XAD-2 into the thimble onto the filter.
Thoroughly rinse the interior of the glass module that contained the
XAD-2 with toluene.
[[Page 16751]]
11.1.4 Container No. 2 (Acetone and Toluene Rinses). Concentrate
the sample to a volume of no less than 5 mL. Concentrate samples
containing toluene using a heating mantle and three-ball Snyder
column or a rotary evaporator. Rinse sample Container No. 2 three
times with small portions of toluene and add these to the
concentrated solution and concentrate further to no less than 5 mL.
This residue contains particulate matter removed in the rinse of the
train probe and nozzle. Rinse the concentrated material from
Container No. 2 into the glass extraction thimble containing the
filter and the XAD-2 resin.
11.1.5 Transfer the solvent contained in the glass solvent rinse
catch beaker to the extraction apparatus solvent reservoir. Rinse
the beaker into the Soxhlet extraction apparatus solvent reservoir
three times with small portions of toluene.
11.1.6 Container No. 3 (Impinger Water and Rinses). For PAH and
PCB analysis, transfer the contents of Container No. 3 to a
separatory funnel. Adjust to pH 2 with 6 N sulfuric acid, if
necessary. Rinse the sample container with three successive 10-mL
aliquots of the toluene and add these rinses to the separatory
funnel. Extract the sample by vigorously shaking the separatory
funnel for 5 minutes. After complete separation of the phases,
remove the solvent and filter it through a bed of precleaned, dry
sodium sulfate into the Soxhlet extraction apparatus solvent
reservoir. Repeat the extraction step two additional times. Adjust
the pH to 11 with 6 N sodium hydroxide, re-extract the impinger
water and rinses, and filter it through a bed of precleaned, dry
sodium sulfate into the Soxhlet extraction apparatus solvent
reservoir. Rinse the sodium sulfate into the extraction apparatus
solvent reservoir with fresh solvent and discard the sodium sulfate.
11.1.7 Add the appropriate pre-extraction standard for the
target compound classes (to result in the final sample extract
concentrations shown in Tables 23-7, 23-8, and 23-9 of this method)
to the extraction thimble containing the combined filter and
adsorbent sample fractions. Cover the contents of the extraction
thimble with the cleaned glass wool plug to prevent the XAD-2 resin
from splashing into the solvent reservoir of the extractor. Place
the extraction thimble into the Soxhlet extraction apparatus.
11.1.8 Pour additional toluene to fill the solvent reservoir to
approximately two-thirds capacity. Add PTFE boiling chips and
assemble the apparatus.
11.1.9 Adjust the heat source to cause the extractor to cycle
approximately three times per hour. Extract the sample for
sufficient time to meet the pre-extraction standard recovery
performance criteria in Section 13.15 of this method. The solvent
should cycle completely through the system a minimum of 48 times.
11.2 Sample Aliquots for Cleanup and Analysis.
11.2.1 After extraction, allow the Soxhlet apparatus to cool.
11.2.2 Initial Extract Concentration. You may perform an initial
concentration of the sample extract using the techniques (e.g.,
Kuderna Danish, rotary evaporation, nitrogen blowdown) found to
recover the pre-extraction standard sufficient to meet the
performance criteria in Section 13.15 of this method. Concentrate
initial extracts in toluene using a heating mantle and three-ball
Snyder column or a rotary evaporator. Concentrate the field train
proof blank and LMB samples in the same manner as samples.
Note: To meet isotopically labeled standard recoveries for low
molecular weight PCB and PAH, do not evaporate samples to dryness
and do not use a rotary evaporator to concentrate extracts.
11.2.3 Allow the sample extract to cool. You should use a
minimum of one half of the sample extract for PCDD/PCDF analysis.
You may archive the remaining sample extract or further split the
sample extract for PCB and/or PAH analysis and archive.
Note: If using amount other than half the sample extract, adjust
the spiking amount of the labeled standards accordingly.
11.2.4 If necessary, further concentrate the sample extract for
cleanup and analysis using concentration techniques (e.g., Kuderna
Danish, rotary evaporation, nitrogen blowdown) found to recover the
pre-extraction standard sufficient to meet the performance criteria
in Section 13 of this method.
11.3 Sample Cleanup and Fractionation. You may process a
separate aliquot/split of the sample extract for each of the
compound classes analyzed by this method. Sample cleanup for each
compound class may include techniques in addition to column
chromatography such as acid/base back-extraction, Gel Permeation
Chromatography, or high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) to
isolate target compounds from interferences. This section includes a
description of column chromatography shown to meet the performance
criteria in Sections 9.2 and 13 of this method. The following sample
cleanup and fractionation procedures are recommended but not
required. You may modify cleanup column dimensions to meet manual or
automated cleanup procedures as technology changes and improves. You
must evaluate the cleanup and fractionation procedures used to
confirm acceptable recovery of isotopically labeled standards. The
alternative procedures must provide sufficient cleanup to meet
method identification criteria (Section 11.4.3.4 of this method) and
recovery criteria (Section 9.2 of this method). Section 13 of this
method summarizes the method performance requirements.
Note: Recommendations in this section provide a cleanup approach
that may allow multiple compound class measurement from a single
aliquot of the original sample extract. Typically, Florisil[supreg]
and alumina are used to separate PAH and PCDPE from PCDD and PCDF
target compounds. Use acid, neutral, and basic silica gel and
cleanup procedures to remove nonpolar and polar interferences from
samples destined for PCB and PCDD/PCDF analysis. Use
Carbopack[supreg]/Celite[supreg] (or other equivalent carbon-based
column material) to remove other nonpolar interferences.
11.3.1 PAH and PCDPE Fractionation and Cleanup. You may use a
Florisil[supreg] column to remove PAH and PCDPE from the sample
extract. You may also fractionate sample extracts using
Florisil[supreg] as the first cleanup step to separate PAH for
analysis.
Note: High concentrations of PAH may interfere, leading to
failure of performance criteria for PCDD/PCDF or PCB analysis.
11.3.1.1 Pack a 6-mm ID chromatographic column or equivalent
diameter glass pipet with a glass wool plug followed by
approximately 1.5 g (approximately 2 mL) of activated
Florisil[supreg]. Add approximately 1 cm (approximately 1 mL) of
anhydrous sodium sulfate followed by a glass wool plug to the head
of the column. Pre-elute the column with 10 mL of methylene chloride
followed by 10 mL of hexane and discard the eluate.
11.3.1.2 When the solvent is within 1 mm of the packing,
transfer the concentrated extract (up to 5 mL) to the top of the
Florisil[supreg] column, rinse the sample container twice with 1 to
2 mL of hexane, adding each rinse to the column, and elute the
column with 35 mL of 5% dichloromethane in hexane. This fraction
(Fraction 1) should contain target PCB, and selected hydrocarbons
and chlorinated monoaromatic compounds.
11.3.1.3 Elute the column with 35 mL of 15% of dichloromethane
in hexane and collect the eluate. This fraction (Fraction 2) should
contain target PCDD/PCDF compounds.
11.3.1.4 Elute the column with 50 mL of 50% dichloromethane in
hexane. The fraction (Fraction 3) should contain target PAH.
11.3.1.5 If necessary to remove any remaining polar organic
compounds, elute the column with 70 mL of 15% acetone in hexane.
11.3.2 PCDD/PCDF and PCB Fractionation and Cleanup. You may
remove PAH from the original aliquot of sample extract used for
PCDD/PCDF analysis as described in Section 11.3.1 of this method.
Design the column cleanup chromatography for PCDD/PCDF and PCB such
that two consecutive fractions are collected (one with PCDD/PCDF and
one with PCB) without impacting the detection limits. Depending on
the source and sample matrix of the original sample, one or more of
the following column cleanup approaches may be necessary to further
remove polyhalogenated diphenyl ethers. You may use any number of
permutations found in the referenced literature for this cleanup if
the pre-extraction standard recoveries from field and LMB samples
meet the associated performance criteria in Section 13 of this
method. Alternatively, you may use an automated cleanup approach
that meets the labeled spike recovery requirements in Section 13 of
this method.
11.3.2.1 Silica Gel Column Chromatography. Pack one end of a
glass column, approximately 20 mm ID x 230 mm long, with glass wool.
Add in sequence to the glass column, 1 g of silica gel, 2 g of
sodium hydroxide impregnated silica gel, 1 g of silica gel, 4 g of
acid-modified silica gel, 1 g of silica gel, and 1 cm layer of
anhydrous sodium sulfate. Pre-elute the column with 30 to 50 mL of
hexane leaving a small quantity of hexane above the sodium sulfate
layer. Discard the pre-elution hexane. Add the
[[Page 16752]]
sample extract, dissolved in 5 mL of hexane to the head of the
column. Allow the sample to flow into the column leaving a small
quantity of hexane above the sodium sulfate layer. Rinse the extract
container with two additional 5-mL rinses of hexane and apply each
rinse to the column separately as the previous addition elutes.
Elute the column with an additional 90 mL of hexane and retain the
entire eluate. Concentrate this solution to a volume of about 1 mL
using the nitrogen evaporative concentrator (see Section 6.3.5 of
this method).
11.3.2.2 Silver Nitrate Silica Gel Column Chromatography. Pack a
column (6 mm ID, 150 mm in length) sequentially with 1 g of silica
gel and 1 g of 10% silver nitrate silica gel followed by a layer of
about 10 mm of sodium sulfate (anhydrous). Wash the column
sufficiently with hexane, elute until the liquid level reaches to
the upper end of the column, and then transfer the concentrated
sample (about 5 mL). Rinse the container several times with a small
amount of hexane, elute with 200 mL of hexane at a flow rate about
2.5 mL/min (approximately one drop per second) to elute PCDD/PCDF.
11.3.2.3 Multi-layer Silica Gel Column Chromatography. You may
use a multi-layer silica gel column in place of separate silica
columns. Pack a column of 20 mm ID and 300 mm in length sequentially
by the dry pack method with 0.9 g of silica gel, 3.0 g of 2%
potassium hydroxide silica gel, 0.9 g of silica gel, 4.5 g of 44%
sulfuric acid silica gel, 6.0 g of 22% sulfuric acid silica gel, 0.9
g of silica gel, 3.0 g of 10% silver nitrate silica gel, 2.0 g of
silica gel and 6.0 g of sodium sulfate (anhydrous). Wash the column
sufficiently with hexane, elute until the liquid level reaches to
the upper end of the column, and then load the sample solution.
Rinse the container several times with a small amount of hexane,
elute with 150-200 mL of hexane at a flow rate about 2.5 mL/min
(approximately one drop per second) to elute PCDD/PCDF.
11.3.2.4 Basic Alumina Column Chromatography. Pack a column (20
mm ID, 300 mm in length) with approximately 6 to 12 g of basic
alumina. Pre-elute the column with 50 to 100 mL of hexane. Transfer
the concentrated extract from the previous column cleanup to the top
of the basic alumina column. Allow the sample to flow into the
column leaving a small quantity of solvent above the top of the bed.
Rinse the extract container with two additional 1-mL rinses of
hexane and apply each rinse to the column separately as the previous
addition elutes. Elute the column with 100 mL hexane to remove the
interferences. Elute the PCDD/PCDF from the column with 20 to 40 mL
of 50% methylene chloride in hexane. The ratio of methylene chloride
to hexane may vary depending on the activity of the alumina used in
the column preparation. Do not let the head of the column go without
solvent. The first 100 mL hexane eluate is not used for subsequent
PCDD/PCDF analysis. The eluate is concentrated to approximately 0.5
mL using the nitrogen evaporative concentrator.
11.3.2.5 Carbopack[supreg] C/Celite[supreg] 545 Column or
Equivalent. Cut both ends from a 10 mL disposable Pasteur pipette
(see Section 6.4.1 of this method) to produce a 10 cm column. Fire-
polish both ends and flare both ends if desired. Insert a glass wool
plug at one end and pack the column with 0.55 g of
Carbopack[supreg]/Celite[supreg] (see Section 7.8.9.4 of this
method) to form an adsorbent bed approximately 2 cm long. Insert a
glass wool plug on top of the bed to hold the adsorbent in place.
Pre-elute the column with 5 mL of toluene followed by 2 mL of
methylene chloride:methanol:toluene (15:4:1 volume/volume (v/v)), 1
mL of methylene chloride:cyclohexane (1:1 v/v), and 5 mL of hexane.
If the flow rate of eluate exceeds 0.5 mL/minute, discard the
column. Do not let the head of the column go without solvent. Add
the sample extract to the column. Rinse the sample container twice
with 1 mL portions of hexane and apply separately to the column.
Apply 2 mL of hexane to the head of the column to complete the
transfer. Elute the interfering compounds with two 3 mL portions of
hexane, 2 mL of methylene chloride:cyclohexane (1:1 v/v), and 2 mL
of methylene chloride:methanol:toluene (15:4:1 v/v). Discard the
eluate. Invert the column and elute the PCDD/PCDF with 20 mL of
toluene. If carbon particles are present in the eluate, filter
through glass-fiber filter paper. Concentrate the eluate to
approximately 0.5 mL using the nitrogen evaporative concentrator for
further cleanup or analysis by HRGC/HRMS.
11.4 PCDD, PCDF, PCB and PAH Analysis.
11.4.1 Analyze the sample extract with an HRGC/HRMS using the
instrumental parameters in Sections 11.4.2 and 11.4.3 of this
method.
11.4.1.1 Immediately prior to analysis, add an aliquot
(typically 20 microliters ([micro]l)) of the pre-analysis standard
to result in the final sample extract concentrations in Tables 23-7,
23-8, and 23-9 of this method to each sample as appropriate for the
compounds you are measuring by this method.
11.4.1.2 Inject an aliquot of the sample extract into the GC,
typically 1 [micro]l. You may perform separate analyses using
different GC columns for each of the target compound classes.
Perform calibration and sample analysis for each target compound
class using the same instrument operating conditions including
injection volume.
11.4.1.2.1 If target compounds are not resolved sufficiently
from other target compounds or interferences in the sample to meet
the requirements in Section 10.2.3.5 or 10.2.3.6 of this method, as
applicable to the compound class being analyzed, or as otherwise
specified in an applicable regulation, permit, or other requirement,
analyze sample (or another aliquot of the sample) using an
alternative column that provides elution order to uniquely quantify
the target compounds subject to interference on the first GC column.
11.4.1.2.2 You may use column systems other than those
recommended in this method provided the analyst is able to
demonstrate, using calibration and CCVs, that the alternative column
system is able to meet the applicable specifications of Section
10.2.3.5 or 10.2.3.6 of this method.
11.4.2 Example Gas Chromatograph Operating Conditions.
11.4.2.1 Injector. Configured for capillary column, splitless,
250 [deg]C (482 [deg]F).
11.4.2.2 Carrier Gas. Helium, 1 to 2 mL/min.
11.4.2.3 Oven. Optimize the GC temperature program to achieve
the required separation and target compound recovery for the GC
column in use. Table 23-16 of this method presents the typical
conditions for a DB5-MS column.
11.4.3 High-Resolution Mass Spectrometer.
11.4.3.1 Ionization Mode. Electron ionization.
11.4.3.2 Source Temperature. Maintain the source temperature in
the range of 250 to 300 [deg]C (482 to 572 [deg]F).
11.4.3.3 Ion Monitoring Mode. Tables 23-4, 23-5, and 23-6 of
this method summarize the various ions to be monitored for PCDD/
PCDF, PAH, and PCB, respectively.
11.4.3.4 Identification Criteria for Target Compounds. Use the
following identification criteria for the characterization of target
compounds in this method. The available native and isotopically
labeled standards allow the unique identification of all PCDD/PCDF,
PAH, and selected PCB congeners analyzed in this method. Also see
Sections 13.12 and 13.13 of this method for identification criteria
for PCDD/PCDF/PCB and PAH target compounds, respectively.
11.4.3.4.1 For PCDD/PCDF and PCB, Table 23-15 of this method
provides acceptance limits for the integrated ion abundance ratio of
primary and secondary target compound ions. When the ion abundance
ratio for a target analyte is outside the performance criteria, you
may reanalyze samples on an alternative GC column to resolve
chemical interferences, tune the mass spectrometer to operate at a
higher mass resolution to discriminate against the interference(s),
and/or further cleanup an archived sample to remove the
interference(s). Report analysis results as an EMPC when a response
meets identification criteria except the ion abundance ratio
criteria or when a peak representing a PCDPE has been detected at
the retention time. This method does not consider EMPC-flagged data
to be zero concentrations.
Note: Some EMPCs may be caused by poor ion statistics when the
concentration of the target compound is at or near the DL.
11.4.3.4.2 The retention time for the analytes must be within 3
seconds of the corresponding labeled pre-extraction standard.
11.4.3.4.3 The signals for the two exact masses in Tables 23-4
and 23-6 of this method for PCDD/PCDF and PCB, respectively, must be
present and must reach their maximum response within two seconds of
each other.
11.4.3.4.4 Identify and quantify specific target compounds or
isomers that do not have corresponding pre-extraction standard
compounds by comparing to the pre-extraction standard of the same
compound class with the nearest retention time to target compound.
11.4.3.4.5 For the identification of specific PCB congeners, the
retention time of the native congener must be within 0.006 relative
retention time (RRT) units of the pre-extraction standard.
[[Page 16753]]
11.4.3.4.6 For qualitative identification, the S/N ratio for the
GC signal present in every selected ion current profile for native
compound response must be greater than or equal to 2.5.
11.4.3.4.7 The separation of target compounds, including
2,3,7,8-TeCDD and 2,3,7,8-TeCDF, must satisfy the separation
criteria in Section 10.2.3.5 of this method and all the
identification criteria specified in Sections 11.4.3.4.1 through
11.4.3.4.6 of this method. See Section 13.5 of this method on
confirmation columns, if needed.
11.4.3.4.8 Chlorodiphenyl Ether Interference. If chromatographic
peaks are detected at the retention time of any PCDF in any of the
m/z channels used to monitor PCDPE, there is evidence of a positive
interference and you may opt to flag data noting the interference
and keep the value to calculate PCDF concentration as EMPC or
reanalyze to remove or shift the interference. This method
recommends alumina (see Section 11.3.2.4 of this method) and
Florisil[supreg] (see Section 11.3.1 of this method) liquid column
chromatography packing materials for removal of PCDPE during sample
cleanup.
11.4.3.4.9 The recommended MS lock-mass ions are specified in
Tables 23-4, 23-5, and 23-6 of this method for PCDD/PCDF, PAH, and
PCB, respectively. Monitor the QC check ions to verify instrument
stability during the analysis. If the QC check ion signal varies by
more than 25% from the average response across the run, flag results
for all isomers at corresponding retention time as the lock-mass
ions or QC check ions. You have the option to reanalyze after
additional cleanup on the sample (or an archived portion of the
sample if the archive is available), or after dilution of the
sample. Alternately, determine through additional quality review
whether the target analyte and its corresponding isotopically
labeled standard are equally affected by the change in lock-mass
ions and/or QC check ions. When you reanalyze a sample, ensure all
concentration calculations are reported from the reanalyzed sample.
11.4.3.4.10 For the identification of PAH, the RRT of each
native to its labeled compound must be within 0.006 RRT units
compared to the corresponding RRTs in the continuing calibration.
The signals for the characteristic ion listed in Table 23-5 of this
method must be present.
11.4.3.5 Quantitation. Measure the response of each native
target compound and the corresponding pre-extraction standard. Using
the CCV RRF, calculate the mass of each target compound, using
equations in Section 12.7 of this method. Use the pre-extraction
standard to correct the native target compounds result for
variations in performance of the extraction, cleanup, and
concentration steps of the analysis. Recovery of pre-extraction
standard must meet the minimum specifications in Section 9.2. of
this method to ensure that the method performance and reliability
have not been compromised by unacceptable losses during sample
processing. Table 23-17 of this method shows the assignments for
pre-extraction standard compounds for use in calculating the
response factor and the concentrations of PCB. Recoveries of all
labeled standard compounds must meet the minimum recovery
specifications in Section 13 of this method. Note: Unacceptably low
recoveries can be an indication of a sample processing step that
caused the low recoveries, such as spiking errors.
11.4.3.5.1 Use Equation 23-7 to calculate the amount of each
target compound or group in the sample.
11.4.3.5.2 Use Equation 23-8 to calculate the concentration per
dscm of each target compound or group in the gas.
11.4.3.5.3 Quantify native PCDD and PCDF in its homologous
series using the corresponding native and pre-extraction standard
response in its homologous series. For example, use
\13\C12-2,3,7,8-TeCDD to calculate the concentrations of
all other tetra chlorinated isomers.
11.4.3.5.4 As an option or as required or specified in
applicable regulations, permits, or other requirements, you may
quantify any or all other PCB congeners as resolved or coeluting
combinations using the RRF of the nearest eluting native target PCB
in the same homolog group and the pre-extraction standard assigned
in Appendix A to this method.
11.4.3.5.5 As an option or as required or specified in
applicable regulations, permits, or other requirements, report the
total concentration of congeners at a given level of chlorination
(homolog; i.e., total TrCB, total PeCB, total HxCB, etc.) by summing
the concentrations of all congeners identified in the retention time
window for the homologs as assigned in Appendix A to this method.
11.4.3.5.6 As an option or if required in an applicable
regulation, permit or other requirement, total PCB may be reported
by summing all congeners identified at all window-defining congeners
(WDCs) as assigned in Appendix A to this method.
12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations
Note: Same as Section 12 of Method 5 of Appendix A-3 to 40 CFR
part 60, with the following additions.
12.1 Nomenclature.
A1n = Integrated ion current of the primary m/z values
for the target native compound.
A1pe = Integrated ion current of the primary m/z values
for the pre-extraction standard compound (assigned in Tables 23-4,
23-5, and 23-6 of this method).
A1pa = Integrated ion current of the primary m/z values
for the pre-analysis standard compound.
A2n = Integrated ion current of the secondary m/z values
for the target native compound. For PAH A2n = 0.
A2pe = Integrated ion current of the secondary m/z's for
the pre-extraction standard compound. For PAH A2l = 0.
A2pa = Integrated ion current of the secondary m/z values
for the pre-analysis standard compound.
Ci = Mass of compound i in the sample, pg.
Cidscm = Concentration of target native compound i in the
emission gas, pg/dscm.
CT = Total mass of target compounds in the sample, pg/
sample.
dscm = Dry standard cubic meters of gas volume sample measured by
the dry gas meter, corrected to standard conditions.
Hai = Summed heights of the noise for each quantitation
ion for native target compounds.
Hci = Summed heights of the noise at the primary and
secondary m/z's of the pre-extraction standard i.
LPIR = Lower limit for the prediction interval of
results.
n = Number of values.
PD = Percent Difference in the RRF of the continuing calibration
verification compared to the average RRF of the initial calibration,
%.
Qn = Quantity of the target native compound, pg.
Qpe = Quantity of the pre-extraction standard, pg.
Qpa = Quantity of the pre-analysis standard, pg.
R = Recovery of pre-sampling adsorbent standard and pre-extraction
filter recovery standard, %.
Rpe = Recovery of pre-extraction standard, %.
RRFi = Relative response factor of a native target
compound or pre-sampling adsorbent standard and pre-extraction
filter recovery standard at calibration level i.
RRFpe = Relative response factor of a pre-extraction
standard compound.
RRFccv = Relative response factor of a native target
compound or pre-sampling adsorbent standard and pre-extraction
filter recovery standard in the continuing calibration verification.
RSD = Relative standard deviation, in this case, of RRFs over the
calibration levels, %.
SD = Standard deviation.
SDRRF = Standard deviation of initial calibration RRFs.
UPIR = Upper limit for the prediction interval of
results.
WDC = Window-defining congener representing an isotopically labeled
compound that defines the beginning or end of a retention time
window bracketing a target homolog.
12.2 Individual Compound RRF for Each Calibration Level i.
Equation 23-1 for the response factor of each target native compound
relative to its labeled pre-extraction standard analog includes the
integrated ion current of both the primary and secondary m/z values
for each compound in the calibration standard, excluding PAH, which
use only primary m/z values. Use Equation 23-2 to calculate the RRF
for pre-extraction standard.
[[Page 16754]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.006
Note: the units for Qpe and Qn in Eq. 23-1
and the units for Qpa and Qpe in Equation 23-2
must be the same.
12.3 Average RRF for Each Compound Over the Minimum of Five
Calibration Levels.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.007
12.4 Percent RSD of the RRFs for a Compound Over the Calibration
Levels. The requirement for the initial calibration RSD is in
Section 13.9 and Table 23-14 of this method.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.008
12.5 Standard Deviation of the RRFs for a Compound Over the
Calibration Levels.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.009
12.6 Percent Difference of the RRF of the Continuing Calibration
Verification Compared to the Average RRF from the Initial
Calibration for Each Target Compound. Use Equation 23-1 to calculate
the RRF for the continuing calibration verification for comparison
to the average RRF from the initial calibration. The requirement for
the continuing calibration verification % difference is in Section
13.10 and Table 23-14 of this method.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.010
12.7 Amount of Individual Target Compound i in the Sample by
Isotope Dilution (pg). This equation corrects for the target native
compound recovery based on its labeled pre-extraction standard
analog. This equation is also used to calculate the amount of pre-
sampling adsorbent standard and pre-extraction filter recovery
standard recovered.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.011
Note: For the quantitation of the pre-sampling adsorbent
standard and the pre-extraction filter recovery standard, use a
corresponding pre-extraction isomer (or homolog) with the closest
retention time.
12.8 Concentration of the Individual Target Compound or Group i
in the Emission Gas (pg/dscm). The total concentration of a target
compound group in the sample can be calculated by substituting
CT from Eq. 23-12 for Ci in Equation 23-8.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.012
12.9 Recovery of Labeled Compound Standards. Use Equation 23-9
to determine the recovery of pre-sampling adsorbent standard and the
pre-extraction filter recovery standard. Use Equation 23-10 to
determine the recovery of the pre-extraction standard. The recovery
performance criteria for these standards are in Sections 13.14,
13.15, and 13.16 of this method.
[[Page 16755]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.013
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.014
Note: Recovery may be calculated based on mass instead of
concentration, as needed.
Note: Rpe must be corrected for the fraction of the
original sample extract used for analysis. (e.g., if half of the
extract is used for analysis of the target class, Rpe
must be multiplied by a factor of 2).
12.10 Estimated Detection Limit (EDL).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.015
12.11 Total Target Compound Mass.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.016
Note: Unless otherwise specified in applicable regulations,
permits or other requirements, count any target compounds reported
as non-detected as EDL when calculating the concentration of target
compounds in the sample.
12.12 Upper and Lower Limits for the Prediction Interval of
Results (PIR)
Half Range (HR) for the Predication Interval of Results
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.017
Note: 3.963 is a constant value for seven replicates.
Upper and Lower Limits for the Prediction Interval of Results
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.018
13.0 Method Performance
Data generated with this method must be fit for purpose.
Applicable results of method performance criteria in this section
must be reported. Consequences of failed quality criteria are
provided with the criteria in this section.
13.1 Background Assessment--Field Train Proof Blank, LMB and
Materials. Determine the contribution to target compound
concentration from reagents, media and glassware used to make target
compound measurements. Conduct at least one field train proof blank
for each test series at a single facility. Analyze at least one LMB
sample during an analytical sequence or every 12 hours, whichever is
shorter. Native target compound concentrations in the field train
proof blank, LMB and materials assessment must be less than or equal
to three times the EDL of the method or 10 times lower than the
quantitation limit required by the end use of the data (e.g.,
compliance limit or other limits set by consent decree or permit),
whichever is higher. The field train proof blank, LMB and materials
assessment must also meet the performance specifications in Tables
23-7, 23-8, and 23-9, as applicable to the compound target list.
13.2 GC column or column systems used to measure PCDD/PCDF must
meet the column separation requirements in Section 6.5.2.1 of this
method and the applicable requirements in Sections 10.2.3.5 and
11.4.3.4 of this method using the continuing calibration
verification. Failure to meet this chromatographic resolution
criterion requires data from this analysis to be flagged explaining
the potential bias of the results.
13.3 GC column or column systems used to measure PAH must meet
the column separation requirements in Section 6.5.2.2 of this method
and the applicable requirements in Sections 10.2.3.5 and 11.4.3.4 of
this method using the continuing calibration check. Failure to meet
this chromatographic resolution criterion requires data from this
analysis to be flagged explaining the potential bias of the results.
13.4 GC column or column systems used to measure PCB must meet
the column separation requirements in Section 6.5.2.3 of this method
and the applicable requirements in Sections 10.2.3.5 and 11.4.3.4 of
this method using the continuing calibration check and be able to
achieve unique resolution and identification of the toxics for
determination of a TEQPCB. The rule requiring the use of
this method will establish which WHO TEF to use. Failure to meet
this chromatographic resolution criterion requires data from this
analysis to be flagged explaining the potential bias of the results.
13.5 Confirmation Column. If target compounds are not
sufficiently resolved from other target compounds or interferences
in the sample to meet the requirements for target compounds in
Sections 13.2, 13.3, and/or 13.4 of this method, analyze sample (or
another aliquot of the sample) using an alternative column that
provides elution order to uniquely quantify the target compounds
subject to interference on the first GC column. When using a
confirmation column, document the required resolution.
13.6 Detection Limits.
13.6.1 MDL. The MDLs are determined following the procedures in
Section 9.3.7 of this method. MDLs are confirmed by
[[Page 16756]]
preparing and analyzing a spiked sample (spiked at 1 to 5 times the
determined MDL, see Section 9.3.8), then confirm that the target
compounds meet the qualitative identification criteria in Section
11.4.3.4 of this method. If the MDL confirmation criteria are not
met, the MDL determination is repeated with a higher spike
concentration until criteria are met.
13.6.2 EDL. If the sample specific EDLs are less than 50% of the
emission standard, the EDLs are acceptable.
13.7 Tune. The groups of monitored ions are listed in Tables 23-
4, 23-5, and 23-6 of this method, as applicable for the target
compound class. Tune the instrument to meet the required resolving
power in Section 10.2.1 for the desired target compound class.
Assess the resolution at three exact m/z's representing the low-,
mid-, and high-m/z range of the masses used to measure the target
compound class. You may use peak matching and the chosen PFK (or
FC43) reference peak to verify that the exact mass is within 5 ppm
of the required value.
13.8 Lock-Mass Ions. The MS lock-mass and QC check ions in
Tables 23-4, 23-5, and 23-6 of this method are recommended for PCDD/
PCDF, PCB, or PAH, respectively. The reference compounds PFK or FC43
have ions that may be selected as your lock-mass and QC check ions.
Monitor the QC check ions specified in these tables to verify
instrument stability during the analysis; these must not vary >25%
from the average response. Additional cleanup on sample extract (or
archive extract) and reanalysis is necessary for failure to maintain
lock-mass during analysis.
13.9 Initial Calibration.
13.9.1 The RSD for mean RRF from each of the target analytes and
labeled standards in the calibration samples must not exceed the
values in Table 23-14 of this method.
13.9.2 The S/N in every selected ion current profile must be
>=10 for all unlabeled targets and labeled standards in the
calibration samples.
13.9.3 The ion abundance ratios must be within the control
limits in Table 23-15 of this method.
13.10 Continuing Calibration Verification.
13.10.1 The RRF for each unlabeled and labeled compound measured
in a CCV must not deviate from the initial calibration RRF by more
than the limits shown in Table 23-14 of this method.
13.10.2 The ion abundance ratios must be within the control
limits in Table 23-15 of this method.
13.10.3 The S/N ratio for the GC/MS signal present in every
selected ion current profile must be greater than or equal to 10.
13.10.4 Repeat the initial calibration when there is a failure
to meet the requirements for an acceptable CCV analysis.
13.10.5 Column Separation Check. Use the results from a CCV to
verify and document the resolution required in Sections 13.2, 13.3,
or 13.4 of this method for the target compound classes analyzed with
this method. The separation criteria are applicable to all the
compounds in a target class whether analyzed by a single or multiple
GC columns. If a confirmation column is used, document required
resolution (see Section 13.5).
13.11 QCS. A QCS must be analyzed during the IDC and after
initial calibrations (at a minimum quarterly). The acceptance
criterion for the QCS is 70-130% of the true value. If the accuracy
for any analyte fails the recovery criterion, prepare a fresh
standard dilution and repeat. If the freshly prepared QCS fails,
determine the cause, recalibrate the instrument if necessary and
reanalyze the QCS.
13.12 Compound Identification for PCDD/PCDF and PCB.
13.12.1 Target compounds must have ion abundance ratios within
the control limits in Table 23-15 of this method. PAH target
compounds have single ion identifiers with no ion abundance ratio
requirement. Report analysis results as an EMPC when a response
meets identification criteria but fails the ion abundance ratio
criteria or when a peak representing a PCDPE has been detected at
the target compound retention time.
13.12.2 The retention time for the analytes must be within 3
seconds of the corresponding pre-extraction standard.
13.12.3 The monitored ions, shown in Table 23-4 of this method
for a given PCDD/PCDF, must reach their maximum response within 2
seconds of each other.
13.12.4 The monitored ions, shown in Table 23-6 of this method
for a given PCB, must reach their maximum response within 2 seconds
of each other.
13.12.5 For the identification of specific PCB, the RRT of the
native congener must be within 0.006 RRT units of the pre-extraction
standard RRT.
13.12.6 The S/N ratio for the monitored ions for native
compounds must be greater than or equal to 2.5.
13.12.7 Identify and quantify isomers that do not have
corresponding pre-extraction standard compounds by comparing to the
pre-extraction standard of the same compound class with the nearest
retention time to the target compound.
13.12.8 If chromatographic peaks are detected at the retention
time of any PCDD/PCDF in any of the m/z channels used to monitor
PCDPE, there is evidence of interference and positive bias. Data
must be flagged to indicate an interference. You may report the
total with bias for the affected target. To reduce the bias, you may
use a confirmatory column or perform additional clean up on an
archived sample followed by reanalysis.
13.13 Compound Identification for PAH.
13.13.1 The signals for the characteristic ion listed in Table
23-5 of this method must be present.
13.13.2 The RRT between each native and labeled compound must be
within 0.006 RRT units.
13.14 Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard and Pre-extraction Filter
Recovery Standard Recovery. Recoveries of pre-sampling adsorbent
standard added to the sample and pre-extraction filter recovery
standard added to the filter must be between 70 and 130% (see Tables
23-7, 23-8, and 23-9 of this method).
13.14.1 If the recovery of all the pre-sampling adsorbent
standard compounds is below 70%, the sampling runs are not valid,
and you must repeat the stack or vent sampling. As an alternative,
you do not have to repeat the test if the average pre-sampling
adsorbent standard recovery is 25% or more and you divide the final
results by the average fraction of pre-sampling adsorbent standard
recovery.
13.14.2 If the recovery of all the pre-extraction filter
recovery standard compounds is below 70%, you may reanalyze the
sample. If the recovery criteria are still not met, the sampling
recovery is not valid, and you must repeat the stack or vent
sampling.
13.15 Pre-extraction Standard Recovery. Recoveries of all pre-
extraction standard compounds added to the sample must be between 20
to 130% for PCDD/PCDF and PAH (see Tables 23-7 and 23-8 of this
method) and between 20 to 145% for PCB (see Table 23-9 of this
method). If the recovery criteria are not met, you may reanalyze the
sample and/or prepare and analyze the archive sample. If the
recovery criteria are still not met, the sampling run is not valid,
and the stack test must be repeated.
13.16 Pre-analysis Standard Response. Response of all pre-
analysis standard compounds must show a S/N for every selected ion
current profile of >= 10. If the minimum response is not met, you
must reanalyze the sample. Poor sensitivity compared to initial
calibration response may indicate injection errors or instrument
drift.
13.17 IDC--Lowest calibration concentration, Demonstration of
precision, Demonstration of accuracy.
13.17.1 Lowest calibration concentration. The Upper PIR Limit
must be less than, or equal, to 150%; and the Lower PIR Limit must
be greater than, or equal to, 50%. If these criteria are not met,
the lowest calibration point has been set too low and must be
confirmed at a higher concentration.
13.17.2 Demonstration of precision. The percent relative
standard deviation (%RSD) of the concentrations from the replicate
analyses must be less than 20% for all target analytes.
Demonstration would be repeated for failed compounds only.
13.17.3 Demonstration of accuracy. The average % recovery for
each target analyte must be within 70 to 130%. Demonstration would
be repeated for failed compounds only.
13.18 Requirements for Equivalency. The Administrator considers
any modification of this method, beyond those expressly permitted in
this method as options, to be a major modification subject to
application and approval of alternative test procedures following
EPA Guidance Document 22 currently found at: https://www.epa.gov/emc/emc-guideline-documents.
13.19 Records. As part of the laboratory's quality system, the
laboratory must maintain records of modifications to this method.
14.0 Pollution Prevention
The target compounds used as standards in this method are
prepared in extremely small amounts and pose little threat to the
environment when managed properly. Prepare standards in volumes
consistent with laboratory use to minimize the disposal of excess
volumes of expired standards.
[[Page 16757]]
15.0 Waste Management
15.1 The laboratory is responsible for complying with all
federal, state, and local regulations governing waste management,
particularly the hazardous waste identification rules and land
disposal restrictions, and for protecting the air, water, and land
by minimizing and controlling all releases from fume hoods and bench
operations. The laboratory must also comply with any sewage
discharge permits and regulations. The EPA's Environmental
Management Guide for Small Laboratories (EPA 233-B-98-001) provides
an overview of requirements.
15.2 Samples containing hydrogen chloride or sulfuric acid to pH
<2 are hazardous and must be handled and disposed in accordance with
federal, state, and local regulations.
15.3 For further information on waste management, consult The
Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel and Less is Better-
Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction, available from
the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations
and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.
16.0 Bibliography
1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers. Analytical Procedures
to Assay Stack Effluent Samples and Residual Combustion Products for
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins (PCDD) and Polychlorinated
Dibenzofurans (PCDF). Prepared for the U.S. Department of Energy and
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Washington, DC. December 1984.
23 p.
2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers. Sampling for the
Determination of Chlorinated Organic Compounds in Stack Emissions.
Prepared for U.S. Department of Energy and U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency. Washington DC. December 1984. 25 p.
3. Fishman, V.N., Martin, G.D. and Lamparski, L.L., Comparison of a
variety of gas chromatographic columns with different polarities for
the separation of chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzofurans by
high-resolution mass spectrometry, Journal of Chromatography A 1139
(2007) 285-300.
4. International Agency for Research on Cancer. Environmental
Carcinogens Methods of Analysis and Exposure Measurement, Volume
11--Polychlorinated Dioxins and Dibenzofurans. IARC Scientific
Publications No. 108, 1991.
5. Stieglitz, L., Zwick, G., Roth, W. Investigation of different
treatment techniques for PCDD/PCDF in fly ash. Chemosphere 15: 1135-
1140; 1986.
6. Triangle Laboratories. Case Study: Analysis of Samples for the
Presence of Tetra Through Octachloro-p-Dibenzodioxins and
Dibenzofurans. Research Triangle Park, NC. 1988. 26 p.
7. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Method 8290A--
Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs) and Polychlorinated
Dibenzofurans (PCDFs) by High-Resolution Gas Chromatography/High-
Resolution Mass Spectrometry (HRGC/HRMS), Revision 1. February 2007.
In: Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical
Methods, EPA publication SW-846. Washington, DC.
8. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Air Programs
Publication No. APTD-0576: Maintenance, Calibration, and Operation
of Isokinetic Source Sampling Equipment. Research Triangle Park, NC.
March 1972.
9. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Method 1625C-Semivolatile
Organic Compounds by Isotope Dilution GCMS. June 1989.
10. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Method 1613B-Tetra-
through Octa-Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Isotope Dilution
HRGC/HRMS. October 1994.
11. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Method 1668C-Chlorinated
Biphenyl Congeners in Water, Soil, Sediment, Biosolids, and Tissue
by HRGC/HRMS. April 2010.
12. Tondeur, Y., Nestrick, T., Silva, H[eacute]ctor A., Vining, B.,
Hart, J. Analytical procedures for the determination of
polychlorinated-p-dioxins, polychlorinated dibenzofurans, and
hexachlorobenzene in pentachlorophenol, Chemosphere Volume 80, Issue
2, June 2010 pages 157-164.
13. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Definition and Procedure
for the Determination of the Method Detection Limit, Revision 2. EPA
821-R-16-006. December 2016.
14. Tondeur Y, Niederhut WJ, Missler SR. A hybrid HRGC/MS/MS Method
for the Characterization of Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-Dioxins in
Environmental Samples; Bio. Med. and Environ. Mass Spectr. 14, pages
449-456, 1987.
15. Gianluca R., Mosca S., Guerriero E., Rotatori M. Development of
a new automated clean-up system for the simultaneous analysis of
polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs), dibenzofurans (PCDFs) and
`dioxin-like' polychlorinated biphenyls (dl-PCB) in flue gas
emissions by GPC-SPE. J. Environ. Monit. 14, pages 1082-1090, 2012.
16. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. The National Dioxin Air
Monitoring Network (NDAMN) Report of the Results of Atmospheric
Measurements of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins (PCDDs),
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans (PCDFs), and Dioxin-like
Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCBs) in Rural and Remote Areas of the
United States from June 1998 through November 2004. EPA/600/R-13/
183F. August 2013.
17. Guo, Y., Kannan, K. Analytical Methods for the Measurement of
Legacy and Emerging Persistent Organic Pollutants in Complex Sample
Matrices. Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry. Vol. 67. January 2015.
18. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. USEPA Contract Laboratory
Program (CLP) National Functional Guidelines for Chlorinated
Dibenzo-p-Dioxins (CDDs) and Chlorinated Dibenzofurans (CDFs) Data
Review. EPA-540-R-11-016. September 2011.
17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data
Table 23-1--Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxin and Polychlorinated Dibenzofuran Target Analytes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAS \a\ CAS\a\
Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins Registry No. Polychlorinated dibenzofurans Registry No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,3,7,8-TeCDD................................. 1746-01-6 2,3,7,8-TeCDF................... 51207-31-9
1,2,3,7,8-PeCDD............................... 40321-76-4 1,2,3,7,8-PeCDF................. 57117-41-6
1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDD............................. 39227-28-6 2,3,4,7,8-PeCDF................. 57117-31-4
1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDD............................. 57653-85-7 1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDF............... 70648-26-9
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDD............................. 19408-74-3 1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDF............... 57117-44-9
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDD........................... 35822-46-9 1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDF............... 72918-21-9
Total TeCDD................................... 41903-57-5 2,3,4,6,7,8-HxCDF............... 60851-34-5
Total PeCDD................................... 36088-22-9 1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDF............. 67562-39-4
Total HxCDD................................... 34465-46-8 1,2,3,4,7,8,9-HpCDF............. 55673-89-7
Total HpCDD................................... 37871-00-4 Total TeCDF..................... 55722-27-5
OCDD.......................................... 3268-87-9 Total PeCDF..................... 30402-15-4
Total HxCDF..................... 55684-94-1
Total HpCDF..................... 38998-75-3
OCDF............................ 39001-02-0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Chemical Abstract Service.
[[Page 16758]]
Table 23-2--Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon Target Analytes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAS \a\ CAS \a\
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons Registry No. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons Registry No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Naphthalene................................... 91-20-3 Chrysene........................ 218-01-9
2-Methylnaphthalene........................... 91-57-6 Benzo[b]fluoranthene............ 205-99-2
Acenaphthylene................................ 208-96-8 Benzo[k]fluoranthene............ 207-08-9
Acenaphthene.................................. 83-32-9 Perylene........................ 198-55-8
Fluorene...................................... 86-73-7 Benzo[a]pyrene.................. 50-32-8
Anthracene.................................... 120-12-7 Benzo[e]pyrene.................. 192-97-2
Phenanthrene.................................. 85-01-8 Benzo[g,h,i]perylene............ 191-24-2
Fluoranthene.................................. 206-44-0 Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene.......... 193-39-5
Pyrene........................................ 129-00-0 Dibenz[a,h]anthracene........... 53-70-3
Benz[a]anthracene............................. 56-55-3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Chemical Abstract Service.
Table 23-3--Polychlorinated Biphenyl Target Analytes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAS \b\ CAS \b\
PCB congener BZ No.\a\ Registry No. PCB congener BZ No.\a\ Registry No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4'-DiCB..................... 8 34883-43-7 2,2',3,3',4,4'- 128 38380-07-3
HxCB.
2,2',5-TrCB................... 18 37680-65-2 2,2',3,4,4',5'- 138 35065-28-2
HxCB.
2,4,4'-TrCB................... 28 7012-37-5 2,2',4,4',5,5'- 153 35065-27-1
HxCB.
2,2',3,5'-TeCB................ 44 41464-39-5 2,3,3',4,4',5- 156 38380-08-4
HxCB.
2,2',5,5'-TeCB................ 52 35693-99-3 2,3,3',4,4',5'- 157 69782-90-7
HxCB.
2,3',4,4'-TeCB................ 66 32598-10-0 2,3',4,4',5,5'- 167 52663-72-6
HxCB.
3,3',4,4'-TeCB................ 77 32598-13-3 3,3',4,4',5,5'- 169 32774-16-6
HxCB.
3,4,4',5-TeCB................. 81 70362-50-4 2,2',3,3',4,4',5- 170 35065-30-6
HpCB.
2,2',4,5,5'-PeCB.............. 101 37680-73-2 2,2',3,4,4',5,5'- 180 35065-29-3
HpCB.
2,3,3',4,4'-PeCB.............. 105 32598-14-4 2,2',3,4',5,5',6- 187 52663-68-0
HpCB.
2,3,4,4',5-PeCB............... 114 74472-37-0 2,3,3',4,4',5,5'- 189 39635-31-9
HpCB.
2,3',4,4',5-PeCB.............. 118 31508-00-6 2,2',3,3',4,4',5 195 52663-78-2
,6-OcCB.
2',3,4,4',5-PeCB.............. 123 65510-44-3 2,2',3,3',4,4',5 206 40186-72-9
,5',6-NoCB.
3,3',4,4',5-PeCB.............. 126 57465-28-8 2,2',3,3',4,4',5 209 2051-24-3
,5',6,6'-DeCB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ BZ No.: Ballschmiter and Zell 1980, or International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) number.
\b\ Chemical Abstract Service.
Table 23-4--Elemental Compositions and Exact Masses of the Ions Monitored by High-Resolution Mass Spectrometry for PCDD and PCDF
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Elemental Elemental
Mass \a\ Ion type \b\ composition Target analyte \b\ Mass \a\ Ion type \b\ composition Target analyte \b\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
263.9871.................... LOCK......... C5F10N......... FC43................ 383.8639 M............ \13\C12H2\35\Cl HxCDF (S).
6O.
292.9825.................... LOCK......... C7F11.......... PFK................. 385.8610 M+2.......... \13\C12H2\35\Cl HxCDF (S).
5\37\ClO.
303.9016.................... M............ C12H4\35\Cl4O.. TeCDF............... 389.8157 M+2.......... C12H2\35\Cl5\37 HxCDD.
\ClO2.
305.8987.................... M+2.......... C12H4\35\Cl\37\ TeCDF............... 391.8127 M+4.......... C12H2\35\Cl4\37 HxCDD.
ClO. \Cl2O2.
313.9839.................... QC........... C6F12N......... FC43................ 392.9760 LOCK......... C9F15.......... PFK.
315.9419.................... M............ \13\C12H4\35\Cl TeCDF (S)........... 401.8559 M+2.......... \13\C12H2\35\Cl HxCDD (S).
4O. 5\37\ClO2.
316.9745.................... M+2.......... \13\C12H4\35\Cl TeCDF (S)........... 403.8529 M+4.......... \13\C12H2\35\Cl HxCDD (S).
3\37\ClO. 4\37\Cl2O.
317.9389.................... M+2.......... \13\C12H4\35\Cl TeCDF (S)........... 425.9775 QC........... C9F16N......... FC43.
2\37\ClO.
319.8965.................... M............ C12H4\35\Cl4O2. TeCDD............... 445.7555 M+4.......... C12H2\35\Cl6\37 OCDPE.
\Cl2O.
321.8936.................... M+2.......... C12H4\35\Cl3\37 TeCDD............... 407.7818 M+2.......... C12H\35\Cl6\37\ HpCDF.
\ClO2. ClO.
325.9839.................... QC........... C7F12N......... FC43................ 409.7789 M+4.......... C12H\35\Cl5\37\ HpCDF.
Cl2O.
330.9792.................... QC........... C7F13.......... PFK................. 417.8253 M............ \13\C12H\35\Cl7 HpCDF (S).
O.
331.9368.................... M............ \13\C12H4\35\Cl TeCDD (S)........... 419.8220 M+2.......... \13\C12H\35\Cl6 HpCDF (S).
4O2. \37\ClO.
333.9339.................... M+2.......... \13\C12H4\35\Cl TeCDD (S)........... 423.7766 M+2.......... C12H\35\Cl6\37\ HpCDD.
3\37\ClO2. ClO2.
339.8597.................... M+2.......... C12H3\35\Cl4\37 PeCDF............... 425.7737 M+4.......... C12H\35\Cl5\37\ HpCDD.
\ClO. Cl2O2.
341.8567.................... M+4.......... C12H3\35\Cl3\37 PeCDF............... 430.9729 QC........... C9F17.......... PFK.
\Cl2O.
354.9792.................... LOCK......... C9F13.......... PFK................. 435.8169 M+2.......... \13\C12H\35\Cl6 HpCDD (S).
\37\ClO2.
351.9000.................... M+2.......... \13\C12H3\35\Cl PeCDF (S)........... 437.8140 M+4.......... \13\C12H\35\Cl5 HpCDD (S).
4\37\ClO. \37\Cl2O2.
353.8970.................... M+4.......... \13\C12H3\35\Cl PeCDF (S)........... 442.9728 LOCK......... C10F17......... PFK.
3\37\Cl2O.
355.8546.................... M+2.......... C12H3\35\Cl4\37 PeCDD............... 479.7165 M+4.......... C12H\35\Cl7\37\ NCPDE.
\ClO2. Cl2O.
357.8516.................... M+4.......... C12H3\35\Cl3\37 PeCDD............... 430.9729 LOCK......... C9F17.......... PFK.
\Cl2O2.
367.8949.................... M+2.......... \13\C12H3\35\Cl PeCDD (S)........... 441.7428 M+2.......... C12\35\Cl7\37\C OCDF.
4\37\ClO2. lO.
369.8919.................... M+4.......... \13\C12H3\35\Cl PeCDD (S)........... 443.7399 M+4.......... C12\35\Cl6\37\C OCDF.
3\37\Cl2O2. l2O.
375.9807.................... QC........... C8F14N......... FC43................ 457.7377 M+2.......... C12\35\Cl7\37\C OCDD.
lO2.
375.8364.................... M+2.......... C12H4\35\Cl5\37 HxCDPE.............. 459.7348 M+4.......... C12\35\Cl6\37\C OCDD.
\ClO. l2O2.
409.7974.................... M+2.......... C12H3\35\Cl6\37 HpCPDE.............. 463.9743 QC........... C9F18N......... FC43.
\ClO.
373.8208.................... M+2.......... C12H235Cl5\37\C HxCDF............... 469.7779 M+2.......... \13\C12\35\Cl7\ OCDD (S).
lO. 37\ClO2.
375.8178.................... M+4.......... C12H2\35\Cl4\37 HxCDF............... 471.7750 M+4.......... \13\C12\35\Cl6\ OCDD (S).
\Cl2O. 37\Cl2O2.
375.9807.................... QC........... C8F14N......... FC43................ 513.6775 M+4.......... C12\35\Cl8\37\C DCDPE.
l2O2.
442.9728 QC........... C10F17......... PFK.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ The following nuclidic masses were used to calculate exact masses: H = 1.007825, C = 12.000000, \13\C = 13.003355, F = 18.9984, O = 15.994915, \35\C
l= 34.968853, \37\Cl = 36.965903.
\b\ (S) = Labeled Standard. LOCK = Lock-Mass Ion PFK or FC43. QC = Quality Control Check Ion. Note: Consider monitoring 328 m/z if a high level of PCB
is expected.
[[Page 16759]]
Table 23-5--Elemental Compositions and Exact Masses of the Ions Monitored by High-Resolution Mass Spectrometry
for PAH
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Elemental
Aromatic ring No. Mass \a\ Ion type \b\ composition Target analyte
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.............................. 128.0624 M................. C10H8............. Naphthalene.
130.9920 LOCK.............. .................. PFK/FC43.
2.............................. 134.0828 M................. \13\C6\12\C4H8.... \13\C6-Naphthalene.
2.............................. 142.078 M................. C11H10............ 2-Methylnaphthalene.
2.............................. 148.0984 M................. \13\C6\12\C5H10... \13\C6-2-
Methylnaphthalene.
2.............................. 152.0624 M................. C12H8............. Acenaphthylene.
2.............................. 158.0828 M................. \13\C6\12\C6H8.... \13\C6-Acenaphthylene.
2.............................. 154.078 M................. C12H10............ Acenaphthene.
2.............................. 160.078 M................. \13\C6\12\C6H10... \13\C6-Acenaphthene.
2.............................. 166.078 M................. C13H10............ Fluorene.
169.988 QC................ .................. PFK/FC43.
2.............................. 172.0984 M................. \13\C6\12\C7H10... \13\C6-Fluorene.
3.............................. 178.078 M................. C14H10............ Phenanthrene.
3.............................. 184.0984 M................. \13\C6 \12\C8H10.. \13\C6-Phenanthrene.
3.............................. 178.078 M................. C14H10............ Anthracene.
3.............................. 184.078 M................. \13\C6\12\C8H10... \13\C6-Anthracene.
3.............................. 202.078 M................. C16H10............ Fluoranthene.
204.9888 QC................ .................. PFK.
3.............................. 208.0984 M................. \13\C6\12\C10H10.. \13\C6-Fluoranthene.
4.............................. 202.078 M................. C16H10............ Pyrene.
4.............................. 205.078 M................. \13\C3\12\C13H10.. \13\C3-Pyrene.
213.9898 QC................ .................. FC43.
218.9856 LOCK.............. .................. FC43.
4.............................. 228.0936 M................. C18H12............ Benz[a]anthracene.
230.9856 LOCK.............. .................. PFK.
4.............................. 234.114 M................. \13\C6C12H12...... \13\C6-
Benz[a]anthracene.
4.............................. 228.0936 M................. C18H12............ Chrysene.
4.............................. 234.114 M................. \13\C6\12\C12H12.. \13\C6-Chrysene.
4.............................. 252.0936 M................. C20H12............ Benzo[b]fluoranthene.
4.............................. 258.114 M................. \13\C6\12\C14H12.. \13\C6-
Benzo[b]fluoranthene.
4.............................. 252.32 M................. C20H12............ Benzo[k]fluoranthene.
4.............................. 258.114 M................. \13\C6\12\C14H12.. \13\C6-
Benzo[k]fluoranthene.
5.............................. 252.0936 M................. C20H12............ Benzo[e]pyrene.
5.............................. 256.1072 M................. \13\C4 \12\C16H12. \13\C4-Benzo[e]pyrene.
5.............................. 256.1072 M................. \13\C4 \12\C16H12. \13\C4-Benzo[a]pyrene.
5.............................. 252.0936 M................. C20H12............ Benzo[a]pyrene.
5.............................. 252.0936 M................. C20H12............ Perylene.
5.............................. 264.1692 M................. C20D12............ d12-Perylene.
268.9824 QC................ .................. PFK.
263.9871 LOCK.............. .................. FC43.
6.............................. 276.0936 M................. C22H12............ Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene.
6.............................. 282.114 M................. \13\C6 \12\C16H12. \13\C6-
Indeno[1,2,3,cd]pyrene
.
5.............................. 278.1092 M................. C22H14............ Dibenz[a,h]anthracene.
280.9824 LOCK.............. .................. PFK.
5.............................. 284.1296 M................. \13\C6 \12\C16H14. \13\C6-
Dibenz[a,h]anthracene.
6.............................. 276.0936 M................. C22H12............ Benzo[g,h,i]perylene.
6.............................. 288.1344 M................. \13\C12 \12\C10H12 \13\C12-
Benzo[g,h,i]perylene.
313.9839 QC................ .................. FC43.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Isotopic masses used for accurate mass calculation: \1\H = 1.0078, \12\C = 12.0000, \13\C = 13.0034, \2\H =
2.0141.
\b\ LOCK = Lock-Mass Ion PFK or FC43. QC = Quality Control Check Ion.
Table 23-6--Elemental Compositions and Exact Masses of the Ions Monitored by High-Resolution Mass Spectrometry for PCB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chlorine Chlorine
substitution Mass \a\ Ion type \b\ Elemental composition Target analyte substitution Mass \a\ Ion type \b\ Elemental composition Target analyte
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fn-1;........... 188.0393 M................. \12\C12H9\35\Cl............ Cl-1 PCB.......... Fn-5;.......... 323.8834 M................ \12\C12H5\35\Cl5.......... Cl-5 PCB.
Cl-1............ Cl-5,6,7.......
190.0363 M+2............... \12\C12H9\37\Cl............ Cl-1 PCB.......... 325.8804 M+2.............. \12\C12H5\35\Cl4\37\Cl.... Cl-5 PCB.
200.0795 M................. \13\C12H9\35\Cl............ \13\C12 Cl-1 PCB.. 327.8775 M+4.............. \12\C12H5\35\Cl3\37\Cl2... Cl-5 PCB.
202.0766 M+2............... \12\C12H9\37\Cl............ \13\C12 Cl-1 PCB.. 337.9207 M+2.............. \13\C12H5\35\Cl4\37\Cl.... \13\C12 Cl-5 PCB.
218.9856 LOCK.............. C4F9....................... PFK............... 339.9178 M+4.............. \13\C12H5\35\Cl3\37\Cl2... \13\C12 Cl-5 PCB.
Fn-2;........... 222.0003 M................. \12\C12H8\35\Cl2........... Cl-2 PCB.......... 354.9792 LOCK............. C9F13..................... PFK.
Cl-2,3..........
223.9974 M+2............... \12\C12H8\35\Cl\37\Cl...... Cl-2 PCB.......... 359.8415 M+2.............. \12\C12H4\35\Cl5\37\Cl.... Cl-6 PCB.
225.9944 M+4............... \12\C12H8\37\Cl2........... Cl-2 PCB.......... 361.8385 M+4.............. \12\C12H4\35\Cl4\37\Cl2... Cl-6 PCB.
234.0406 M................. \13\C12H8\35\Cl2........... \13\C12 Cl-2 PCB.. 363.8356 M+6.............. \12\C12H4\35\Cl3\37\Cl3... Cl-6 PCB.
236.0376 M+2............... \13\C12H8\35\Cl\37\Cl...... \13\C12 Cl-2 PCB.. 371.8817 M+2.............. \13\C12H4\35\Cl5\37\Cl.... \13\C12 Cl-6 PCB.
242.9856 LOCK.............. C4F9....................... PFK............... 373.8788 M+4.............. \13\C12H4\35\Cl4\37\Cl2... \13\C12 Cl-6 PCB.
255.9613 M................. \12\C12H7\35\Cl3........... Cl-3 PCB.......... 393.8025 M+2.............. \12\C12H3\35\Cl6\37\Cl.... Cl-7 PCB.
[[Page 16760]]
257.9584 M+2............... \12\C12H7\35\Cl2\37\Cl..... Cl-3 PCB.......... 395.7995 M+4.............. \12\C12H3\35\Cl5\37\Cl2... Cl-7 PCB.
268.0016 M................. \13\C12H7\35\Cl3........... \13\C12 Cl-3 PCB.. 397.7966 M+6.............. \12\C12H3\35\Cl4\37\Cl3... \37\Cl3 Cl-7 PCB.
269.9986 M+2............... \13\C12H7\35\Cl2\37\Cl..... \13\C12 Cl-3 PCB.. 405.8428 M+2.............. \13\C12H3\35\Cl6\37\Cl.... \13\C12 Cl-7 PCB.
Fn-3;........... 255.9613 M................. \12\C12H7\35\Cl3........... Cl-3 PCB.......... 407.8398 M+4.............. \13\C12H3\35\Cl5\37\Cl2... \13\C12 Cl-7 PCB.
Cl-3,4,5........
257.9584 M+2............... \12\C12 H7\35\Cl2\37\Cl.... Cl-3 PCB.......... 454.9728 QC............... C11F17.................... PFK.
259.9554 M+4............... \12\C12H7\35\Cl\37\Cl2..... Cl-3 PCB.......... Fn-6;.......... 393.8025 M+2.............. \12\C12H3\35\Cl6\37\Cl.... Cl-7 PCB.
Cl-7,8,9,10....
268.0016 M................. \13\C12H7\35\Cl3........... \13\C12 Cl-3 PCB.. 395.7995 M+4.............. \12\C12H3\35\Cl5\37\Cl2... Cl-7 PCB.
269.9986 M+2............... \13\C12H7\35\Cl2\37\Cl..... \13\C12 Cl-3 PCB.. 397.7966 M+6.............. \12\C12H3\35\Cl4\37\Cl3... Cl-7 PCB.
280.9825 LOCK.............. C6F11...................... PFK............... 405.8428 M+2.............. \13\C12H3\35\Cl6\37\Cl.... \13\C12 Cl-7 PCB.
289.9224 M................. \12\C12H6\35\Cl4........... Cl-4 PCB.......... 407.8398 M+4.............. \13\C12H3\35\Cl5\37\Cl2... \13\C12 Cl-7 PCB.
291.9194 M+2............... \12\C12H6\35\Cl3\37\Cl..... Cl-4 PCB.......... 427.7635 M+2.............. \12\C12H2\35\Cl7\37\Cl.... Cl-8 PCB.
293.9165 M+4............... \12\C12H6\35\Cl2\37\Cl2.... Cl-4 PCB.......... 429.7606 M+4.............. \12\C12H2\35\Cl6\37\Cl2... Cl-8 PCB.
301.9626 M................. \13\C12H6\35\Cl4........... \13\C12 Cl-4 PCB.. 431.7576 M+6.............. \12\C12H2\35\Cl5\37\Cl3... Cl-8 PCB.
303.9597 M+2............... \13\C12H6\35\Cl3\37\Cl..... \13\C12 Cl-4 PCB.. 439.8038 M+2.............. \13\C12H2\35\Cl7\37\Cl.... \13\C12 Cl-8 PCB.
323.8834 M................. \12\C12H5\35\Cl5........... Cl-5 PCB.......... 441.8008 M+4.............. \13\C12H2\35\Cl6\37\Cl2... \13\C12 Cl-8 PCB.
325.8804 M+2............... \12\C12H5\35\Cl4\37\Cl..... Cl-5 PCB.......... 454.9728 QC............... C11F17.................... PFK.
327.8775 M+4............... \12\C12H5\35\Cl3\37\Cl2.... Cl-5 PCB.......... 427.7635 M+2.............. \12\C12H2\35\Cl7\37\Cl.... Cl-8 PCB.
337.9207 M+2............... \13\C12H5\35\Cl4\37\Cl..... \13\C12 Cl-5 PCB.. 429.7606 M+4.............. \12\C12H2\35\Cl6\37\Cl2... Cl-8 PCB.
339.9178 M+4............... \13\C12H5\35\Cl3\37\Cl2.... \13\C12 Cl-5 PCB.. 431.7576 M+6.............. \12\C12H2\35\Cl5\37\Cl3... Cl-8 PCB.
Fn-4;........... 289.9224 M................. \12\C12H6\35\Cl4........... Cl-4 PCB.......... 439.8038 M+2.............. \13\C12H2\35\Cl7\37\Cl.... \13\C12 Cl-8 PCB.
Cl-4,5,6........
291.9194 M+2............... \12\C12H6\35\Cl3\37\Cl..... Cl-4 PCB.......... 441.8008 M+4.............. \13\C12H2\35\Cl6\37\Cl2... \13\C12 Cl-8 PCB.
293.9165 M+4............... \12\C12H6\35\Cl2\37\Cl2.... Cl-4 PCB.......... 442.9728 QC............... C10F17.................... PFK.
301.9626 M+2............... \13\C12H6\35\Cl3\37\Cl..... \13\C12 Cl-4 PCB.. 454.9728 LOCK............. C11F17.................... PFK.
303.9597 M+4............... \13\C12H6\35\Cl2\37\Cl2.... \13\C12 Cl-4 PCB.. 461.7246 M+2.............. \12\C12H1\35\Cl8\37\Cl.... Cl-9 PCB.
323.8834 M................. \12\C12H5\35\Cl5........... Cl-5 PCB.......... 463.7216 M+4.............. \12\C12H1\35\Cl7\37\Cl2... Cl-9 PCB.
325.8804 M+2............... \12\C12H5\35\Cl4\37\Cl..... Cl-5 PCB.......... 465.7187 M+6.............. \12\C12H1\35\Cl6\37\Cl3... Cl-9 PCB.
327.8775 M+4............... \12\C12H5\35\Cl3\37\Cl2.... Cl-5 PCB.......... 473.7648 M+2.............. \13\C12H1\35\Cl8\37\Cl.... \13\C12 Cl-9 PCB.
330.9792 LOCK.............. C7F15...................... PFK............... 475.7619 M+4.............. \13\C12H1\35\Cl7\37\Cl2... \13\C12 Cl-9 PCB.
337.9207 M+2............... \13\C12H5\35\Cl4\37\Cl..... \13\C12 Cl-5 PCB.. 495.6856 M+2.............. \13\C12H4 \5\Cl9\37\Cl.... Cl-10 PCB.
339.9178 M+4............... \13\C12H5\35\Cl3\37\Cl2.... \13\C12Cl-5 PCB... 499.6797 M+6.............. \12\C12H4\35\Cl8\37\Cl2... Cl-10 PCB.
359.8415 M+2............... \13\C12H4\35\Cl5\37\Cl..... Cl-6 PCB.......... 501.6767 M+8.............. \12\C12H4\35\Cl7\37\Cl3... Cl-10 PCB.
361.8385 M+4............... \13\C12H4\35\Cl4\37\Cl2.... Cl-6 PCB.......... 507.7258 M+2.............. \13\C12H4\35\Cl9\37\Cl.... \13\C12 Cl-10
PCB.
363.8356 M+6............... \12\C12H4\35\Cl3\37\Cl3.... Cl-6 PCB.......... 509.7229 M+4.............. \13\C12H4\35\Cl8\37\Cl2... \13\C12 Cl-10
PCB.
371.8817 M+2............... \13\C12H4\35\Cl5\37\Cl..... \13\C12 Cl-6 PCB.. 511.7199 M+6.............. \13\C12H4\35\Cl7\37\Cl3... \13\C12 Cl-10
PCB.
373.8788 M+4............... \13\C12H4\35\Cl4\37\Cl2.... \13\C12 Cl-6 PCB..
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Isotopic masses used for accurate mass calculation: \1\H = 1.0078, \12\C = 12.0000, \13\C = 13.0034, \35\Cl = 34.9689, \37\Cl = 36.9659, \19\F = 18.9984. An interference with PFK m/z
223.9872 may preclude meeting 10:1 S/N for the DiCB congeners at optional Cal 1 level (Table 23-11). If this interference occurs, 10:1 S/N must be met at the Cal 2 level.
\b\ LOCK = Lock-Mass Ion PFK or FC43. QC = Quality Control Check Ion.
Table 23-7--Concentration of the Sample Fortification for PCDD and PCDF
\a\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
pg/[mu]L in
Compound final extract Spike recovery
\b\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-1,2,3,4-TeCDD................ 50 70-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,7-PeCDD.............. 50 70-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,6-PeCDF.............. 50 70-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,6,9-HxCDF............ 50 70-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,6,8,9-HpCDF.......... 50 70-130%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-1,2,7,8-TeCDF................ 50 70-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,6,8-HxCDD............ 50 70-130%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-extraction Standard
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,3,7,8-TeCDD................ 50 20-130%
\13\C12-2,3,7,8-TeCDF................ 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,7,8-PeCDD.............. 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,7,8-PeCDF.............. 50 20-130%
\13\C12-2,3,4,7,8-PeCDF.............. 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDD............ 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDD............ 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDD............ 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDF............ 50 20-130%
[[Page 16761]]
\13\C12-1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDF............ 50 20-130%
\13\C12-2,3,4,6,7,8-HxCDF............ 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDF............ 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDD.......... 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDF.......... 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,7,8,9-HpCDF.......... 50 20-130%
\13\C12-OCDD......................... 100 20-130%
\13\C12-OCDF......................... 100 20-130%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-analysis Standard
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-1,3,6,8-TeCDD................ 50 S/N>=10
\13\C12-1,2,3,4-TeCDF................ 50 S/N>=10
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,6,7-HxCDD............ 50 S/N>=10
\13\C12-1,2,3,4,6,7,9-HpCDD.......... 50 S/N>=10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alternate Recovery Standard
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-1,3,7,8-TeCDD................ 50 20-130%
\13\C12-1,2,4,7,8-PeCDD.............. 50 20-130%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Changes in the amounts of labeled standards added to the sample or
its representative extract will necessitate an adjustment of the
calibration solutions to prevent the introduction of inconsistencies.
Spike concentration assumes 1 [micro]L sample injection volume for
analysis or the injection volume for calibration standards and samples
is the same.
\b\ Labeled standard concentrations are recommendations (equivalent mass
per sample of 25 pg pre-extraction standard, as an example, based on a
200 [micro]L extract volume split in half before cleanup with a 20
[micro]L aliquot of a 500 pg/[micro]L spiking solution).
Recommendations are based on assumption that half of the extract will
be archived before cleanup. Spike levels may be adjusted for different
split levels.
Note: all standards used should be reported.
Table 23-8--Concentration of the Sample Fortification for PAH \a\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
pg/[micro]L in
Compound final extract Spike recovery
\b\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C6-Benzo[c]fluorene.............. 100 70-130%
\13\C12-Benzo[j]fluoranthene......... 100 70-130%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard
------------------------------------------------------------------------
d10-Anthracene....................... 100 70-130%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-extraction Standard
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C6-Naphthalene................... 100 20-130%
\13\C6-2-Methylnaphthalene........... 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Acenaphthylene................ 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Acenaphthene.................. 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Fluorene...................... 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Phenanthrene.................. 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Anthracene.................... 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Fluoranthene.................. 100 20-130%
\13\C3-Pyrene........................ 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Benz[a]anthracene............. 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Chrysene...................... 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Benzo[b]fluoranthene.......... 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Benzo[k]fluoranthene.......... 100 20-130%
\13\C4-Benzo[e]pyrene................ 100 20-130%
\13\C4-Benzo[a]pyrene................ 100 20-130%
d12-Perylene......................... 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene........ 100 20-130%
\13\C6-Dibenz[a,h]anthracene......... 100 20-130%
\13\C12-Benzo[g,h,i]perylene......... 100 20-130%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-analysis Standard
------------------------------------------------------------------------
d10-Acenaphthene..................... 100 S/N>=10
d10-Pyrene........................... 100 S/N>=10
d12-Benzo[e]pyrene................... 100 S/N>=10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Changes in the amounts of labeled standards added to the sample or
its representative extract will necessitate an adjustment of the
calibration solutions to prevent the introduction of inconsistencies.
[[Page 16762]]
\b\ Labeled standard concentrations are recommendations (equivalent mass
per sample of 25 pg pre-extraction standard, as an example, based on a
200 [micro]L extract volume split in half before cleanup with a 20
[micro]L aliquot of a 1000 pg/[micro]L spiking solution).
Recommendations are based on assumption that half of the extract will
be archived before cleanup. Spike levels may be adjusted for different
split levels.
Note: all standards used should be reported.
Table 23-9--Concentration of the Sample Fortification for PCB \a\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pg/[micro]L in
Compound BZ No.\b\ final extract Spike recovery
\c\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-3,3'-DiCB............................................ 11L 100 70-130%
\13\C12-2,4',5-TrCB.......................................... 31L 100 70-130%
\13\C12-2,2',3,5',6-PeCB..................................... 95L 100 70-130%
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',5,5'-HxCB.................................. 153L 100 70-130%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery Standard
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,3,3',4,5,5'-HxCB................................... 159L 100 70-130%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-extraction Standard
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2-MoCB (WDC)......................................... 1L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-4-MoCB (WDC)......................................... 3L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2'-DiCB (WDC)...................................... 4L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-4,4'-DiCB (WDC)...................................... 15L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB (WDC).................................... 19L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-3,4',4'-TrCB (WDC)................................... 37L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB (WDC)................................. 54L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-3,3',4,4'-TeCB (WDC) (WHOT) (NOAAT).................. 77L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-3,4,4',5-TeCB (WHOT)................................. 81L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB (WDC)............................... 104L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'-PeCB (WHOT).............................. 105L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,3,4,4',5-PeCB (WHO)................................ 114L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,3',4,4',5-PeCB (WHOT).............................. 118L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2',3,4,4',5-PeCB (WHOT).............................. 123L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-3,3',4,4',5-PeCB (WDC) (WHOT)........................ 126L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB (WDC)............................ 155L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,3,3',4,4',5-HxCB (WHOT)............................ 156L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB (WHOT)........................... 157L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB (WHOT)........................... 167L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-3,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB (WDC) (WHOT) (NOAAT)............. 169L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',4,4',5'-HpCB (NOAAT)....................... 170L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2',3,4,4',5,5'-HpCB (NOAAT)........................ 180L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB (WDC).......................... 188L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,3,3',4,4',5,5'-HpCB (WDC) (WHOT)................... 189L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2',3',3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB (WDC)...................... 202L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,3',3',4,4',5,5',6-OcCB (WDC)....................... 205L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5',6-NoCB (WDC)..................... 206L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6,6'-NoCB (WDC)..................... 208L 100 20-145%
\13\C12-DeCB (WDC)........................................... 209L 100 20-145%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-analysis Standard
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,5-DiCB............................................. 9L 100 S/N>=10
\13\C12-2,2',5,5'-TeCB (NOAAT)............................... 52L 100 S/N>=10
\13\C12-2,2',4,5,5'-PeCB (NOAAT)............................. 101L 100 S/N>=10
\13\C12-2,2',3,4,4',5'-HxCB (NOAAT).......................... 138L 100 S/N>=10
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5'-OcCB............................. 194L 100 S/N>=10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional Cleanup Standard
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2-MoCB (NOAAT)....................................... 28L 100 20-130%
\13\C12-2,2',4,5,5'-PeCB..................................... 111L 100 20-130%
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB............................. 178L 100 20-130%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alternate Recovery Standard
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,3',4',5-TeCB....................................... 70L 100 20-130%
\13\C12-2,3,4,4'-TeCB........................................ 60L 100 20-130%
\13\C12-3,3',4,5,5'-PeCB..................................... 127L 100 20-130%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Changes in the amounts of spike standards added to the sample or its representative extract will necessitate
an adjustment of the calibration solutions to prevent the introduction of inconsistencies.
\b\ BZ No.: Ballschmiter and Zell 1980, or IUPAC number.
[[Page 16763]]
\c\ Labeled standard concentrations are recommendations (equivalent mass per sample of 25 pg pre-extraction
standard, as an example, based on a 200 [micro]L extract volume split in half before cleanup with a 20
[micro]L aliquot of a 1000 pg/[micro]L spiking solution). Recommendations are based on assumption that half of
the extract will be archived before cleanup. Spike levels may be adjusted for different split levels.
NOAAT = PCB considered toxic by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
WHOT = PCB considered toxic by the World Health Organization.
Note: all standards used should be reported.
Table 23-10--Sample Storage Conditions \a\ and Laboratory Hold Times \b\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sample type PCDD/PCDF PAH PCB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Field Storage and Shipping Conditions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Field Samples..................... <=20 [deg]C, (68 <=20 [deg]C, (68 <=20 [deg]C, (68
[deg]F). [deg]F). [deg]F).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Laboratory Storage Conditions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling Train Rinses and Filters..... <=6 [deg]C (43 [deg]F). <=6 [deg]C (43 [deg]F). <=6 [deg]C (43
[deg]F).
Adsorbent............................. <=6 [deg]C (43 [deg]F). <=6 [deg]C (43 [deg]F). <=6 [deg]C (43
[deg]F).
Extract and Archive................... <26 [deg]C (79 [deg]F) <-10 [deg]C (14 [deg]F) <-10 [deg]C (14
\c\. [deg]F).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Laboratory Hold Times
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Extract and Archive................... One year............... 45 Days................ One year.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Samples and extracts must be stored in the dark.
\b\ Hold times begin from the time the laboratory receives the sample.
\c\ Room temperature is acceptable if PCDD/PCDF are the only target compounds.
Note: Hold times for PCDD/PCDF and PCB are recommendations.
Table 23-11--Concentration of the Initial Calibration Standard Solutions for PCDD and PCDF \a\
[pg/[mu]L]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cal 1 Cal 7
Standard compound (optional) Cal 2 Cal 3 Cal 4 Cal 5 Cal 6 (optional)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Target (Unlabeled) Analytes...... 0.50 1.0 5.0 10.0 25 50 100
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard.. 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Standard........................
Pre-extraction Standard (\13\C12- 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
OCDD, \13\C12-OCDF-100 pg/[mu]L)
Pre-analysis Standard............ 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Alternate Recovery Standard...... 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Assumes 1 [mu]L injection volume or the injection volume for standards and samples is the same.
Table 23-12--Concentration of the Initial Calibration Standard Solutions for PAH \a\
[pg/[mu]L]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cal 1 Cal 7
Standard compound (optional) Cal 2 Cal 3 Cal 4 Cal 5 Cal 6 (optional)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Target (Unlabeled) Analytes...... 1 2 4 20 80 400 1,000
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard.. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Standard........................
Pre-extraction Standard.......... 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Pre-analysis Standard............ 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Assumes 1 [mu]L injection volume.
Table 23-13--Concentration of the Initial Calibration Standard Solutions for PCB \a\
[pg/[mu]L]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cal 1 Cal 7
Standard compound (optional) Cal 2 Cal 3 Cal 4 Cal 5 Cal 6 (optional)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Target (Unlabeled) Analytes...... 0.50 1 5 10 50 400 2,000
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard.. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Standard........................
Pre-extraction Standard.......... 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Pre-analysis Standard............ 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Alternate Standard............... 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Assumes 1 [mu]L injection volume.
[[Page 16764]]
Table 23-14--Minimum Requirements for Initial and Continuing Calibration
Response Factors for Isotopically Labeled and Native Compounds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continuing
Initial calibration RRF
Analyte group calibration compared to
RRF RSD ICAL RRF (PD)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Native (Unlabeled) Analytes........... 10 25
Pre-sampling Adsorbent Standard....... 20 25
Pre-extraction Filter Recovery 20 25
Standard.............................
Pre-extraction Standard............... 20 30
Alternative Recovery Standard......... 20 30
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 23-15--Recommended Ion Type and Acceptable Ion Abundance Ratios
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Theoretical Lower control Upper control
Number of chlorine atoms Ion type ratio limit limit
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1..................................... M/M+2................... 3.13 2.66 3.60
2..................................... M/M+2................... 1.56 1.33 1.79
3..................................... M/M+2................... 1.04 0.88 1.20
4..................................... M/M+2................... 0.77 0.65 0.89
5..................................... M+2/M+4................. 1.55 1.32 1.78
6..................................... M+2/M+4................. 1.24 1.05 1.43
6 \a\................................. M/M+2................... 0.51 0.43 0.59
7..................................... M+2/M+4................. 1.05 0.89 1.21
7 \b\................................. M/M+2................... 0.44 0.37 0.51
8..................................... M+2/M+4................. 0.89 0.76 1.02
9..................................... M+2/M+4................. 0.77 0.65 0.89
10.................................... M+4/M+6................. 1.16 0.99 1.33
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Used only for \13\C-HxCDF.
\b\ Used only for \13\C-HpCDF.
Table 23-16--Typical DB5-MS Column Conditions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column parameter PCDD/PCDF PAH PCB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Injector temperature................. 250 [deg]C............. 320 [deg]C............. 270 [deg]C.
Initial oven temperature............. 100 [deg]C............. 100 [deg]C............. 100 [deg]C.
Initial hold time (minutes).......... 2...................... 2...................... 2.
Temperature program.................. 100 to 190 [deg]C at 40 100 to 300 [deg]C at 100 to 150 [deg]C at 15
[deg]C/min, then 190 8[deg]C/min. [deg]C/min, then 150
to 300 [deg]C at to 290 [deg]C at 2.5
3[deg]C/min. [deg]C/min.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 23-17--Assignment of Pre-Extraction Standards for Quantitation of Target PCB \b\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PCB Congener BZ No.\a\ Labeled analog BZ No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,4'-DiCB (NOAAT).......................... 8 \13\C12-2,2'-DiCB.................. 4L
2,2',5-TrCB (NOAAT)........................ 18 \13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB................ 19L
2,4,4'-TrCB (NOAAT)........................ 28 \13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB................ 19L
2,2',3,5'-TeCB (NOAAT)..................... 52 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............. 54L
2,2',5,5'-TeCB (NOAAT)..................... 52 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............. 54L
2,3',4,4'-TeCB (NOAAT)..................... 66 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............. 54L
3,3',4,4'-TeCB (NOAAT) (WHOT).............. 77 \13\C12-3,3',4,4'-TeCB............. 77L
3,4,4',5-TeCB (WHOT)....................... 81 \13\C12-3,4,4'',5-TeCB............. 81L
2,2',4,5,5'-PeCB (NOAAT)................... 101 \13\C12-2,2',4,5,5'-PeCB........... 104L
2,3,3',4,4'-PeCB (NOAAT) (WHOT)............ 105 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'-PeCB........... 105L
2,3,4,4',5-PeCB (WHOT)..................... 114 \13\C12-2,3,4,4',5-PeCB............ 114L
2,3',4,4',5-PeCB (WHOT).................... 118 \13\C12-2,3',4,4',5-PeCB........... 118L
2',3,4,4',5-PeCB (WHOT).................... 123 \13\C12-2',3,4,4',5-PeCB........... 123L
3,3',4,4',5-PeCB (NOAAT) (WHOT)............ 126 \13\C12-3,3',4,4',5-PeCB........... 126L
2,2',3,3',4,4'-HxCB (NOAAT)................ 128 \13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB........ 155L
2,2',3,4,4',5'-HxCB (NOAAT)................ 138 \13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB........ 155L
2,2',4,4',5,5'-HxCB (NOAAT)................ 153 \13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB........ 155L
2,3,3',4,4',5-HxCB (WHOT).................. 156 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4',5-HxCB......... 156L
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB (WHOT)................. 157 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB........ 157L
2,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB (WHOT)................. 167 \13\C12-2,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB........ 167L
3,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB (NOAAT) (WHOT)......... 169 \13\C12-3,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB........ 169L
2,2',3,3',4,4',5-HpCB (NOAAT).............. 170 \13\C12-2,2',3,3',4,4',5'-HpCB..... 170L
2,2',3,4,4',5,5'-HpCB (NOAAT).............. 180 \13\C12-2,2',3,4,4',5,5'-HpCB...... 180L
2,2',3,4',5,5',6-HpCB (NOAAT).............. 187 \13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB...... 188L
2,3,3',4,4',5,5'-HpCB (WHOT)............... 189 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4',5,5'-HpCB...... 189L
[[Page 16765]]
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,6-OcCB (NOAAT)............ 195 \13\C12-2,2' 3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB... 202L
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5',6-NoCB (NOAAT)......... 206 \13\C12-2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5',6-NoCB. 206L
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5',6,6'-DeCB (NOAAT)...... 209 \13\C12-DeCB....................... 209L
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ BZ No.: Ballschmiter and Zell 1980, or IUPAC number.
\b\ Assignments assume the use of the SPB-Octyl column. In the event you choose another column, you may select
the labeled standard having the same number of chlorine substituents and the closest retention time to the
target analyte in question as the labeled standard to use for quantitation.
NOAAT = PCB considered toxic by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
WHOT = PCB considered toxic by the World Health Organization.
Table 23-18--Initial Demonstration of Capability QC Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Specification and
Section Requirement frequency Acceptance criteria
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.3.5............................ Demonstration of low Analyze an LMB after the Confirm that the LMB is
system background. highest calibration free from contamination
standard. as defined in Section
Note: If an automated 13.1.
extraction system is
used, an LMB must be
extracted on each port.
9.3.7............................ Determination of MDL..... Prepare, extract, and See MDL confirmation.
analyze 7 replicate
spiked samples (spiked
within 2 to 10 times of
the expected MDL) and 7
LMBs.
See 40 CFR Part 136
Appendix B.
9.3.8............................ MDL confirmation......... Prepare, extract, and Confirm that the target
analyze a spiked sample compounds meet the
(spiked at the MDL). qualitative
identification criteria
in Section 11.4.3.4 of
this method.
9.3.9............................ Demonstration of Prepare, extract, and Percent relative
precision. analyze 7 replicate standard deviation must
spiked samples (spiked be <=20%.
near mid-range).
9.3.10........................... Demonstration of accuracy Calculate mean recovery Mean recovery within 70-
for replicate spiked 130% of true value.
samples in Section
9.3.9.
9.3.2............................ Lowest Calibration Establish a target Upper PIR <=150%.
Concentration concentration for the Lower PIR >=50%.
Confirmation. lowest calibration
based on the intended
use of the method.
9.3.6............................ Calibration Verification. Analyze a mid-level QCS. Within limits in Section
13.11.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 16766]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.019
Figure 23-1. Method 23 Sampling Train
[[Page 16767]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.020
Figure 23-2. Condenser and Adsorbent Module
[[Page 16768]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.021
Figure 23-3. Soxhlet/Dean-Stark Extractor
[[Page 16769]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.022
Figure 23-4. Sample Preparation Flow Chart
[[Page 16770]]
Appendix A to Method 23
Complete List of 209 PCB Congeners and Their Isomers With Corresponding Isotope Dilution Quantitation Standards \a\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unlabeled target Pre-extraction Unlabeled target
Pre-extraction standard BZ \b\ No. analyte BZ \b\ No. standard BZ \b\ No. analyte BZ \b\ No.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MoCB DiCB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2-MoCB.................... 1L 2-MoCB.............. 1 \13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 2,2'-DiCB........... 4
\13\C12-2-MoCB.................... 1L 3-MoCB.............. 2 \13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 2,3-DiCB............ 5
\13\C12-4-MoCB.................... 3L 4-MoCB.............. 3 \13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 2,3'-DiCB........... 6
\13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 2,4-DiCB............ 7
\13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 2,4'-DiCB........... 8
\13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 2,5-DiCB............ 9
\13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 2,6-DiCB............ 10
\13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 3,3'-DiCB........... 11
\13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 3,4-DiCB............ 12
\13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 3,4'-DiCB........... 13
\13\C12-2,2'-DiCB... 4L 3,5-DiCB............ 14
\13\C12-4,4'-DiCB... 15L 4,4'-DiCB........... 15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TrCB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,2',3-TrCB......... 16 \13\C12-3,4,4'-TrCB. 19L 2,4,4'-TrCB......... 28
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,2',4-TrCB......... 17 \13\C12-3,4,4'-TrCB. 19L 2,4,5-TrCB.......... 29
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,2',5-TrCB......... 18 \13\C12-3,4,4'-TrCB. 19L 2,4,6-TrCB.......... 30
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,2',6-TrCB......... 19 \13\C12-3,4,4'-TrCB. 19L 2,4',5-TrCB......... 31
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,3,3'-TrCB......... 20 \13\C12-3,4,4'-TrCB. 19L 2,4',6-TrCB......... 32
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,3,4-TrCB.......... 21 \13\C12-3,4,4'-TrCB. 19L 2',3,4-TrCB......... 33
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,3,4'-TrCB......... 22 \13\C12-3,4,4'-TrCB. 19L 2',3,5-TrCB......... 34
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,3,5- TrCB......... 23 \13\C12-3,4,4'-TrCB. 19L 3,3',4-TrCB......... 35
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,3,6- TrCB......... 23 \13\C12-3,4,4'-TrCB. 19L 3,3',5-TrCB......... 36
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,3',4-TrCB......... 25 \13\C12-3,4',4'-TrCB 37L 3,4,4'-TrCB......... 37
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,3',5-TrCB......... 26 \13\C12-3,4',4'-TrCB 37L 3,4,5-TrCB.......... 38
\13\C12-2,2',6-TrCB............... 19L 2,3',6-TrCB......... 27 \13\C12-3,4',4'-TrCB 37L 3,4',5-TrCB......... 39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TeCB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',3,3'-TeCB...... 40 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3,4,5-TeCB........ 61
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',3,4-TeCB....... 41 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3,4,6-TeCB........ 62
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',3,4'-TeCB...... 42 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3,4',5-TeCB....... 63
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',3,5-TeCB....... 43 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3,4',6-TeCB....... 64
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',3,5'-TeCB...... 44 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3,5,6-TeCB........ 65
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',3,6-TeCB....... 45 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3',4,4'-TeCB...... 66
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',3,6'-TeCB...... 46 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3',4,5-TeCB....... 67
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',4,4'-TeCB...... 47 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3',4,5'-TeCB...... 68
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',4,5-TeCB....... 48 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3',4,6-TeCB....... 69
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',4,5'-TeCB...... 49 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3',4',5-TeCB...... 70
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',4,6-TeCB....... 50 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3',4',6-TeCB...... 71
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',4,6'-TeCB...... 51 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3',5,5'-TeCB...... 72
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',5,5'-TeCB...... 52 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,3',5',6-TeCB...... 73
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',5,6'-TeCB...... 53 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,4,4',5-TeCB....... 74
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,2',6,6'-TeCB...... 54 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2,4,4',6-TeCB....... 75
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,3,3',4'-TeCB...... 55 \13\C12-2,2',6,6'- 54L 2',3,4,5-TeCB....... 76
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,3,3',4'-TeCB...... 56 \13\C12-3,3',4,4'- 77L 3,3',4,4'-TeCB...... 77
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,3,3',5-TeCB....... 57 \13\C12-3,3',4,4'- 77L 3,3',4,5-TeCB....... 78
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,3,3',5'-TeCB...... 58 \13\C12-3,3',4,4'- 77L 3,3',4,5'-TeCB...... 79
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,3,3',6-TeCB....... 59 \13\C12-3,3',4,4'- 77L 3,3',5,5'-TeCB...... 80
TeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',6,6'-TeCB............ 54L 2,3,4,4'-TeCB....... 60 \13\C12-3,4,4',5- 81L 3,4,4',5-TeCB....... 81
TeCB.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PeCB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,3',4-PeCB.... 82 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'- 105L 2,3,3',4,4'-PeCB.... 105
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,3',5-PeCB.... 83 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'- 105L 2,3,3',4,5-PeCB..... 106
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,3',6-PeCB.... 84 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'- 105L 2,3,3',4',5-PeCB.... 107
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,4,4'-PeCB.... 85 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'- 105L 2,3,3',4,5'-PeCB.... 108
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,4,5-PeCB..... 86 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'- 105L 2,3,3',4,6-PeCB..... 109
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,4,5'-PeCB.... 87 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'- 105L 2,3,3',4',6-PeCB.... 110
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,4,6-PeCB..... 88 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'- 105L 2,3,3',5,5'-PeCB.... 111
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,4,6'-PeCB.... 89 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'- 105L 2,3,3',5,6-PeCB..... 112
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,4',5-PeCB.... 90 \13\C12-2,3,3',4,4'- 105L 2,3,3',5',6-PeCB.... 113
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,4',6-PeCB.... 91 \13\C12-2,3,4,4',5- 114L 2,3,4,4',5-PeCB..... 114
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,5,5'-PeCB.... 92 \13\C12-2,3,4,4',5- 114L 2,3,4,4',6-PeCB..... 115
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,5,6-PeCB..... 93 \13\C12-2,3,4,4',5- 114L 2,3,4,5,6-PeCB...... 116
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,5,6'-PeCB.... 94 \13\C12-2,3,4,4',5- 114L 2,3,4',5,6-PeCB..... 117
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,5',6-PeCB.... 95 \13\C12-2,3',4,4',5- 118L 2,3',4,4',5-PeCB.... 118
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3,6,6'-PeCB.... 96 \13\C12-2,3',4,4',5- 118L 2,3',4,4',6-PeCB.... 119
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3',4,5-PeCB.... 97 \13\C12-2,3',4,4',5- 118L 2,3',4,5,5'-PeCB.... 120
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',3',4,6-PeCB.... 98 \13\C12-2,3',4,4',5- 118L 2,3',4,5,'6-PeCB.... 121
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',4,4',5-PeCB.... 99 \13\C12-2,3',4,4',5- 118L 2',3,3',4,5-PeCB.... 122
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',4,4',6-PeCB.... 100 \13\C12-2',3,4,4',5- 123L 2',3,4,4',5-PeCB.... 123
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',4,5,5'-PeCB.... 101 \13\C12-2',3,4,4',5- 123L 2',3,4,5,5'-PeCB.... 124
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',4,5,6'-PeCB.... 102 \13\C12-2',3,4,4',5- 123L 2',3,4,5,6'-PeCB.... 125
PeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',4,5,'6-PeCB.... 103 \13\C12-3,3',4,4',5- 126L 3,3',4,4',5-PeCB.... 126
PeCB.
[[Page 16771]]
\13\C12-2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.......... 104L 2,2',4,6,6'-PeCB.... 104 \13\C12-3,3',4,4',5- 126L 3,3',4,5,5'-PeCB.... 127
PeCB.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HxCB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,3',4,4'-HxCB. 128 \13\C12- 155L 2,2',3,4',5',6-HxCB. 149
2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,3',4,5-HxCB.. 129 \13\C12- 155L 2,2',3,4',6,6'-HxCB. 150
2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,3',4,5'-HxCB. 130 \13\C12- 155L 2,2',3,5,5',6-HxCB.. 151
2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,3',4,6-HxCB.. 131 \13\C12- 155L 2,2',3,5,6,6'-HxCB.. 152
2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,3',4,6'-HxCB. 132 \13\C12- 155L 2,2',4,4',5,5'-HxCB. 153
2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,3',5,5'-HxCB. 133 \13\C12- 155L 2,2',4,4',5',6-HxCB. 154
2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,3',5,6-HxCB.. 134 \13\C12- 155L 2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB. 155
2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,3',5,6'-HxCB. 135 \13\C12- 156L 2,3,3',4,4',5-HxCB.. 156
2,3,3',4,4',5- HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,3',6,6'-HxCB. 136 \13\C12- 157L 2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB. 157
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4,4',5-HxCB.. 137 \13\C12- 157L 2,3,3',4,4',6-HxCB.. 158
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4,4',5'-HxCB. 138 \13\C12- 157L 2,3,3',4,5,5'-HxCB.. 158
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4,4',6-HxCB.. 139 \13\C12- 157L 2,3,3',4,5,6-HxCB... 160
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4,4',6'-HxCB. 140 \13\C12- 157L 2,3,3',4,5',6-HxCB.. 161
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4,5,5'-HxCB.. 141 \13\C12- 157L 2,3,3',4',5,5'-HxCB. 162
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4,5,6-HxCB... 142 \13\C12- 157L 2,3,3',4',5,6-HxCB.. 163
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4,5,6'-HxCB.. 143 \13\C12- 157L 2,3,3',4',5',6-HxCB. 164
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4,5',6-HxCB.. 144 \13\C12- 157L 2,3,3',5,5',6-HxCB.. 165
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4,6,6'-HxCB.. 145 \13\C12- 157L 2,3,4,4',5,6-HxCB... 166
2,3,3',4,4',5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4',5,5'-HxCB. 146 \13\C12- 167L 2,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB. 167
2,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4',5,6-HxCB.. 147 \13\C12- 167L 2,3',4,4',5',6-HxCB. 168
2,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB.
\13\C12-2,2',4,4',6,6'-HxCB....... 155L 2,2',3,4',5,6'-HxCB. 148 \13\C12- 169L 3,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB. 169
3,3',4,4',5,5'-HxCB.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HpCB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,3',4,4',5- 170 \13\C12- 188L 2,2',3,4,4',5,6'- 182
HpCB. 2,2',3,4',5,6,6'- HpCB.
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,3',4,4',6- 171 \13\C12- 188L 2,2',3,4,4',5',6- 183
HpCB. 2,2',3,4',5,6,6'- HpCB.
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,3',4,5,5'- 172 \13\C12- 188L 2,2',3,4,4',5',6- 184
HpCB. 2,2',3,4',5,6,6'- HpCB.
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,3',4,5,6-HpCB 173 \13\C12- 188L 2,2',3,4,4',6,6'- 185
2,2',3,4',5,6,6'- HpCB.
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,3',4,5,6'- 174 \13\C12- 188L 2,2',3,4,5,5',6-HpCB 186
HpCB. 2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,3',4,5',6- 175 \13\C12- 188L 2,2',3,4',5,5',6- 187
HpCB. 2,2',3,4',5,6,6'- HpCB.
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,3',4,6,6'- 176 \13\C12- 188L 2,2',3,4',5,6,6'- 188
HpCB. 2,2',3,4',5,6,6'- HpCB.
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,3',4',5,6- 177 \13\C12- 189L 2,3,3',4,4',5,5'- 189
HpCB. 2,3,3',4,4',5,5'- HpCB.
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,3',5,5',6- 178 \13\C12- 189L 2,3,3',4,4',5,6-HpCB 190
HpCB. 2,3,3',4,4',5,5'-
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,3',5,6,6'- 179 \13\C12- 189L 2,3,3',4,4',5',6- 191
HpCB. 2,3,3',4,4',5,5'- HpCB.
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,4,4',5,5'- 180 \13\C12- 189L 2,3,3',4,5,5',6-HpCB 192
HpCB. 2,3,3',4,4',5,5'-
HpCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,4',5,6,6'-HpCB..... 188L 2,2',3,4,4',5,6-HpCB 181 \13\C12- 189L 2,3,3',4',5,5',6- 193
2,3,3',4,4',5,5'- HpCB.
HpCB.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OcCB NoCB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB.. 202L 2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5'- 194 \13\C12- 206L 2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5', 206
OcCB. 2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5' 6-NoCB.
,6-NoCB.
[[Page 16772]]
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB.. 202L 2,2',3,3',4,4',5,6- 195 \13\C12- 206L 2,2',3,3',4,4',5,6,6 207
OcCB. 2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5' '-NoCB.
,6-NoCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB.. 202L 2,2',3,3',4,4',5,6'- 196 \13\C12- 208L 2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6,6 208
OcCB. 2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6, '- NoCB.
6'-NoCB.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB.. 202L 2,2',3,3',4,4',6,6'- 197 DeCB
OcCB.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB.. 202L 2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6- 198 \13\C12-DeCB........ 209L 2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5', 209
OcCB. 6,6'-DeCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB.. 202L 2,2',3,3',4,5,5',6'- 199
OcCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB.. 202L 2,2',3,3',4,5,6,6'- 200
OcCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB.. 202L 2,2',3,3',4,5',6,6'- 201
OcCB.
\13\C12-2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'-OcCB.. 202L 2,2',3,3',5,5',6,6'- 202
OcCB.
\13\C12-2,3',3',4,4',5,5',6-OcCB.. 205L 2,2',3,4,4',5,5',6- 203
OcCB.
\13\C12-2,3',3',4,4',5,5',6-OcCB.. 205L 2,2',3,4,4',5,6,6'- 204
OcCB.
\13\C12-2,3',3',4,4',5,5',6-OcCB.. 205L 2,3,3',4,4',5,5',6- 205
OcCB.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Assignments assume the use of the SPB-Octyl column. In the event you choose another column, you may select the labeled standard having the same
number of chlorine substituents and the closest retention time to the target analyte in question as the labeled standard to use for quantitation.
\b\ BZ No.: Ballschmiter and Zell 1980, also referred to as IUPAC number.
Appendix B to Method 23
Preparation of XAD-2 Adsorbent Resin
1.0 Scope and Application
XAD-2[supreg] resin, as supplied by the original manufacturer,
is impregnated with a bicarbonate solution to inhibit microbial
growth during storage. Remove both the salt solution and any
residual extractable chemicals used in the polymerization process
before use. Prepare the resin by a series of water and organic
extractions, followed by careful drying.
2.0 Extraction
2.1 You may perform the extraction using a Soxhlet extractor or
other apparatus that generates resin meeting the requirements in
Section 13.1 of Method 23. Use an all-glass thimble containing an
extra-coarse frit for extraction of the resin. The frit is recessed
10-15 mm above a crenellated ring at the bottom of the thimble to
facilitate drainage. Because the resin floats on methylene chloride,
carefully retain the resin in the extractor cup with a glass wool
plug and stainless-steel screen. This process involves sequential
extraction with the following recommended solvents in the listed
order.
Water initial rinse: Place resin in a suitable
container, soak for approximately 5 min with Type II water, remove
fine floating resin particles and discard the water. Fill with Type
II water a second time, let stand overnight, remove fine floating
resin particles, and discard the water.
Hot water: Extract with water for 8 hr.
Methyl alcohol: Extract for 22 hr.
Methylene chloride: Extract for 22 hr.
Toluene: Extract for 22 hr.
Methylene chloride: Extract for 22 hr.
Note: You may store the resin in a sealed glass container filled
with toluene prior to the final toluene extraction. It may be
necessary to repeat the final methylene chloride extractions to meet
the cleanliness requirements in Section 13.1 of Method 23.
2.2 You may use alternative extraction procedures to clean large
batches of resin. Any size extractor may be constructed; the choice
depends on the needs of the sampling programs. The resin is held in
a glass or stainless-steel cylinder between a pair of coarse and
fine screens. Spacers placed under the bottom screen allow for even
distribution of clean solvent. Clean solvent is circulated through
the resin for extraction. A flow rate is maintained upward through
the resin to allow maximum solvent contact and prevent channeling.
2.2.1 Experience has shown that 1 mL/g of resin extracted is the
minimum necessary to extract and clean the resin. The aqueous rinse
is critical to the subsequent organic rinses and may be accomplished
by simply flushing the canister with about 1 liter of distilled
water for every 25 g of resin. A small pump may be useful for
pumping the water through the canister. You should perform the water
extraction at the rate of about 20 to 40 mL/min.
2.2.2 All materials of construction are glass, PTFE, or
stainless steel. Pumps, if used, should not contain extractable
materials.
3.0 Drying
3.1 Dry the adsorbent of extraction solvent before use. This
section provides a recommended procedure to dry adsorbent that is
wet with solvent. However, you may use other procedures if the
cleanliness requirements in Section 13.1 of Method 23 are met.
3.2 Drying Column. A simple column with suitable retainers will
hold all the XAD-2 from the extractor or the Soxhlet extractor, as
shown in Figure B-1, with sufficient space for drying the bed while
generating a minimum backpressure in the column.
3.3 Drying Procedure: Dry the adsorbent using clean inert gas.
Liquid nitrogen from a standard commercial liquid nitrogen cylinder
has proven to be a reliable source of large volumes of gas free from
organic contaminants. You may use high-purity tank nitrogen to dry
the resin. However, you should pass the high-purity nitrogen through
a bed of activated charcoal approximately 150 mL in volume prior to
entering the drying apparatus.
3.3.1 Connect the gas vent of a liquid nitrogen cylinder or the
exit of the activated carbon scrubber to the column by a length of
precleaned copper tubing (e.g., 0.95 cm ID) coiled to pass through a
heat source. A convenient heat source is a water bath heated from a
steam line. The final nitrogen temperature should only be warm to
the touch and not over 40 [deg]C.
3.3.2 Allow the methylene chloride to drain from the resin prior
to placing the resin in the drying apparatus.
[[Page 16773]]
3.3.3 Flow nitrogen through the drying apparatus at a rate that
does not fluidize or agitate the resin. Continue the nitrogen flow
until the residual solvent is removed.
Note: Experience has shown that about 500 g of resin may be
dried overnight by consuming a full 160-L cylinder of liquid
nitrogen.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MR23.023
Figure B-1. XAD-2 fluidized-bed drying apparatus
PART 63--NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
FOR SOURCE CATEGORIES
0
6. The authority citation for part 63 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.
Subpart LL--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants for Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants
0
7. In Sec. 63.849, revise paragraphs (a)(13) and (14) to read as
follows:
Sec. 63.849 Test methods and procedures.
* * * * *
(a) * * *
(13) Method 23 of Appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60 for the
measurement of Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) where stack or duct
emissions are sampled; and
(14) Method 23 of Appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60 and Method 14 or
Method 14A in Appendix A to Part 60 of this chapter or an approved
alternative method for the concentration of PCB where emissions are
sampled from roof monitors not employing wet roof scrubbers.
* * * * *
Subpart EEE--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants from Hazardous Waste Combustors
0
8. In Sec. 63.1208, revise paragraph (b)(1) to read as follows:
Sec. 63.1208 What are the test methods?
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) Dioxins and furans. (i) To determine compliance with the
emission standard for dioxins and furans, you must use:
(A) Method 0023A, Sampling Method for Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-
Dioxins and Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans emissions from Stationary
Sources, EPA Publication SW-846 (incorporated by reference--see Sec.
63.14); or
(B) Method 23, provided in Appendix A, Part 60 of this chapter.
(ii) You must sample for a minimum of three hours, and you must
collect a minimum sample volume of 2.5 dscm.
(iii) You may assume that nondetects are present at zero
concentration.
* * * * *
Subpart XXX--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants for Ferroalloys Production: Ferromanganese and
Silicomanganese
0
9. In Sec. 63.1625, revise paragraph (b)(10) to read as follows:
Sec. 63.1625 What are the performance test and compliance
requirements for new, reconstructed, and existing facilities?
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(10) Method 23 of Appendix A-7 of 40 CFR part 60 to determine PAH.
* * * * *
Subpart AAAAAAA--National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants for Area Sources: Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing
Manufacturing
0
10. In table 3 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63 revise the entry ``6.
Measuring the PAH emissions'' to read as follows:
[[Page 16774]]
Table 3 to Subpart AAAAAAA of Part 63--Test Methods
------------------------------------------------------------------------
For * * * You must use * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
6. Measuring the PAH emissions............ EPA test method 23.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
PART 266--STANDARDS FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF SPECIFIC HAZARDOUS WASTES
AND SPECIFIC TYPES OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
0
11. The authority citation for part 266 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1006, 2002(a), 3001-3009, 3014, 3017, 6905,
6906, 6912, 6921, 6922, 6924-6927, 6934, and 6937.
Subpart H--Hazardous Waste Burned in Boilers and Industrial
Furnaces
0
12. In Sec. 266.104, revise paragraph (e)(1) to read as follows:
Sec. 266.104 Standards to control organic emissions.
* * * * *
(e) * * *
(1) During the trial burn (for new facilities or an interim status
facility applying for a permit) or compliance test (for interim status
facilities), determine emission rates of the tetra-octa congeners of
chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzofurans (CDDs/CDFs) using
Method 0023A, Sampling Method for Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans Emissions from Stationary Sources, EPA
Publication SW-846, as incorporated by reference in Sec. 260.11 of
this chapter or Method 23, provided in Appendix A-7, Part 60 of this
chapter.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2023-04958 Filed 3-17-23; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P